Ask the Scholar

Page 2 of 2
I can add historical knowledge about this page.

Page image

Page 2

OCR

Draft of Secretary Morgenthau's Speech diaft 188 to the Advertising Club of Boston September 9, 1941. Deft 3. 1941 9.00 H.M H.M Twenty miles from here, at the wooden bridge at Lexington, the cen of New England first proved that Americans could defend what they held dear. Today the people of these States are proving that they are still the same New Englanders. Whatever their origin - and they have come from many lands - they are true descendants of the Minute Men. In hundreds of factories and shipyards from Connecticut to Maine, the people of New England are responding magnificently to their country's needs. I am glad to be here tonight to pay my tribute, on behalf of the entire administration in Washington, to the great work that New England is doing to make America strong. I am glad also that my host tonight is the Advertising Club of Boston, for the advertising profession is 8. mighty force in creating public understanding. We cannot make ourselves the arsenal of democracy and the defender of Regraded Unclassified 189 - 2 - freedom unless we understand the tremendous issues involved in this Battle for the World. In the same way we at the Treasury cannot accomplish the financing of the defense program unless the public sees clearly the need for greater sacrifice and for greater effort. In particular, I think it is high time for the American people to become aware of the economic and social danger that must not be allowed to cripple our defense program, the problem that occupies more and more of my time and thought 8.5 Secretary of the Treasury, the problem of inflation. Regraded Unclassified - 2a 190 confront 8. Secretary of the Treasury now a days are not cold and impersonal problems of high finance, they are problems that cannot be solved without 8. clear, public understanding of the issues involved, and of these there is no problem that occupies more of my time and thought in the Treasury than the danger of inflation which hangs over us tonight. We have been talking about inflation for 8. long time 8.8 if it were & threat remote from our daily lives. It is a distant threat no longer. We are facing it now and we must deal with it at once. If we are timed or selfish or shortsighted in facing this issue, the consequences may haunt us and our children for years, But if we are courageous we can beat this thing. If we keep always in mind the interests of our country 88 a whole, if we provide promptly the appropriate means and Regraded Unclassified - 3 - 191 use them vigorously whenever necessary, me can prevent inflation from fastening its grip upon us. That task calls for alertness and mental toughness on the part of everyone in the executive departments of the Government, everyone in the halls of Congress and every one of us here tonight. The word "inflation" is cold and lifeless, so cold that even an advertising man might have difficulty in making it real, but the thing it describes is treacherous and cruel. Memories are so hort that I suppose many of us have forgotten what happened the last time inflation struck us 25 years ago, but the effects of that inflation lasted for many years and brought untold heartbreak and misery in their train. We are now just where we were in 1916 - on the very edge of inflation. I can think of no subject more worthy of hard thinking on the part of this great audience and of the American people as a whole. Regraded Unclassified 4 - 192 Let us look at the record to see what happened a. genera- tion ago. In 1916 the cost of living began to rise sharply but there were few who saw its significance. It was only when prices had risen by 70 percent that President Wilson recommended any steps to prevent inflation. In fact, the country was so blind to its dangers that as late 8.8 June, 1917, Congress actually hastened inflation by reducing the reserve requirements for member banks of the Federal Reserve System. By 1920 8. ten pound bag of sugar cost $2.67, 8. dozen eggs cost 92 cents, a ten pound bag of flour cost 88 cents, B. pound of butter cost 76 cente and a pound of pork chops cost 50 cents. By that year prices had skyrocketed to twice the level of five years earlier. The money the housewife paid for one loaf of bread in 1914 bought only half a loaf in 1920. The money she paid for a pound of bacon in 1914 bought only half a pound in 1920. The money she paid for 8. yard of cotton cloth was only enough to buy only 1/3 of a yard Regraded Unclassified - 5 - 193 in 1920. The family with no increase in income found its that purchasing power cut in half. It found food, fuel, shelter and clothing that cost a dollar in April, 1916, had risen to almost two dollars by 1920. We have now, as we had then, a moderate rise in the cost of living, 8. great rise in wholesale prices, and a still greater rise in the prices of basic commodities like wheat, the hogs, cotton and lumber. It is & rise in the prices of basic commodities that constitutes our danger signal today, for they are always the advance guards of 8. rise in the cost of living. If prices continue to rise as they did from 1916 to 1920, we shall find that food, fuel, shelter and clothing that now cost 8 dollar will once more cost almost twice as much before the process has ended. Regraded Unclassified - 6- 194 The rise in prices is by no means confined to food- stuffs and clothing. I have before me, for instance, the actual figures on the cost of constructing 8 standard six- room frame house in one of our typical cities. This home that could have been built 8. year ago for $6,000 now costs $7,140 to build. Here we have an increase in prices of nearly 20 percent and if it goes along the 1916 pattern, we are only at the beginning of the story. Not only is the cost of building homes rising but even for the millions who do not own their homes higher rentals are on the way. We find already in scores of areas where industrial expansion has first taken hold, rents rising 10, 20, 30 percent and even higher. There is, however, one great difference between conditions today and 1916. We now know what is going on. This time our Regraded Unclassified - 7 - 195 eyes are open to the dangers that lie ahead of us. We now know that the time to do something about inflation is before it occurs, not after it has gathered momentum. We should profit by our greater knowledge and take prompt and effective action now. There is no need for me to remind this audience in detail of the reasons why prices have already risen. The reasons are plain for everyone to see. Our economy today resembles an overloaded steam boiler. The fire under the boiler is being fed by billions of additional purchasing power in the hands of the public. The fire is growing hotter and is generating more steam than the boiler can safely hold. If we are to prevent the boiler from bursting, we must damp down the fires by with- drawing purchasing power, and we must also enlarge the boiler by increasing the supplies of goods available to the consumer. Regraded Unclassified - 8 - 196 In speaking of these things I am not being an alarmist or defeatist. We can, as I have said before, defeat this threat, just as we can lick the forces of evil that have been let loose upon this earth. But we need to understand the issues and we need to see clearly the consequences of inaction or delay. I should like, therefore, to look at the problem first quite coollyfor a few minutes, to see A what we have done and and then what Are need 6 do what NO need to do in order to stop prices from rising further. In the first place, Congress is on the point of passing 8. huge tax bill designed to raise almost four billion dollars in additional revenue, thus withdrawing a great amount of purchasing power that competes with the defense effort. Secondly, the Treasury in its borrowing program is trying to obtain as large a portion of its funds 8.5 possible from current consumers' income. Through a new form of note - the tax anticipation note - it is seeking to increase the Regraded Unclassified - 9 - 197 effectiveness of the income tax as a check on current purchasing power, and I am happy to report to you that more than a billion dollars' worth of these notes were sold in the month of August. The Treasury has also begun a program of selling Defense Savings Bonds and Stamps to people of moderate and low incomes. The people have responded to a tune of a billion and 8. quarter dollars in four months, without coercion of any kind;and in that response the people of Massachusetts and of New England generally have stood in the forefront. The President has recently issued an order authorizing the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to control consumers installment credit. The Congress is considering, and I hope will pass, a bill to limit price rises and to supplement the efforts of the Office of Price Administration, to limit price rises by voluntary cooperation. Regraded Unclassified - 10 - 198 All these are useful steps to a necessary end, but they are not enough. We may have to extend general controls over bank credit and create controls over selected capital expendi- tures. I hope that we may extend the social security program so as to increase the flow of funds to the Treasury from current income during the emergency and increase the outflow of funds when needed in the post defense period. We shall have to reduce the Federal lending and underwriting program such as non-emergency housing expenditures and mortgage guarantees. We must, as I have said many times, reduce nonessential Federal expenditures. We must also appeal for economy in state and local government expenditure and B. curtailment of their borrowing for nondefense purposes. All of these measures would attack the problem by attempting to reduce the demand for goods now and by helping to build up 8. backlog for the post war world. But we should also attack the Regraded Unclassified - 11 - 199 problem from the opposite direction by making every effort to increase the supply of goods available to the consumer wherever this can be done without encroaching upon the defense program. Above all, we must make full use of those supplies that are available not only in defense production but in the civilian goods which do not compete with defense output. I wonder if the housewife knows when she pays 20 percent more than she did a year ago for a bag of flour that our supply of wheat is the largest on record, and that 498 million bushels of two years' crops are stored in Canada. I wonder if she knows when she pays 15 percent more for 8 pound of sugar than 8. year ago that there are unusually large sugar stocks in this country and in Cuba. I wonder if she knows when she pays 25 percent more for butter, that we have great stocks of butter in storage, and large reserve stocks of Regraded Unclassified - 12 - 200 farm products of many kinds which should be released for consumption as fast as necessary to prevent unreasonable price rises. The Government now owns 7 million bales of cotton in reserve, and cotton prices have risen from 21 cents a pound on August 1, 1939 to over 16 cents 8 pound at the present time. We ought not to withhold surpluses from the market in this manner. The housewife ought not to be made, in times like these, to pay 8. tribute to profiteers and speculators when she buys a cotton sheet for her home or 8 shirt for her husband or 8. suit for her child. Millions of people still go without the milk, butter and eggs which nutrition experts have found necessary to good health and good morale; yet we are withholding the largest reserve of milk, butter, eggs and cheese in our history. I know from experience on my own farm that within two months Regraded Unclassified - 13 - 201 we could increase our supply of milk by feeding some of our huge surplus of corn to the cows. I know that we could use some of our surplus grains as feed for chickens and get more eggs, yet the price of a standard poultry ration has increased 60 percent since the war began. This has been historically a land of milk andhoney. There is still plenty of milk and honey but too much of it is in the warehouse. Let's make it flow. If we were to let it flow to the public we would not only help in keeping prices stable but we would be doing some- thing even more important; we would be helping to make our people healthier and happier. It is sheer folly from the farmer's point of view to be pushing prices up by creating scarcities in times like these. The farmers suffered cruelly for twelve long years after the collapse of the inflation of 1920 and 1921. It is sheer folly in the same way for labor leaders to seek continual increases - 14 - 202 in wages which in turn produce higher manufacturing costs, higher prices, and a higher cost of living. It is short- sighted for landlords to charge all that the traffic will bear in cities where housing space is at a premium because of defense needs. There are always selfish groups in any country which think they can profit from inflation. They are dead wrong. Inflation does more than merely to rob the wage-earner of 8 portion of his earnings. It does more than saddle the farmer with a load of debt which he cannot repay. It is more destructive of morale than any other single force. Inflation divides the country. It sets up producers against consumers, workers against employers, the people who owe to money against the people/whom the money is owed. No group in a community profits from inflation in the long run except THE THREE HORSEMEN_ - THE SPECULATOR, THE PROFITEER AND THE HOARDER. Regraded Unclassified - 15 - 203 These are truths that should be self-evident. They should be especially 80 now, in view of the fact that rising prices will only add to the cost of our defense program and make the arming of our country steadily more difficult. They should be self-evident now in the light of the experience that we suffered only 25 years ago. You in New England have 300 years of experience behind you. The American people 8.8 a whole have 150 years of self- government behind them. We are not children any longer. We are a mature nation, and we should be able to face up to our responsibilities as mature men and women. My plea to you tonight is that we should learn from bitter experience. My hope and my belief is that no group among us - whether farmers, working men or business men - shall be tempted by the illusion of selfish gain into allowing prices to rise unchecked. The cost of inflation is too ruinous to producer and consumer alike - 16 - 204 for anyone in authority to tolerate it now. I can give you only this pledge - that we at the Treasury will do everything humanely possible to check the rise in prices before it will do any lasting damage to our economy. But we at the Treasury must have the firm support and the clear understanding of 130 million Americans behind us. If we have that support and that understanding, I know that we shall not fail. 205 September 3, 1941 10:15 a.m. RE EXCESS RESERVES Present: Mr. Bell Mr. Stewart Mr. Bernstein Mr. Haas Mr. Murphy Mr. White H.M.Jr: Well, now, Dan, how will we run this thing? Bell: Well, I hardly know. Have you read George's memorandum? H.M.Jr: Very hastily. Beil: It is & good memorandum, and personally I agree with him. H.B.Jr: Everybody come closer. Come within my ten-foot vision. Does somebody want to take the argument, why we should do what the Federal Reserve wants us to do? Will somebody take that side? Stewart: Well, I will make an observation. I think the memorandum is a good memorandum. I think it is very persuasive, and I think it is par- ticularly persuasive because it really comes to a conclusion quite convenient to the Treasury. I don't mean that to be funny. I mean, it is Regraded Unclassified 206 - 2 - one of those cases where it is awfully diffi- oult to come to any other kind of decision. I think it depends on how seriously you take the threat of inflation, and I take it seri- ously. I think it depends-- H.M.Jr: I take it terrifically seriously. Stewart: I think the next step is to say where you think the inflation is serious. I think, among other places, it shows itself in the bond market now. Now, if you look back on these periods of incipient inflation, the action is always too late. This has a remi- niscent quality. There are two experiences we went through. H.M.Jr: Just one minute, for my speech. You are quoting Lloyd George. Stewart: That is right. H.M.Jr: "Too late moving here, too late in arriving there, too late in coming to this decision, too late in starting enterprises, too late in preparing for this war, the footsteps of the Allied forces have been dogged by the mocking specter of 'too late.'" That is the quota- tion. Stewart: It certainly applies to all these problems of monetary control. H.M.Jr: The way you put it, "too little and too late." Stewart: That is right. H.M.Jr: Well, they have been using it, but that is the quotation. Stewart: I was thinking of two earlier periods in our experience. There is the 1919 post-war period 207 - 3 - with the Treasury on one side and the Reserve System on the other, chiefly. H.M.Jr: Is that a public document? Stewart: That is in the files. There was B. long corre- spondence. At the time it was rate control, the question of rates and when rates ought to be brought up. Bell: Just before the Victory Liberty Loan. Stewart: By 1920, yes, a collapse. H.M.Jr: Now, what is the position that Treasury took? Stewart: Treasury at that time was arguing that the Federal position was not unsound, that it had this financing to do, that it would be at unnecessarily higher rates. They could carry through on the war basis and Strong was argu- ing for the immediate correction of the dis- count rate in New York. I don't pretend that that is the only factor in that position, but the correspondence is long and well written. Bell: Yes, it is good. Stewart: It is good correspondence. H.M.Jr: I thought at that time that David Houston was blamed by the farmers for the collapse of the twenties. Stewart: Well, Harding did as much of it as anybody did during those days. H.M.Jr: What were the steps taken? Stewart: The real incipient period, or at least the climax on top of the war period is the period that comes in the Victory Loan in 1919. Regraded Unclassified 208 - 4 - H.M.Jr: Well, you see I am not - I have never studied that. It was when, in-- Bell: It began in January, I think, 1919. Stewart: Right after the Armistice and the demobilization you have got this period of cleaning up the accumulated indebtedness. H.M.Jr: Is that & very long correspondence? Bell: Yes, quite a bit. H.M.Jr: How much? Bell: Oh, it is a file about an inch or so thick. H.M.Jr: Couldn't somebody digest that for me? I wish you would have it done promptly and then have references in case I want to do it some more. That was in connection with the Victory Loan. How big a loan was that? Bell: That was a four and a half billion dollar loan. H.M.Jr: What rate? Bell: There are two issues of Victory Notes, one of three and three-quarters and the other of four and three-quarters. II.M.Jr: Did my interrupting spoil your thought? Stewart: Not a bit. H.M.Jr: Go ahead. Stewart: Well, the other period, and it is not unlikely, is the 1928 period, controversy between the Reserve Board and the New York bank at that time. The Reserve Board was arguing for direct action as against rate action. The New York bank Regraded Unclassified 209 - 5 - argued for rate action. Again it was a sort of division in monetary authorities. Now looking back on both those periods, the time is lost when you say it is too late. It is the time consumed in discussing which method ought to be used. They really should have done both things. H.M.Jr: Done what? Stewart: Both the direct control and the rate. H.M.Jr: What is the direct control? Stewart: The direct control is the thing George argues for here, a selective process. In 1928 it was the security loan. Now it is giving way for the defense industry and shutting off the non- defense industry. It is perfectly rational. But it isn't to my mind entirely persuasive that at this stage one ought to choose between methods before one closes the book. One ought to see whether or not both methods may not be necessary and desirable. H.M.Jr: And therefore you lean-- Stewart: I am not yet ready to say in view of all the implications and using the Reserve restrictions that that is what I want to do at this moment. I do say just at the first reading of this - I haven't read the Federal Reserve memo or talked with George - I do say I would not shut off the possibility of doing both things if I took inflation seriously. H.M.Jr: I haven't read the Federal Reserve memorandum. What was it? Haas: I just got it. H.M.Jr: I asked them for one, didn't I? I asked Gaston Regraded Unclassified 210 - 6 - to ask them for one. Haas: I wasn't here and Henry did it and-- H.M.Jr: You see, when I heard this last week - I sense these things. I heard about it, and I said, "Well, get the Federal Reserve to give us of memo and get Haas' shop to give us a memo and we will sit down and thrash this thing out, because I take it very seriously. Stewart: I thought you did. H.M.Jr: This is the way I feel without having gone into the ground work too thoroughly. I would be willing to increase their reserves by the maximum, irrespective of what it costs us in our borrowing, if I was convinced that by doing that I was really foresighted, you see. The thing that - and then the other thing, on the small end of it, the personal end of it - there is always the human element that enters into it. We are all small. Having them in on that is the next move that they want, legislation to have much further control, you see. (Secretary held an unrecorded telephone con- versation with Miss Grace Tully.) Stewart: You know, we humans that you refer to were equally present in these other episodes to the point where friendships were broken. Men who had had long associations with each other felt quite bitter, and for long years-- H.M.Jr: You see, all of this is a closed book. If I can draw on you for the experience-- Stewart: Well, I think that this is the time where prospective is entirely unimportant. These personalities disappear. But you do find them in the action that is taken. I think any 211 - 7 - correspondence or action that is taken has to put the Treasury's position in such a fashion that it has the farsighted concern. You can put it and say, "I don't believe that such a policy, viewed in the long run, is a wise thing to do because of its implications." You can't ever afford to say that you wouldn't do it because you would pay a low rate. You can't afford to do that. H.M.Jr: But you see, I am going to let you read this draft of my talk which covers the whole field of inflation and it is finished. If you care to listen to it, I will give you a chance to hear it tomorrow morning, but I want to let you know how serious I am about it. Stewart: How seriously do you regard inflation in the bond market? Prices are higher and yields are lower than it will be possible to sustain them in the light of the present prospective develop- ments. That is a definition of inflation, to me. H.M.Jr: Well, let me put it this way. The price of the bond market has been high and interest rates have been low long before we had national defense. Right? Stewart: Yes. H.M.Jr: So we can't compare the - I mean-- Stewart: But you introduce a new element of national defense. That is one of the factors in affect- ing one's judgment, as to the capacity to sustain that level of rates. H.M.Jr: Well, let me give you - make 8. statement which is not an answer to your question but bears on the point. 212 - 8 - What I was trying to answer you was this: If we are going to do something like this three months from now or six months from now - in other words, you get the bond market to give it a shock and see just what will happen to it, there will never be a better time than right this week. I mean, if we are going to do this thing, I will say I doubt if we will ever have a better time for the rest of my term than right now. Now, it is like the President - he cancels the cotton bill freez- ing and cotton goes up, so we might - if we are going to do something about reserves, I say for God's sake let's do it now and see what happens and see whether the bond market is or isn't inflated. That isn't reasoning, but it is the old elbow, and I won't have & better chance, because I have got a working balance of just under two billion, and I can take it in my stride, and I can go on either with bills or notes and see what happens. So, as I say, that isn't-- Stewart: The time is appropriate. H.M.Jr: Nothing scientific, but what I am trying to answer you is, I am not afraid to do this thing. Now, let's say we do this thing, and let's say that the bond market takes it in its stride. Well then, it isn't inflated. If it goes down four or five points, then it is in- flated. I don't know. Of course, the last time they did it, it took them eighteen months to get over it. They went - it was about eighteen months that we had & bad bond market, wasn't it? Life insurance bought what the banks sold and saved the day. They did it practically dollar for dollar. I realize perfectly what I am saying, but I feel this way, that if the Fed feels that this thing is an inflated market and enough people around here feel it is deflated, and they want to squeeze Regraded Unclassified 213 - 9 - the water out, now is the time to do it. I don't want - I have got too many things, and I don't want this thing hanging over my head. There has been enough talk. It has all been written up in the press. I mean, somebody in the Federal Reserve System has been talking. The other day I heard this woman, Sylvia Porter, in New York with a whole story on it. Gold- smith in the bond letter had the thing, 50 it is all out. Bell: Everybody is talking about it. Stewart: It is hanging over everybody's head. H.M.Jr: And as I say, I realize I am not being very scientific. Stewart: That is the only science I know is to test the market and what you would do, you would say this is the most convenient time to make 8. test. There isn't any other wisdom possible. Everyso often you have to test it to find out whether or not it behaves right. H.M.Jr: They can raise it about another billion dollars? Haas: A little over a billion, reducing from five to four the excess reserves. But the market would want to know if that ends it, whether you would want to join with the Federal Reserve is to ask for legislation to give them more power, you see, and if they think this is just the beginning of it, that is one thing, or if you are going to give assurance that ends it and from there on you are going to use selective controls, that is another problem. And if you give it a drastic crack, the Federal's staff and the Board feels that the way to handle the 214 - 10 - bond market is to control it through tap security and they handle the whole mar- ket by buying back and forth. A.N.Jr: What kind of security? linas: Tap securities. M.M.Jr: What are they? linas: In other words, continue a sale. You con- tinue as tap or continue as a sale. They control the market. It seems to me that if this is artificial, what we have got now, that sort of thing is just making trouble and putting a distinctly artificial situation in where it is not required at all. Bell: It seems to me if we are going through with it then we ought to let the market alone and let it settle to itslevel and not have the Federal Reserve try to peg the rate at two and a half percent. S.M.Jr: Did you say that in the memorandum? haas: Oh, yes. Murphy: They suggested a memorandum that they wrote Regraded Unclassified 215 - 11 - this thing, that it would be well to get it marked down in one piece so the climb wouldn't hang over, and it simultaneously would increase reserve requirements. We should put out & tap issue of three to four percent, offer an un- limited amount of it, and thereby cause the market to drop off like a precipice, after which it could be stabilized for good. H.K.Jr: At three or four per cent? Murphy: They say three dash four. Haas: And I question whether it will be an important factor in it - in controlling inflation. In other words, if you are going to do this, the memos from the staff - Goldenweiser mentioned it in his, but the other - you have got to have these specific controls on top of this other one to really control inflation, because all the commercial ones they will go ahead and the Board will continue on. An increase in rate won't defer them any. People will pay it. So if this solves the problem you could say, "Well, now, inflation is under control. We have it in the bag. We made this sacrfice." That is one thing. But if you 20 ahead and run the rates up to three or four per cent and then you still have your inflation prob- lem on your hands, you will find out, and I think you have got to weigh it very care- fully. H.M.Jr: The reason I say what I did is, I am willing to remove all personal feelings out of this thing and just set them aside. I have never permitted myself to let personal feelings interfere with our welfare. If I am convinced this is the right thing to do, hell, let's do it. You have never heard my-- Regraded Unclassified 216 - 12 - Bell: No, that is right. H.M.Jr: If a fellow has got some deep feeling that this is the way to do the thing and this is going to end it, and it is right, then do it. Stewart: I am in the same mood. This doesn't answer the problem. The only question is her or not there aren't & multitude of things you will have to do. Haas: We might compromise and go the limit if they could give assurances that from then on it will be used for specific controls. Stewart: Do you want that sort of thing? Haas: That is it. That practically ties the Federal Reserve and says, From then on you mean nothing." H.M.Jr: Again, to get on the personal basis, you don't know who is doing the thing over there? Is it one man or is it a group? Is it the Board together? Bell: I think it is the Board. Haas: Draper, I think, dissents, isn't that right? Murphy: I gathered that impression when I was over there. He didn't say 80 in so many words. H.M.Jr: Were you over there? Murphy: Yes, sir. I met with Draper and Szymozak and Clayton and Thurston and Thomas and Piser and Longstreet. I had intended to meet those people at Mr. Gaston's suggestion. He asked me to get in touch with them. I called up Thomas and when I came over he had that group assembled. 217 - 13 - H.M.Jr: Here is the thing that isn't clear in my mind. 1 know there are & great many forces which are working for higher prices and locking up this money, I just don't see how that stops people from wanting to spend the money on non-defense articles. Now, I wish somebody would explain it to me. Stewart: It doesn't. It deals with one area of inflation, to my mind, which is the bond market. The Government bond market is a base line for every other article in the bond market. The result is that if it is inflated it tends to create the same position all the way through, 80 that either during or after the war you have a problem of the readjustment of your base line, whether your base line is near enough in line with what you expect to be able to carry through - let's put it the other way around. Suppose we say, "Well, this rate is all right. Not merely - I don't mean to test it, but we have & capacity and it is good. Take two or three per cent rate, carry the financing through on it, and hold that position post-war, so that you say, "This is a pegged thing." Now, my own belief is that it is an extremely difficult art in the long term money market. I think one of the weaknesses in currency is the management of this long term rate over a long and indefinite period. Therefore, I believe the present market to be inflated, but I wouldn't go beyond saying that this is a cor- rection of one of the places where I think it is inflated and therefore do it for readjustment at some time, and I would rather have the re- adjustment at some convenient stage than I would after I had had another thirty billion of debt accumulated and in the hands of the public. I don't think a war of this magnitude can be conducted on a two per cent basis or a two and a half per cent basis. 218 - 14 - H.M.Jr: Well, let's say that instead of two and & half we tion? go to three. How does that stop infla- Stewart: One half per cent better. One half per cent less readjustment, which is ten points. H.M.Jr: But how does -- Stewart: It doesn't. That puts you into a whole area of what we all mean when we talk about inflation, which is 80 wrapped in mystery and logic and subterfuge. H.M.Jr: But let me get this thing straight. If what these people are worrying about is the readjust- ment after the war, that is one thing. Or if it is that they feel that the present price of bonds is too high and the price should be driven down, that is something else. Stewart: Are some of them saying that? H.M.Jr: I don't know. Here is the thing. Supposing we say, "We will do this." All right, we increase the reserves and lock up another billion dollars. That is what we do, isn't it? Stewart: Yes. H.M.Jr: Make the banks hold it. And then we go and get out what, a long term issue on the new basis? That would be one way. A three per cent issue. Or I say I am not convinced that the price of bonds is too high and I don't want to sell any more long term issues because I am not sure. Therefore, I get out a five year note. That increases reserves because it will go solely to the banks, won't it? Stewart: Increase the deposits, yes. There is no question about it. You have got a much more difficult ask here than existed in either of the other two episodes. 219 - 15 - H.M.Jr: Couldn't you have an in-between thing and say, "All right, instead of giving the bond market a terrific shock, let's have 8. creeping interest rate. Let it go up gradually. Murphy: No rate. one likes to buy bonds on a creeping interest H.M.Jr: Of course the answer is that they will if they can't get anything else. That is the trouble. You have got to be terribly frank with each other. The trouble is, there are no new money bond issues. Stewart: Anybody in the banking business that shows & loss on a book value of an earlier issue, that slows down a new issue -- H.M.Jr: But the trouble is, I think if you go through the last - back to the first of January -- just do it for fun, I mean not now. See how many new issues were brought out as bond issues. I doubt if there have been a hundred million dollars. Stewart: Of new money? H.M.Jr: Of new money, Henry. Now, the fellow is faced with this. He says, "I have got to earn my salary and my payroll and I may take a loss but I am going to buy these Government bonds anyway, although everything tells me I shouldn't." So he goes against his better judgment and we force his hand. Stewart: He goes a little longer than he meant to go in order to get the yield. H.M.Jr: If this is all right, it is too high. We had that fellow from Baltimore, remember? He was a smart old fellow. What was his name? That bank? 220 - 16 - Bell: McAdams of the Baltimore Trust? H.M.Jr: Well, he just - they tell me he is one of the smartest trading fellows. He spends a lot of time on his three farms, but he sat here and told us - called a spade a spade, didn't he? Bell: Yes, he was very frank. Murphy: There is quite 8. time factor, though, Mr. Sec- retary, while the acquisition of income may be ultimately necessary, you can always temporize with cold cash, and it seems to me that bond buyers generally are much more ready to buy on a low market or high market than on a falling market, and that a falling market, gradually falling, creates a very bad environ- ment for selling bond issues. H.M.Jr: Here is the way I feel. This thing isn't - the trouble with the damn Federal Reserve memos is that they are 80 long. Haas: This is very short. He didn't want to put it on that level, he said, 80 he addressed it to me, but I think he hoped you would read it. H.M.Jr: Is it short? Haas: Two and a half pages. H.M.Jr: Where is it? It only came this morning? Haas: Last night. Murphy: About six o'clock. Haas: I will give you the whole batch. Bell: Whose memorandum is this? Murphy: I don't know. It was given to me by Thomas as an academic discussion, a rather thorough discussion of the matter. It was written by 221 - 17 - them in the spring. I found it quite interest- ing. It is in that memorandum that they say, "If you are going to raise the rates, you ought to raise them fast. Haas: I think it comes down to this, Mr. Secretary, what Walter Stewart mentioned. Is this rate too low? Do you want a higher rate? Doing it isn't going to be an important factor in inflation. In fact, these memos that you have there, they indicate that to do this with gold inflation you have got to increase your taxes much more. You have got to put in forced loans. So what you wind up with, you do this as & method of raising the general interest rate and then do all the other things that are nec- e ssary to control inflation, including these selective controls. Isn't that right, Walter, doesn't it come down to that? Stewart: That is the only thing you can argue, it is to diminish the magnitude of your task. You somewhat make your total task easier, though you see by the same methods it won't be easier in the long run. H.M.Jr: A lot of these arguments in the memorandum are out of date. There is no criticism today of the banks extending credit. They are doing a beautiful job. You would think he was writing this two years ago. How much have the banks increased the loans? Haas: About two billion eight hundred million, but that is inflation, too. That has to be improved. H.M.Jr: Another thing, I don't like, "The decision must be made to support the rates selected." Haas: That is the tap. 222 - 18 - H.M.Jr: That is just as artificial as anything else. Haas: I think it is more artificial. It is a rate peg in the market. They look at it and the Government's credit is standing on its own feet. H.M.Jrs I don't mind saying I think that is 8. very, very weak memorandum. I mean, I would state his case much better than that. He stated it very badly, don't you think so? Stewart: Yes, I think the mood to approach this in is that -- H.M.Jr: I think it is terrible. (Mr. White entered the conference). I am terribly disappointed. I would state it better than that. Stewart: It is rather different from the others. While there were differentials of monetary authority, the real control is here. H.M.Jr: It should be, shouldn't it? Stewart: Yes, it is all right. And the real borrower is here. So you have got & peculiar two-fold responsibility. Entirely apart from the motives with which this sort of recommendation is made and what else they have in their mind, personalities, whether the arguments are good arguments, all I say is that this is a good time to be aware of this responsibility and appraise it in the light of prospective problems instead of the immediate situation. Haas: Mr. Secretary, did you notice the British press comments on the January statement of the Board? 223 - 19 - H.M.Jr: No. Haas: I have forgotten whether I sent those in. They came over in a pouch from the British Embassy. That is the type of headline they had. There were several papers of the same tenor all the way through. H.M.Jr: I will tell you what I would like to do, Dan. Could you get this group together maybe this afternoon? Bell: This group? H.M.Jr: Yes. and do a little more threshing around. I don't think we have done enough of that in our own place and -- Bell: We haven't read any of this stuff from the Fed- eral Reserve. We just got that. Unless George read it. H.M.Jr: I won't have a chance, unfortunately, to touch it again until eleven tomorrow, but if anybody gets any ideas -- Bell: You have got a conference at eleven. H.M.Jr: With these two men, tomorrow. I don't mind talking perfectly frankly before them. I think, Walter, - and Viner is here. You might send him - he will be here tomorrow. You might send him a wire to be here at nine fifteen tomorrow. Bell: Isn't he coming? H.M.Jr: He is coming. He will be here. Bell: I thought he would be here. H.M.Jr: That is right, he will be here. 224 - 20 - Bell: Who notified him, Mrs. Klotz? H.M.Jr: I notified him to be here tomorrow. He will be here. Well, I just think if you could get this group together this afternoon - Harry will have to be excused because he is working with Kuhn on this other thing. O.K.? I mean, don't you think - and just remember this. If we are going to do it, now is the time to do it. Stewart: Yes. 225 (COPY) September 2, 1941 Secretary Norgenthau Mr. Heas subject: Excess Reserves, Gredit Controls, and Treasury Financing SUMMARY This assereadus 10 prepared at the request of Mr. Gaston made following a telephone sall which be received from Chairman Reeles while you were away. A copy of Mr. destom's necorandes to you summaris- ing his conversation with Chairman Recles is at- tached herete. Chairman Ecoles sake that the Treasury consur with the Reserve Board in reising reserve requirements to the present statutory limits and in requesting from Congress a further increase in such limits. Be recognizes that such action will depress the market for Government securities, bet believes it necessary in order to combat inflation. He urges, therefore, that leng-term financing be deferred until after the announcement of such a program in order that both the Treasury and the Reserve Board say be spared any assusation of bad faith. Excess reserves nov amount to about 85.0 billions, a decrease of $1.9 billions since the all-time high reached on October 23, 1940. Barring changes is official policy or the import of substantial amounts of gold from Russia, total reserves appear likely to fluetuate within a nartow range for the nort year or so. Any further decrease in 020000 reserves, there- fore, 15 likely so come only free as increase in required reserves due to continued deposit expansion. Regraded Unclassified Secretary Morgenthau - 2 such transfermation of ****** PERIFICE into deposits - at A ratio of about 85 of Aspecito to $2 of n- .... reserves -- would be inflationery. rether than deflationary. in 185 implications. while the immediate effect of raising reserve require. ments is to increase interest rates, its stated ob- jective 18 to combat inflation. This objective would be achieved in soze degree by the more psyahological offect of the imerease. In order to be of permanent value as an anti-inflationary neasure, however, an increase in reserve requirements must result in equees- ing secie borrowers out of the market. This would be done by making berrowing more expensive and 00 causing the Government and the defense industries to compete with other borrowers on - price basis. This naturally leads to the question of whether an increase in in- terest rates is the best method of squeezing 000-02- sential berrowers out of the market. A consideration of this question leads to the cenela- sion that the direct exclusion of non-essential bor- rowers from the market would be proferable to exclusion by rate competition. Selective credit controls -- such as control of consumer credit, of housing credit, of new capital issues, of stock exchange loans, and of bank loans for non-defense purposes - appear, therefore to be superior to the general eradit control proposed by Chairman Zeeles. It is consequently suggested that you should not conser in Chairean Secles' request that you join with the Reserve Beard in recommending as insrease is reserve requirements. In such A case there reems to be no reason to defer leng-term Treasury financing beyond the time when 11 would otherwise be adviseble. I. Chairman reeles' Properal On August 22, Chairman feeles called Mr. Gaston to express his hope that the Treasury would offer no long-term securities in September or at any time up to December, but that sech new money as sight be required in the meantine should be procured by ----- of Treasury bills. & copy or Mr. Gasten's monorandum Regraded Unclassified Secretary Morgenthan - 3 to you unmarising his telephone conversation is attached hereto. Ky. Gasten requested " to consult with neabers of the staff of the Beard of Governors conserning Chairman tooles' proposal and to prepare a necerantus to you. Chairmas Zeoles' renceming is se follows: The present level of deverment Dest prices is justified only by the existence of & large volume of ****** reserves. It is desirable is the interest of the centrol of inflation that this volume of excess reserves be reduced sharply. No wuld like to have the Treasury consur with the Receive Board in increasing reserve requirements up to the present state- tery limits and in asking Congress to increase these limits, thereby giving the Reserve System authority to increase reserve requirements yet further. These actions would probably cause a substantial deeline in the bond market. He is partieularly conserned about this decline in the case of the two new leag- term taxable issues, as he believes that the tax-exempt issues and all short-torm issues can take care of themselves. Ee is very anxious, therefore, that no new long-term taxable issues be put out at the present leval of the market. to do se at this time. and shortly thereafter to take the action which he considers necessary with respect to reserve requirements, would, he believes, subject both the Treasury and the Reserve Board to justifiable accumations of bad faith. Chairess Escles' views appear to present the following questions: (1) Is it desirable to increase recerve requirements at this time? (2) If this is not desirable, should say alternative measures be taken? (3) If reserve requirements are to be raised. should long-term finameing be postposed until such action has been taken or at least recommended 10 Congress by the Reserve Board and the Treasury? (4) Could the Treasury finance itself for some menths entirely by short-term berrowing, as suggested by Chairman Keelee? The last two questions present mush the ensier problems and may be considered first. Regraded Unclassified Secretary Morgenthan - 4 Action of the character propesed would be likely to made & substantial deeline in the market. The Treasury would, therefore, be open to a justifiable assucation of bad faith If it should undertake long-term financing while contemplating joining in such a recommendation. Financing Treasury needs for the next few months exclu- sively by short-term issues would appear to present no special difficulties, except that most of the securities se sold would go into commercial banks and so would result in increasing bank deposits. Such an increase sould be easily justified, however, if 18 were morely the first stop in a program which would yes sult in the long FUA in the sale of fewer, rather than more, securities to commercial banks. It would seem, on the other hand, if you do not propase to conour with the Reserve Board in recommending an increase in reserve requirements, that there is no need for postposing long-term financing lenger than night be indicated by the other factors in the situation. The advisability of adopting Chairman Koolee' specific suggestions with respect to current financing operations, there- fore, turns upon the broader question of the advisability or inadvisability of consurring with the Reserve Board in their proposal to increase reserve requirements. II. The Present Situation with Respect to Sxeess Reserves Excess recerves amounted, on August 27, to $5.0 billions. This is a decrease of $1.9 billions einee the all-time high reached on October 23, 1940. The factors accounting for this decrease are shown in the following table: Regraded Unclassified Secretary Margentham - 5 Fastors Ascounting for Decrease in Excess Reserves, October 23, 1940, to August 87, 1941 (In billions of dollars) Factors absorbing excess reserved Increase in money in circulation 1.7 Increase in Treasury sash and deposite in the Federal Reserve Banks .5 Increase in required reserves .6 All other .4 3.4 Factors creating excess reserved Increase in monetary gold stock 1.3 A11 other .2 1.5 Decrease in excess reserves 1.9 It will be observed from the above table that total 74" serves declined during this period by only 11.1 billions -- the remaining 30.5 billions of the decline in excess recerves being caused by an increase In required recerves resulting from deposit expansion during the period. About $0.7 billions of the decrease in total reserves was caused by an increase in Treasury deposits and other more or less non-recurring factors. The remaining $0.4 billions of the decrease was caused by the excess of the increase in money in circulation over the increase in monetary gold stock. The movements of these two factors are likely to dominate future movements in total reserves for some time to come. As nearly as can be estimated -- barring changes in of- fioial policy, or the import of substantial amounts of gold from Ruesia -- total reserves appear likely to fluotuate within & relatively narrow range for the next year or NO. This menns Regraded Unclassified cerretary Margenthes - 6 that any further substantial decrease in excess reserves 10 likely to cose only from as increase in required reserves due to continued deposit expansion. Deals & decrease is ****** reserve would, of course, be inflationary, rather than de- flationary, in its implientions, as it would near that some of the proviously existing excess reserves had been trans- formed lato deposits - at a ratie of about $5 of deposits to $1 of ****** reserves -- and had no noved one stop further toward the spending streem. III. Probable Consequences of an Increase In Reserve Requirements The objective of raising reserve requirements 10 to and at in preventing inflation. The immediate effect of euch as in- orease would be to reduce the available supply of bank credit and so to make banks less ready to lend and to purchase securi- ties. It night also incline sany of them to sell securities already held. This would be especially true as as increase in reserve requirements weuld hit the New York City banks the hardest and other banks are inclined to follow the lead of the New York City banks is handling their security portfolios. 1/ The following table indicates the distribution by classes of cities of ****** reserves or June 25, 1941, and the amounts to which they would be reduced if reserve requirements were increased to the present statutory limits: : I Excess Reserves if (Actual Excess Requirements Increased # Reserves to Statutory Limits 1 (In millions of dellars) Central reserve cities 2,612 1,976 Reserve cities 1,750 1,398 Country banks 869 604 Total 5,231 4,058 The above table sakes no allowance for withdrawals of inter-bank balances incident to increasing receive 70- Quirements. The staff of the Beard of Governors ostimates that such withdrawale would not exceed #75 millions. (This footnote continued on next page) Regraded Unclassified 201 Secretary Morgenthau - 7 AB increase in reserve requirements would consequently increase interest rates and put down bond prices. This was agreed to by all members of the staff of the Reserve Heard with whom the matter was discussed. The extent of the increase in interest rates - and de- crease in bond prices -- would depend whom the character of the action taken and in difficult to prodict. An increase in requirements to the present statutory limits, coupled with a definite assurance that no further increase was contemplated, sight have very little market effect, A contemplated increase in requirements above the present statutory limit, however, would be bearish to an indeterminate degree depending upon its imnact upon banker psychology. An increase in reserve require- sents sufficient to reduce excess reserves below $1 billion could very easily put new long-term borrowing on A 3 percent basic and put down the price of the new taxable 2-1/2's of 1956-58 by 89 much as 10 points. (This is about the same as the average deoline in the prices of long-term Treasury bonds between the high reached in June 1939 and the low after the outbreak of the war.) An increase in reserve requirements would also put down sharply the prices of all outstanding partially tex-exempt securities. It is true, of sourse, that such securities, be- cause of their growing soarcity, would have a better chance of staging a. recovery than would texable securities, the supply of which is being constantly increa ed, but such a recovery aight be a matter of years. If reserve requirements worm raised substantially, it would also probably be necessary to start new series of savings bonds at substantially higher rates than those now being of- ferred and to refund into much new series many of the outstanding bonds which whould be presented for each redemption in order to take advantage of the higher rate. It might even be necessary (for reasons of public morale) to make the higher rates retro- active on savings bonds already sold. (Pootnote 1/ continued from preceding page) If reserve requirements were increased to 25 percent above reserve city banks w ula have been reduced as of June 25 to about the present statutory maximum, the excess reserves of central 1712 millions and the aggregate reserve deficiency of all banks having reserve deficiencies would have been about $600 millions. aggregate excess reserves of all member banks have decreased Since June 25, the date to which the above figures apply, sbout $241 millions. Regraded Unclassified Secretary Morgesthes + 8 Increasing the coat of horrowing to the Government would not in itself help solve the problem of inflation. It should be considered rather as a disadvantage of the proposed method of attack and should be weighed against its supposed advantages. The first benefit in the fight against inflation likely to be derived from increasing reserve requirements is payche- logical. Increasing reserve requirements is a traditional method of combating the inflation insident to business booms and its use at the present juncture would probably be inter- preted as a token of sincerity. The annoumcesent of such a policy night tend, therefore, to dames speculation in the commodity markets. Such a psychological advantage would be short-lived, have ever, unless the increase in requirements had more fundamental consequences also. The primary consequence of the increase would be, as we have seen, a stiffening in interest rates, This stiffening would apply to all borrowers - governmental and non-governmental, assential and non-wesential alike. It would be effective in controlling prices, however, only as 11 actually reduced borrowing and hence spending. In order for the action to be effective, come borrowers would have to be aqueesed out of the market. The Government and the defense industries would not be among the borrowers 00 squeered out. They would have to pay whatever rate was necessary in order to obtain the requisite credit. This leads naturally to the question of whether an increase in rates is the beet method of aquaesing non-essential borrowers out of the market. This is the fundamental problem of the relative desirability of general ve. selective credit controls and will be considered in the next section. IV. Relative Merit of General and Selective Credit Controls in the Present situation It is the purpose of all credit controls to reduce borrow- ing and hense spending, and so to restrain price increases Judged to be undecirable. Credit controls my be alaceified an general and selective. General credit controls operate by cousing an all-around scareity of lendable funds, thereby putting a general pressure on all borrowers to reduce their borrowings and honce their mendings. General credit controls to be effective must bring Regraded Unclassified 233 Secretary Morgenthan - 9 about an increase in the rate of interest, since it 1s through such an increase that general pressure is brought to bear MORE borrowers. An increase in member bank reserve requirements is a general credit control. Open market operations (selling Government securities) by the Federal Reserve Banks constitute another. Selective credit controls operate by wholly or partially shutting out a given class of borrowers from access to the existing supply of lendable funds. In this way, total borrow- ing -- and hence total spending -- is out down without any necessity for a rise in the rate of interest. Relective credit controls already in operation consist of some limitation of stock market borrowing (by means of margin requirements) and gome limitation of consumer credit. Other selective controls which might be availed of at the present time would be limits- tion of housing credit, restriction of now capital issues, and restriction of bank loans for other than national defense pur- poses. The relative appropriateness of the application of general or selective credit controls to any situation showing evidences of incipient inflation, depends upon the character of the situs- tion. If a more or less uniform contraction of borrowing all along the line is desired, general credit controls are more appropriate. If, on the other hand, it is desired to contract borrowing only in certain fields, selective controls APO in- dieated. It 10, of course, by no means barred that the appro- priate remedy for some situations might be the application of both general and selective controls of verying dogrees of 10- tensity. The present situation appears to call for the application of special and not general controls. The reasons for this con- clusion are simple. The application of general controls would place a pressure (reflected by higher interest rates) upon bor rowers all along the line. There are two very important classes of borrowers, however, who will not contract their borrowings a cent under this pressure, nor is it socially desirable that they should. These borrowers are the Federal Government and the national defense industries. Between them they will probably account during the current fiscal year for st least three-quarters of total borrowing, and they will have to pay whatever rate is necessary to secure the needed funds. The pressure engendered by general credit controls, there- fore, can be effective only with respect to the remaining Regraded Unclassified Secretary Morgenthau - 10 234 borrowers who together will probably account for not over more, under present incipient been conditions, will be very one-quarter of total borrowing. Even these borrowers further- hard to dissourage by means of rate increases. The net effect of applying stringent general credit controls at the present time, therefore, would be to increase greatly the ocet of bar- rowing to the Federal Government and to the national defense industries, in order to effect a relatively small contraction would have & less drastic effect on interest rates, but by the in borrowing for other purposse. Mild general credit controls same token, would be even less effective in combating inflation since it 18 only through the medium of all increase in interest rates that general credit controls are able to effect reductions in borrowing and spending. Selective credit controls, on the other hand, may be GOA- centrated solely on those areas of the esonomy where contraction is desired. Borrowing may be wholly or partially blooked out in these areas, thereby increasing the proportion of the total supply of funds available to the Government and the national defense industries. This seens more desirable than tightening credit conditions generally and foreing the Government and other defense borrowers to compete on a price basis for an expanding proportion of a limited supply of credit. The use of solective credit controls might be compared in this respect to the present policy of probibiting the use of aluminum for pots and Dans and moderate price. The use of general credit controls could, by no permitting its purchase for national defense purposes at a the same tokan, be compared with & policy of out-bidding the pot and pan industry for the available supply of alusinum. Either policy night be nade to result in a diversion to defense needs of any given proportion of the total supply of aluminum - but at very different costs. V. Conclusions controls appears should be relied upon for use in the present situation. It that colective, rather than general, credit may be applied without increasing the gost of borrowing to Such controls will be more effective is einecking inflation the and Government and the defense industries. market Selective loans and to consumer credit. Stock market leans at the controls AN already being applied to stock present time constitute no problem. If at some time in the Regraded Unclassified Decretary Morgenthau - 11 235 future they should give signs of doing so, the existing con- trols should be tightened as mush as necessary. The Reserve Board has just commeneed the regulation of consumer credit. The initial regulations are very mild and will have to be tightened very considerably if the volume of such credit is to be substantially reduced. other fields in which solective credit controls may be necessary are housing, new capital issues, and bank loans for other than national defense purposes. Housing credit could be reduced very substantially by the application of selective controls. AS the present time the expension of such credit is being actually promoted by adver- tising campaigns by the THA and other agencies. New capital issues do not present an important problem at the present time, but should be regulated by selective controls when and if they do. Perhaps the most fruitful and immediate - all well all the nost complex - field for the operation of solective credit son- trole is that of non-defense leans by banks. Member bank loans expanded by $2.8 billions during the fiscal year 1941 - a great deal of which must have been for non-defense purposes. If this expansion is in whole or part undesirable -- a necessary premise for the adoption of general credit controls -- some sttempt should be made to get at it directly. The British have attempted to do this and their in this regard has been an important fastor in accounting for the lew rate at which they have been able to finance the var. British banks have been instructed to relax their standards for defense borrowers, but to exercise rigid con- despite over the increase in leans for defense purposes, total "Advenes" trol all credit for non-defense purposes. AS & result, of the London Clearing Banks have declined by about 1126 millions since the beginning of the war, and an equal our has consequently been placed at the disposal of the Government without an increase in bank deposits. the Reserve Board in a recommendation to ralse reserve require- If, as suggested above, you should decide not to consur with ments, there would appear to be no necessity to defer long-term financing longer than night be indicated by factors in the situs- tion other than the proposed increase in reserve requirements. Regraded Unclassified 236 COPY August 22, 1941. KENORANDER TO: Secretary Morgenthau FROM: Mr. Gasten Marriner Keeles called me today to say that he was leaving tomight to be gone for three or four weeks and he would like to give us his thoughts on September financing, If there should be any, a subject on which be had not had an opportunity to talk to the Secretary although he had mentioned it briefly to Mr. Hell. Mr. Coolee hopes there will be no long term securi- ties offered in September or at any time up to December, but that such new money as ve may require may be pro- cured by cesns of bills. His reason was that the market today 10 based on a large volume of 830050 reserves. There are few lang term taxable bonds outstanding. The two issues out are both selling on a two per cent yield basis. If there should be any how long term finansing in September it would naturally be priced at near today's market. This would mean in effect freezing of the present situation. By that be meant that OUR hands would be tied as to any action to change reserve requirements. We have not yet used the present power to increase reserves, which amounts to about a billion and a quarter. He thinks Federal Reserve should consider with the Treasury an in- crease in the reserve requirements up to the limit of existing power. Not only should this be done before any new long term securities are issued, but he thinks that the Treasury and the Federal Reserve should Join in ear- ing that it coens advisable to get further powers for increasing reserve requirements and that both these things should be done so that the market can absorb their effect wise he thinks the Administration, including the Federal before any new long term securities are put out. Other- Reserve as well as the Treasury, would be open to charges of bad faith. Copy tol Mr. D. W. Bell Regraded Unclassified BOARD OF GOVERNORS 237 OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Office Correspondence Date September 2, 1941 M. George Hans Subject: "re S. À- Goldenweiser you This memorandum is for the purpose of raising the question of the advisability of deferring long-term Treasury financing until after n. decision has been reached in the matter of raising member bank reserve mirements. In the light of developments in the last few months, it is clear that, from the monetary point of view, it would be in the public interest at this time to raise reserve requirements of member banks to the extent authorized by law. This would fix the requirements at double 11.0 ratios stated Ln the law and would reduce excess reserves by about :1.25 billion to about 13.8 billion. Consideration should also be given to the advisability of seeking additional authority over reserves to be available for use when the occasion arises. An increase in reserve requirements would be in line with other nessures undertaken by the Government to prevent inflation, such as, for example, the request for authority to control prices and the adoption of restrainte on instalment purchases. An increase in bank reserve requirements would reinforce the public's confidence that the Government is determined to control inflation. Such an assurance to the public would in itself reduce the danger of inflation which is accentu- ated by B. widespread tendency to buy goods in excess of needs "before prices go up". An increase in reserve requirements would also diminish the -ressure on banks to find outlets for their funds and would strongly reinforce the policy pursued by the Treasury to place its issues with purchasers other then banks in order to tap existing funds rather than to create new ones. So long as the banks have unlimited reserves it will be difficult to limit their purchases of United States Government obligations. During the fiscal year 1941 banks absorbed an amount equal to nearly all the open-market securities offered by the Treasury. If Accurities issued are not available to banks, they will be in a position to buy outstanding securities from other investors who will, in turn, buy the new issues, The banks will also be under pressure to extend credit in other directions. Regraded Unclassified 238 - 2 . Selective credit controls, such as regulation of instalment credit, have a place in the program. They cannot, however, take the place of general controls, for several reasons. So long as banks have unlimited funds and there is active demand for credit, the banks will find outlets for their funds, If one field 10 restricted, they will move into another field, No matter what kinds of loans or investments banks make, there is an expansion of deposits available for spending by the public. Also the problems of selective controls are new, complex, and there has been little experience in handling them, They also raise problems of discrimination, Selective controls are useful in directing the flow of credit out of undesirable into desirable channels, but they are not an adequate means of restricting the total growth of bank credit and deposits. In connection with the problem of reserve requirements, it is recognized that in present circumstances ooordination of all financial policies is essential to the public interest and that nothing should be done that would conflict with the Government's defense effort. Agreement on a policy with regard to reserves 10, therefore, necessary before ac- tion is taken, In this connection the question arises whether it would be feasible for the Treasury to defer amouncement of any contemplated long- term new financing until, say, October 15, when the question of increas- ing reserve requirements will have been explored. It would not seem desirable to issue a long-term security in September, and immediately after that to raise reserve requirements, In view of the volume of available funds in the hands of banks and other investors, raising re- quirements to the limit authorised by law should not result in any material change in money rates, though there may be some temporary re- action in the market, In that case, the purchasers of the new issue may feel that it was not fair of the Treasury to sell the bonds under now prevailing market conditions without letting the public know that action on reserves was under consideration. It would seem to be far better to have the question of the course of action to be pursued with respect to reserve requirements decided before the Treasury makes another long-time offering to the public. The Treasury and the Federal Reserve System are in a position to establish and maintain any rate on Treasury borrowing that they may determine as the most desirable, and it would be the System's duty, when the decision has been made, to support the rate selected. But it is a legitimate question whether a slightly higher cost for borrowed money would not, in the long run, be cheaper for the Government, which is the largest purchaser, se well as more consistent with the public interest than a slightly lower cost achieved at the risk of a general rise in - 3 - 239 prices of defense and other commodities. Besides, an interest rate de- clining constantly to lower and lower levels, which is the tendency under present conditions, raises many far-reaching problems for the economy as a whole, Sales of savings bonds and tax-anticipation certificates have exceeded expectations, and it is believed that the Treasury has ample funds with which to meet its current requirements for some time to come, so that it would be entirely practicable to defer new financing to the middle of October. E.b. goldenweing KPT 240 ARE 3/26/41 Regraded Unclassified The Role of the Danks is Preasury Financing. in Relation to Froblems of Credit Control la neeleting the Treasury to raise whatever funds are re- quired. supplementary to tax revenues, to place purchasing power la the hands of the Government during the next few years of val- fare, the banks have two functions 10 perform. One of those functions is that of dealers in outstanding Lesues. The other is absorption of part of the increasing Deverament debt in their investment pertfelies. Little discussion of the dealer function is required. No matter what credit policies are adopted, the Government can arrange to have this function adequately performed. & brief analysis of this question is given in an appeadix. The basic issue at the present time, both for Treasury financing and for credit control, is this: bev seriously should the Government take the senventionally respectable idea that participation of the banks in Government financing should be hald down to a sinimm in time of vaz or economic way? The Issue my be expressed is three more 07 less equivalent forms. Should the grovis of bank assets and deposite be held down? should interest rates be increased? Should come attempt be made to reduce the Adle funds of investors? (Is vill be shown balow that actually it will be impossible to reduce idle funds - spart from their activation by an inflationary development - except by a complete imediate ourtailment of bank credit. Such dractic action is not pro- posed or considered in this nonorandes.) 241 - 2 - Arguments an the negative side are very poverful. Streng action to hold devs the growth of bank assets eight seam a breaklews of the defense effort through interference from the side of finance. It would involve a collapse in market values of the present assets of banks and other institutions. These and other arguments are outlined in the first main section of this memeration. On the other side there are arguments for early and fores- ful action to hold the participation of the banks in Government fl- nancing to an absolute sistem. These arguments are legically coherent, but 11 is not likely that they will find general acceptance. They are presented in the second section of this Some sort of a compremise solution is pessible. Issuatial elements of this program would include: (1) stability of interest rates: (2) unilization of all possible devices short of restriction of excess banking reserves to test out and stimulate the absorptive powers of the non-bank investment market; (3) full exploitation of taxation and selective credit centrols to moderate the feree of - numer demande. The 1dea of decisive astion to prevent inflation through credit controls would be abandened, the banks would M alleved to 002- tribute as fully as Recessary to the may moress of Treasury financing in doing its part is "visaing the oceasmic var", and the Government would hope to avoid the choice between inflation and rigerens regula- vion of consumption by carrying out a broad program of fiscal and other controls. Regraded Unclassified 242 - 3 - the present commanie situation is is may vays very dif- forent from that to which va have become habitasted in the past overal years. There is Lew saly & small and gradually disappearing margin of everonpacity in basic unafastering, transportation and electric power industries. We are assured of a powerful street of effective purchasing demand for sees time to come. to long M the Government's expenditures under the defense program continue to increase, and pos- sibly for a while thereafter, the Federal Reserve System seed not have the alightest fears that my notion of credit control vill be followed by a serious researion is business activity. Although the conditions which limit Federal Reserve policy have been tightened by the necessity of "Vianing the - they have been relaxed in mother direction as - result of this certainty of prosperity. Acceptance of Government centrels of economic life during a period of economic varfare is wash more general new than twenty-five years age. In the first World Var our Government imposed as centrels until 1917; under the stimulus of a becaing export trade with the Allies and as a result of other events in the world at var, the wholesale price index had already risen W 75 per cent and the cast of living by 25 per cent. Marlier recognition of the problem of preventing inflation raises the hope that we may avoid inflation this time. (A doubling-and-s-hulf of the price level, such as occurred beliver 1915 and 1920, mit be regarded as tree inflation.) Revever, there is no more intention nov than there was in 1915, 1916. or even 1917 and the first half of 1915. of imposing rigoreus centrols upon Number Regraded Unclassified 243 - buying. 1/ Depend this, there is - faster MM process, not present tventy-five years ago, which seriously threatens the INCROSE of price- 1evel stabilization. this is unprecedented ench liquidity in the banking eyelem and - - and investors. Major uncortainties is the present citention, which make decisions on credit policy difficult, are (1) the creatual sine and timing of defense expenditures and (2) the - and distribution of slack still remaining in the country's productive expecity. These two uncertainies are related sinee espacity to not absolute but is capable of growth at a limited rate. It is only natural that these uncertainties will continue to be reselved is favor of decisions be svoid for-reaching controls - stem consumption taxes and price-fising and retioning of consumers' goods - at least until use neasure of true inflation of the cost of living has already taken place. Shalls Corms of control are is themselves still abherrent to a. democracy. Date imposed, their reneval after the VAP would have serious scenomie reperduasions values performed with eare. 21 "Price fixing on consult goods was limited to the regulation of prossessre' and distributors' mrgins on feed and cool. This Vall of limited effectiveness because 11 we not provible to centrol the farm prices of Regal was the only consumers' commodity subjected to rationing. Only w the - of 1918 were plans belog más to fix the prices to constitute of come other articles with as shoes. Regraded Unclassified 244 - , - Agreements against proventing banks from greatly increasing their holdings of servicities (1) The new powerful argment 10 the fear that 11 would prove quite impossible be dispose of the Treasury's eubput of an securities without calling upon the banks to absorb a considerable part. This Argument is consult weakened If 10 is proposed only to reluse 020000 reserved, my to $2,000,000,000 in that case this problem would not be pressing at first. vithin a fairly limited time, havever, it weld nesers itemlf. and my plane made nov must look above for enveral years. (2) The next mest powerful argument Le that & rise is 10mg- tarm interest rates would result is a tremmious drop of noticet values of bonds MM held by the beaking system and other institutions. Insi- dentally. while the question at issue La whather of not a growth is bank holdings oughts to be substantially provented, this could not be - plashed without - elisination or substantial retustion of emerge 10- serves. (For even if banks were flatly prohiMited from to new 1 newse they could by - outstanding ascurities.) There is differ- code of opinion about the impliate offert - lang-tem interest rates of the imposition of a "colling" plan suiting - reserved say to one-third their prosent values. It seras evident, hoverer, that leag- tarm interest rates would neek a higher level all the remining - reserves vere absorbed and - 1010 depesite of Investore vere drown into the Treasury either W tenation of terroving, oven though M neb decline is ide funds would occur. fush as eventual rise of leng-term Tates sight If might not be discounted by the make the the outsor. Regraded Unclassified 6 - 245 a program for the prevention of make further growth is bask investments would include action w the Treasury to insure that this insvitable visa in Interest rates took place Imail- at are for all. this could be accomplished very effectively w the Treasury offering leng-term ml internatiate corrities on tap in milmited quantities at par with & 4-3 per cent range of rates. (This is approximately 1 per east above the presently enticlpated yiside on fully terable bonds.) this notion, is conjunction with - out is - reserves, would lead to a impliate end fairly presise readjustemt of bond prices. The fersed visa in yields on the new top Issues, and there- fore on all Lesses competing with them, wild be greater than any former- able future rise flowing only from the at is emoss recerves. It is - likely that the tap terms would be unacceptable to investore, that these issues would - to & discount, of that the general level of yiside wold rise beyond the rate stracture cavisaged w the expense - those isease. Subsequent flastuations of bend prices word.de be mush maller then these VS have become normatemed so. that notion to faree a impliate readjuctment of bond prices and yields has mush to - $1 as part of & realistic progres of restricting bank investments. 2018 the prospert of a 15-point decline in market values of partfolio bands would be classing both to bankers and the deverament. (3) The rise in interest Issues accompanying mish & shift in yielde would be of as - advantage to the base if they viti to be orbstantially deprived of the opportunity to by the selv high-rate bonds. Regraded Unclassified - 7 - 246 loan rates world visa, and M lease termst - the bealth' prose enrolage workd Insurance. yrea the Trustly's point of view, haverer, the higher rates world sppear very cestly. On thirty OF furty billies dollars of BOV date, & difference of 1 per omt in rate vould calarge the - interest changes w three of four Instred million dollars. Added to this there would be the extra charges an Lewse to refund materities during the years the high rates remained in affect, (4) Finally. argumate my be advanced an comminio gremial the rise is rates would acceptants the unequal distribution of nation- el incomes it would be injurious to cometries and Ininstry and perhaps oven to the defense offert class 10 werld inhille expension of Inbit- trial and bearding expecity: higher rates would be is these andern days what industrial productivity has returned the dename for capital far below the supply. These argments. unlike the others, my be wislly dismissed. They indicate too - habituation to the economic climate of research years, of they assume, fullaciously. that the higher lord case 100 posed would be permanent. liversion of issue from to investore. undecirable in normal times, will be desirede in "ver-time" (provided that the extra income paid to investors can be receptured, by texation preferently, or at least w terroving) because & temperary reduction in consumption will be nacessary. A reinction is BOV boundng construction will be particularly desireMe at a time when durside autorials and labor will be source. Industrial expansion, unlike Regraded Unclassified - I - 247 housing construction. is almost totally insousitive to interest rate changes] and profite (even after high corporation taxes), supplemented by misrate we of the new-security markets and of bank lease - 10mg as they remain availaMe, and further supplemented W direct twen- net financing, will provide sufficiest funds for all expeasion - penditures which prove nationally for defense of otherwise perulacible. Finally, the opportunity of - again lowering interest rates and of making loan funds fresky available veaid be of positive value in combatting post-ver resortion. In summary, three powerful obstadles oppose my therough- going effort at present to restrict the organsion of bank assets and deposites fear of a brothim of Treasury finance, fear of a great drop in institutional neest values, and dislike of an increase in the Treasury's costs of financing. Marcever. these obstactes vill persict. The seesnt and third my - to som less Expertent if inflation of the cost of living gots under way. but the fear of a breakdown is Treasury fluense will be greater. not loss, if restriction of the credit have is propesed later, at a time when the Treasury will have become theroughly habituated to relying - the banks for a substantial part of its an may. Regraded Unclassified - , - 248 Arguments is favor of proventing banks free greatly Increasing their holdings & permittion. To make a case against the powerful arguments which have just been considered, 11 10 first to establish a rensonable pre- sumplies that the economic wall SM be financed vithout the activitance of the banks, sessont be bring forward pesitive argumsts for the acces- sity of limiting bank expension, and third to show that other objections are immaterial. The conductions which can be reached are by no neas irresis- tible. They como out something like this. (1) Treasury financing can get along without such assistance from the banks. If taxes are relead sufficiently and are supplemented w forced loans in the event that the defense progres is materially is- treased beyond present amportations, if the outlook for future interest rates is clarified and the Deverment's determination to prevent inflation is made obvious, if a rise in interest rates 10 not only permitted but authorised w the Treasury, and if a "seiling" plan of bank reserved is adopted compled with a plan for the Federal Reserve Banks be absorb 100- porary or persistent Treasury shartages without at the - time emplying the member banks with an additional bace for multiple deposit expension. For a - of reasons, if Treasury financing is over to get along without B great deal of assistance from the backs during this period of var, the measures which wald make this possible met be undertaken very DOGE, The outleek for future interest rates will remain hasy and there will be resurring expectations of inflation DE long all credit restriction remains a fature possibility and ast & present fast. This - that Regraded Unclassified - 10 - 249 investore will centinue to duy any from the bond market. On the other hand, the Treasury's pleas for fature interest rates will not be santly altered case they are nade, and they would underbiedly have to be altered at a time of obstaining from bank flamse. The total morato to be raised by taxation as over against terreving can be adjusted only manually, and for a period lying several manths is the future. No solden increase in taxation will be possible at the memost that credit restriction becomes desirable. (2) If 11 An assemed that inflation of the cost of living and of real estate values comparable with that which courred in the last var must be prevented this time, ni if 10 is believed that this con be done with the aid of massary controls, preparation must be made now to utilise monetary centrols at the appropriate nonest. Fiscal arrangements must help to keep (mml in lime with available supplies of basic comedities and Geveranent pelicy must continue to be directed at increasing supplies and seeing that they are fearly die- tributed more the defense and man-defense infustries at reasonable prices. But rigorens regulation of the seaseme? hinself as in Germany (or of the purchaser of real estate) 10 neither desirable MP likely to be adopted is time. Therefore, almost assuredly, will m- tuelly have to be taken, and perhaps vithin a year, that will sharply reduce the availability of many to consumers and speciaters and to business firms and corporations trading in inventories, at the meal when M A result of pressure free affective consumer deramá the viclous cycle of price-sest-price inflation begins. Unfortunity, because of the unpresedented each liquidity of individuals (as wall as banks). Regraded Unclassified - 11 - 250 this action to far free cortain to accomplish I'm purpose. Merely to close the private less market at that future menant vill not necessarily mffice. for idle funds vill your tuto the real setate market, the steek market, and - no far as possible - into purchases of consumption goods. The most that can be said is that the chances of vill be graster the more nearly idle funds have been hold to their prosent level instead of heing allowed to increase at a rapid rate, with the help of stock market regulation, perhaps the psychological sheck of n complete cleetage of the loan market vill be enough to prosipitate a temporary reversed of the boom peychology. despite the proseure of consumer demands, Net If idle fuste are allowed to continue to pile mp before this time casse, and it 1s hard to see how this one be avoided, the chances of uncesse will be negligible. Tetimates are given below which suggest that demand deposits and currency now held for Investment purposes by individuals or hearded amount to something like 17 billies dollars, an compared with perhape 7 OF 8 billions in 1929. It to farther suggested that If stability of the price level CAR be maintained during the news two years vitimat 10- stricting hand arpansion, and If in fact the Treasury berrows $15 billions from the banks out of & potential two-year total financing of close to #30 billions, V the growth of deposite is excess of the requirements of governments, comporations and consumers sight 1 to smother 017 billion, bringing the total of individuals' 1810 fends to vell over 130 willioms! 11 This 10 on en assumption that annething hamena to eten - defense outlays free . now probable $30 billions to the billions during the calendar years 1941 and 1947. Regraded Unclassified 251 - 12 . & very early restriction of besir expansion - ne Pap employee by the use of the celling reserve plan with 010000 reserves out to a third - 1s therefore If any reliance at all to to be placed on the nower of closing the private lean market completely. that the virtue of this settem new would not he solely is its supech of pro- paration for other netton later. Is a must more consrete and certain vary it would help to estatels the conditions that would make the later action never necessary. The Treasury is agreeing to this program would comait itself to an extremely heavy schedule of taxes and forned leans, for only is this way seald 11 get along without mush help from the banks. Returning to the figures eised in the proceding paragraph, If the Treasury were to expect only $5 instead of #15 billions from the banks out of prospective two-year berrowing requirements of say $29 bil- Items, while other institutional searess wight he created on for 05 MI- lions of the most, 10 would have to mayo to get no billions tastead of $9 from individuals. In M esnecivable any could 11 get ansk a - within . two-year period vithout reserving to storp Issue and payroll taxes and fereed leass. And nothing could more antiefactorily perform the task of transferring purchasing power from consences to the Gevera- next in a very that would avoid price inflation. The central argument for restricting bank expansion therefore has tve On the one hand this policy weald diminish the notes- tial further growth of 1410 funds (but not stop 19): on the other hand It would neconsitate staff texasion and forced lease which offer the Regraded Unclassified 252 - 13 - only were against inflation - short of completely affective prine-fixing and rationing - If the defense progress is to be colarged beyond present expectations. If the defense program does not exceed the propertions that nan new be enviuaged - if defense entlays in the salendar years 1941 and 1942 are not to exceed say $30 billions, and financing 70- cuirements in the GAME period are not to exceed any 121 billiems w cording to tax plans now expected - a more rigorous termina schome my not be required. But in this case the higher interest rates, and above all the fixed internet rates, which the plan outlized on pages 5 and 6 would bring, would certainly be of assistance is disposing of savings bonds and long-term issues. (3) If inflation is almost ineritable in the absenes of ofther ricorons control of the consumer or foresighted neastary controls, and If inmediate monetory controls are remove the necessity for future - trols by permanding consumers to part with their may OF by seasing the Treasury to force them to part with 14, them it 10 easily verth the cost to the Treasury of - astra interest hurden of a few hundred million dollars a year to take its share of lendership is planning ench monotary controls. The temorary shook to the bookkeepers of bead values, 1a- plieft in my plan which relses interest rates, Le of ne real - misse, There to no need for any bank to sell boads before enturity, meh less for any bank to fail AR a result of doing 66, New high-rate bonds vill be mis more not lass attractive since there vill be - Regraded Unclassified 253 - 14 - excellent change of their appreciating in the years imediately fol- lowing the mP when interest rates are levered. 10 will be observed that these enselvations have been been on a series of three assumptions rirst, that the industrial and fiscal controls likely to be undertaken is the abornes of Imediate credit control are not likely to prevent the assergence of the visions aycle of inflations second, that the in lationary eycle when 11 cameges my consibly he killed by clostag the private leas market, but certainly not If investors' 1410 funds have continued to increase at a rapid rates third, that " 10 politically and administratively feastble to undertake the proliming credit controls and the additional fiscal planning which vill be necessitated (and which, in from will be the most valuable pro- dues of the gradit enstrols). Without arguing these sesuritions, the reasoning unterlying the conclusions - be developed with the help of come figures, The two charte attenhed show the extimated ownership of 100 posits and currency over the past donade, There estimates are fairly accurate for the years 1934-1938. screwhet 1000 - for earlier and later years. In the second shart the each of "individual" (tatended to - clude is AS approximate very the cash of unincorporated bustnesses) to broken down into (1) sevings deposits, (2) "consumption cash" arbitrarily tolten equal to half a month's "national Income payments*. and (3) other cash. Changes in the last calegory rengly represent changes is reserve cash of investore and heards. As an Inter of heards OF "1410 повид" is Regraded Unclassified 254 = 4 e the sense of unsturally large investment reserves, 100 variations from STORES probably understate the real situation w # or 13 billion is 1931 and 1938 and may everstate 10 w #1 or $2 billion is recent years. As of the at of 1935 " to indicated that money was about n billion greater than in 1929, w the end of 1940 the excess was $9-1/2 billions, the table brings together s number of significant faste - Inting to the distribution of Government dabt and of each heldings since the end of 1935, along with four sole of hypothetical statements for the years 1941-42. The first two of these represent developments with the defense program and tax strusture approximately as assumed is Mr. Edulaton's assorandes of March 24, 19411 the first selum adoption of the program en pages 5 and 6 of this and no rise in the price level, while the second - a to per eent rise is prices over the two years. Sinilarly, the assent of the last pair of columns assumes a to per cont price vise under s considerably enlarged defense program, As will be shown later. the construction of a table like this for fature partods involves the hiddem accumption that the amount of surrent saving (or increases is individual assets) implied w the figures is constatent with the assumptions made shout national Income and the price level, and measures taken to enforce seving. One more column wight have been asset to illustrate the - ample that vas effed on page 11 above. This examle constmed the - supption as to price level of solumn A-2 with the accumption as to Regraded Unclassified 255 - 16 - distribution of Government dabs of estumn n-?, The empropriate "tenree PAY he derived by accise $10 billion to lines 8. " 5. and 13 or solum A-2. and demoting no billion from Itme 1ᵗʰ, the other "tgares in that 00/100 reasining anchanged. A brief consent may be name upon each of the main items. In 1011 and 1942, Government financing with the banks and while will be et a rete from 10 to 15 times the EVERAge rate of the 1net five years. Connercial bank holdings will increase at least twice as fast, perhaps E OF 6 times as fact. The growth of deposits and mereney outstanding will erened the growth of compercial bank investments as in past years, though this vill MY he the NOTO to expansion of loans than to gold inflove. Holdings of "nonindividuals" my either increase or decrease, depending most importantly upon the effect of price changes 2002 non- financial business holdings. The figures for the latter understate the changes in total business each am aquivalent (from on estimated level or about $13 billion at the and of last year) because 11 has been assemed that 12 billion of 6. special offering of Government amegrities vill be purchased by corporations. Under any circumstances short of en estaal decline in handr meants, 11 sonsare cortain that individuals' cash holdings vill In- the rath of increase All he granter then even in 1239 and 1940. The - will he true of the growth of individuals⁴ each, descite the probably 2078 ranté increase in covings Amounts and in each needed for surrent surnover. Regraded Unclassified 256 - 17 - the amounts of Government securities to be absorbed w individuals is 1941 and 1942 under the various accurptions, se shown in the last line of the table, are derived " deducting the assemed increases in bank and other institution heldings from the figures is line 1. is every .... these anounts are well-migh astronemical as compared with individuals' net absorption of Severances securities is resent years. Individuals have been buying several hundred millions a year of sevings bonds, and disposing of other issues on belance. that 18 required, them, is as increase is the absorption of savings bonds and a reversal of the aggregate position of individuals toward the marketable issues. The Treasury hopes that the now sevings bonds will bring in free $2-1/2 to the billions a year. If other issues ean be sold to the noninstitutional public is annual volume of say $2 or 03 billions a year, 11 would be possible to fulfil the conditions of thyse of the hypothetical colume. That 10, with a defense program not exceeding $21 billions in 1941- 1942 (or $15 billions is fildal 1942) it should be possible to got aleas vithout solling 2570 than $5 billions to the consersial banks (colum A-1), and If there vas se restriction of bank credit the financing problem would be still easier (column B-1). Likevise if there 10 a substantial expansion is the defense program as assumed is solum 1-2 the financing problem visi not be too difficult, If $15 out of $29 bil- liene to be borroved are obtained from the banks. In each of these cases foreed leans would presumsbly not be necessary during the period considered, but 11 would be a great help la obtaining the marginal $1 or $2 billions to be able to offer higher interest rates then nov Regraded Unclassified 257 - 18 - provail and to be able to assure investors that the rates offered would be the maximum ever 10 be available. This will be particularly Laper- test If a positive offert to limit bank expension is undertaken through an imediate out in ****** reserves. If the defense effort 10 yet to be enlarged again is the near future, 10 as expenditure total of say #20 billions is fiscal 1942, . thoroughgoing and successful program to prevent inflation w reducing #XC009 receives and restricting bank expansion would require the sale of perhaps $19 billion of securities to individuals 1/. or also equiva- lest assures of extre texation and forced lending. this is the example shown is column A-2, and already emationed on page 12 above. To repeat what was said there, nothing could accomplish the purpose of preventing inflation mN satisfactorily then this kind of a fiscal progres to keep Government dobt out of the banks. Are the hypethetical figures for "individuals" heldings* is this table, especially is column A-1 (presently estimated defense program with centrol of bank expansion), consistent with other applicable date such as the estimated sverage national Income of about 890 billion over the ive-year period ahead? And can figures arrived at M these are by a calculation of residuale be taken to represent B probable or possible situation? the extimation of change is total holdings of cash offere no difficulty, case accumptions have born asdo as to the novent of change in bank assots. The figures for other holdings 1/ The taxes assumed in deriving this figure already include com additional levies to become effective immediately during the fiscal year 1943. Regraded Unclassified 258 - 19 - may be in error, but they reflest as for as BAG be ontimated the probable desires of the various greeps to hold cash; considere- tion 10 also gives to such fasters as volume of capital expenditures or investments and availability of funds from earnings or berrovings. There 10 nothing inherent is & great increase is bank deposits which automatically forees enyone OF any group to hold its proportionate share of the increase. But can similar reasons be offered to explain vhy individuals are likely to hold just the amount of cash that the residual calculation has allotted to them? Is there not something paradoxical in the expectation that individual cash holdings will increase se sharply while at the same time the assumption 10 being sade that individuals will aboorb a very large volume of new courtry offerings? This question is pased is . most violent way by the figures in column 1-2, where individuals are expected to absorb a total of 030 billion of each and Government securities (or perhaes submit to heavy taxation), and in column 1-2, where they are expected to aboorb 124.5 billion (the total of figures in fifth and bottom lines). Cel- um A-2 offers the lesser difficulty. because 11 was assumed in this case that price stabilization suscess. It supprede only through very drastic taxation, as a substitute for part of the assumed borrow- lag. or through forced leans. The very same thing that maintains price stability - and thereby justifies the settantes nade for non- individuals and the vhole residual calculation - will forms individuals Regraded Unclassified 259 - 20 - to absorb Deverament dobt (or be further taxed) on top of a rather large normase is their aggregate cash holdings, especially is those held 141e by investors or as heards. The case of seless M to conorbat different. The assemptions here are: ao restriction of bank expansion, and a 40 persont price rise by the end of 19421 national income will therefore average about $110 billion. The greater rise is national money income calls for a considerable increase is eash turning over free week to veek, and this increase is individuals' average holdings will no doubt be in the nature of as addition to whatever other increases in individuals' assets might occur as the result of what 10 ordinarily called saving. There vill also be & secordst greater them ordinary increase is savings deposite, and a very considerable increase in business sach holdings, permitted by larger profise end required by the higher price level of commedities and labor. These the final residual of "individuale" investment and idle each" (8.5) when added to the assumed absorption of Government securities by individuals (9.0) address to a total no larger than that accused is column A=1 (6.9 + 11.0). This is iteelf done not necessarily validate the 1.1 ever If the 1-2 estimates are acceptable. Despite the probably higher level of in- dividual sevings is case 3-2, 11 La probable that under been conditions 5. part of these savings would be placed is real estate ml stocks rather than is each and bonds. If, is the final analysis, 11 should be decided that the residual optimate is column 1-2 does net correspond to the probable facts of the situation as defined, then the vaole Regraded Unclassified 260 - n situation met be redefined. It micht be that with Government supendi- tures as large as here assumed, and with to restriction os bank vion, that the price increase would be even greater, that business cash would be built up still more, and that a revised residual calse- Intion of individuals' holdings would finally check with a direct and independent estimate. Finally, ve return to the case presented in column 1-1 (presently estimated defense program wish centrol of bank expansion). The residual calculation of increase is total individual heldings (including savings deposite and turnover each) 10 $11 billion, and the assumption of individuals' absorption of Government securities is another $11 billion for the two-year period. Can ve conclude, on independent greends, that these are reasonable figures and that the basic accumption of avoidance of price inflation is therefore validated? Les us first compare the yearly average total increase of cash sad Government dobt holdings of individuals, $11 billion, with the corresponding average for 1936-1940, 03 billion & year. This is not encouraging at first sight. on the other hand, the rate of individuals' saving (abstention from consumption or increase in not worth), will average considerably higher in 1941-1942 than in 1935-1940, some estimates would seem to place the probable differ- sace as high as $4 or 05 billions. Bev sevings placed is life insurance will apparently continue at mash the same rate as in the earlier period. In the earlier period the not aggregate change is individuals' ascete Regraded Unclassified 261 - 22 - other them each, Government securities, and insurance appears so have been rather small and perhaps negative, according to the rough esti- cates that are available, In the carlier part of the period seme net saving vas probably applied to repayment of dobta: in the latter part some my have gone into home equities: individuals appear to have been net sollers of private securities on balance. If ve can secure that the part of BOW saving coing into these and other sis- cellameous forms will continue to be small or even negative en bal- ance is the coming period - and the restriction of credit vill help by reducing residential construction activity - we still Ha to be sbout $3 or 14 billions a year short of the necessary $11 billions. The following alternative conclusions AN indicated: either the additional necessary new eaving w individuals can be induced w stabilizing and increasing interest rates, with the help also of sa intensive promotion campaign for savings bonds, or the original conclusions that the price level could be stabilised without more drastic increases in taxation appeare to be invalidated. One other angle of the problem decerves attention. New are the changes is eash holdings and in hand holdings likely to be distributed as between the rich sall the less well-te-do? It 10 probable that the major part of presently existing "investness and idle funds", perhaps twe-thirds of 11 or note at a guast, belengs to the group who reported taxable incomes ever $5,000 is 1936 and 1937 and who had as aggregate taxable income of about " billion a year out of national income payments to individuals of about Regraded Unclassified 262 - 23 - 470 billion in those years. Wash of the aggregate net saving of recent years that vest into each and sevings boads vas probably performed by these people, but 11 door not coom likely that even with their total incomes after taxes reaching say $12 billion a year they are likely to GATE 2070 then a half, let M say, of the required 011 billions a year. Time, not only wast total - enving of individuals be increased, but new saving of the large lower-inceme greep met copecially be stimulated. The lever group can be expected to "save" - 1.0., add to its holdings -- most of the $1/2 billion a year increase in active consumption cash. 10 vill also acquire a siner part of the added savings deposits and idle eash. Beyond this, 11 mut be stimulated or If necessary formed to lend to the Government, or be taxed, if we 470 to pass through 1942 vithout the beginnings of price inflation. In conclusion, the one point which decerves nest emphasis is & discussion of general credit restriction so that the chief virtue of such a policy lies is the Treasurys' adherence to 10, implying a determination to at down, w taxation, voluntary seving or foreed saving, the effective consumer denamão which compate in time of sconomic var with the Government's WE demands for relatively "CATOO supplies of labor and goods. Regraded Unclassified 263 E ADML 3/27/41 Amendia The Banks as Dealars la Government Securities The attractiveness of Government securities as investants depends not only on the perfect certainty of receiving interest and principal payments when due, but also en their liquidity - the possibility of disposing of them at any time at a fair price. Coverament securities my be either negotiable or Ma- negotiable. Liquidity is given securities -- such as the outstanding savings bonds and the proposed nov Lessee of savings bonds - by the Government's promise to redeem on denand or after a specified notice period. The Treasury would flad 10 undesirable to have a very large part of its dobt redeemable upon notice 02 demand. It will therefore continue to issue marketable securities, even If it adopts the tap mothod of sale for come of them. Marketable securities ml have a market. the banks are nov as indispensable part of this market. Individual transactions in Government securities frequently reach a meh larger sise then is ever reached by individual transactions in stecks on the archanges, or over by 'secontary distributions" of stock holdings through syndi- cates of underwriters and dealers. The half-dosen non-bank dealers in Government securities reald provide, by themselves, as utterly inadequate market. or course, may of the large sales come free banks. but even if ve imagine the banks seasher forced to hold Regraded Unclassified - I - 264 their Government securities to naturity, never solling my part of their holdings, the nen-bank dealors would provide M Inadequate must for other offerings. There are three vage is videh this inadequate earlist 4dd be supplemented. Cas 10 the present ver. vhareby banks is general buy and sell and seas banks in particular operate special trading departments. Be long as other arrangements are net note to provide as adequate market, 10 would be entirely inadvisable to prevent banks frem buying and solling my Government securities that are to be otherwise negotiable. Iven If 620000 recerves vere greatly N° duesd or eliminated the banks could be freely allowed to carry out this function of noting as dealers. The Federal Recerve System night provide special discount facilition, at a low rate, to finance dealer transactions on a insurer basis. A second var of providing as adequate market 10 to let both the neuber banks and the Federal Receive Banks deal is securi- ties. The Federal Receive Banks sight enter the market parely as broker-dealers, accepting the bide and offers of others, or they night operate as tradere initiating transactions. the more they operated as traders the nore nearly the market could be pegget. It my be desirable to pag the market during a poried is which s vast quantity of securities are to be cold. One usual objection to the Federal Reserve Banks' operating is this vary is that their operations vould affect the reserve position of the nomber basks. Regraded Unclassified 265 - 3 - This objection my Loss its force is the present situation. On the one hand, if a program of credit restriction is adopted it night include the "coiling" reserve plan, under which multiple expension on newly acquired reserves 10 not possible. Not only could the Beserve System safely pos the market; 10 could safely stand ready to abserb my persistent shortage of funds. This would net at rest fears that credit restriction sight cause a real breakdown in Treasury finance. On the other hand, if a program of credit restriction is not adoprod, changes in excess recerves due to Federal Receive trading operations would be of little consequence. The third vay of providing a adequate market is for the Federal Receive Banks to supplant the member banks entirely. In this case 11 would be pessible to prehibit banks free purchasing any Government securities during the emergency and to prohibit them from ever solling Government securities before naturity. but as purpose would be served by this drastic innovation that could not be well served in some other var. Regraded Unclassified Notimated and Hypethatical Changes is Cash Moldings, 1936-1942 (excluding deposits at Federal Reserve Banks and Interbank deposite) And Hypothetical Amount and Distribution of Increase la Government Debt (in billions of dollars) 2 : Hypothetical, Tad 1940-Thad 1942 Nationated Changes : 2 years del 1935- and 1938- 1 Nat'l defense = Vat'l defense : M 1938 : Red 1940 exp. = 30 : exp. = 40 I 3 years : 2 years : A-1 2. 3-1 : 1-2 : w Cov't public securities, 1as1. estings bands 3/ +5.9 +4.2 +21.0 +21.0 +29.0 +29.0 Gor't securities of commercial backs +1.4 +2.7 $5.0 +5.0 +5.0 +15.0 Total heldings of deposite and currency B/ 47.3 +10.7 +20.5 +13.5 +10.5 +20.9 Holdings of "monintividuale" $2.2 +2.8 -0.5 +1.0 -0.5 45.0 Reldings of "Individuals" $5.1 +7.9 +11.0 +12.5 +11.0 CLASS Holdings of "megindividuals": U. 1. Deverament - -0.2 40.8 +1.0 +0.8 +1.2 Other public bedies +0.4 +0.4 +0.1 40.2 40.1 +0.2 Foreignare 40.5 +0.7 -0.3 -0.4 -0.3 -0.4 Financial corps. and bask trust depts. ¥ 40.2 +0.5 -0.4 -0.4 -0.4 -0.5 Nonfinancial business, eary. and other $1.1 +1.4 -0,7 +0.6 -0,7 4.5 Heldings of "individuals": Serings deposits +2.1 +1.9 +3.1 +3.5 +3.1 +4.0 Currency and demand deposite held for consumption s/ +0.2 +0.6 +1.0 +2.0 +1.0 +3.0 Denand deposite al current) hold for Investment # hearded 6/ +2.5 +3.6 +6.9 +7.0 +6.9 $8.5 Covit securities to be absorbed Y "Isti- Regraded Unclassified viduals" if additional tenties were mt Imposed 1/ +1.1 +0.7 +11.0 +8.0 +19.0 49.0 Reta: It is assumed that actional Income at present prices, restive $160 William w the el of 194e. Order A-1 at A-2 " Le assemed there is 20 price rice, univer 3-1 20 persons, usier w be 266 person. 1/ Includes guaranteed debt. Excludes adjusted service bonds and securities hold by trust funds and agencies. Under columns A-1 and D-1 the amount is fiscal 1942 would be 11.5, under column A-2 and B-2, 16 billions. Tax revenues are assumed as is Mr. Eduiston's assorandum of March 24, 1941, except that under 4-2 and B-2 still other additional taxes are assumed in fiscal 1943. to yield 14 billions incodiately. 2/ Holdings are the Board's figures for "Total deposits and surrency in the United States", with as additional deduction of float to allow for checks is transit between payers and receivers. (The usual adjustment for flest is for Items in transit between banks.) the hypothatical figures in the last four columns assume, is addition to the increase is commercial banks heldings of Gerera- sest securities shown is the line above, M increase in other leans at Investments of 40 at commercial and savings banks and an increase is currency and/or bank reserves of 3.1; also as increase is flost between depositors of 1.6. 3/ The hypothetical decreases are minly for life insurance companies. by The hypothetical changes come is all casse that 2.0 of Government securities AFO purchased. Cash and marketable securities is assued to increase 10 persent under A-2 and 4-2, 20 percent under D-1 and no percent under D-2. 5/ IN is assumed that may held for consumption purposes is equal to me-half month's 'sational income payments'. See Note below table. s This is a residual Item. V The 1936-1938 figure excludes 0.7 of adjusted service bonds. The hypothatical figures for securities to be absorbed by individuals are computed by subtracting line 2 free line 1 and further subtracting $5 billion for securities sold to life insurance companies (2). antual savings banks and other finencial institutions: (1), and nonfinancial corporations (2). The unit absorbed w individuals is the fiscal year 1942 would be about half the figure is each of the last four columns. See fectuate 1 for the taxes that have been correct. 267 Regraded Unclassified 268 Confidential B-1259 August 11, 1941 (Revised) ANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF 'D'SER BANKS, veek ENDEC WEDNESDAY, JUNE 25, 1941 by John E. Horbett, Assistant Chief, Division of Bank Operations Member bank excess reserves during the week ended June 25, 1941 amounted to approximately 5.2 billions. If reservo requirements were increased to twice basic statutory requirements (the meximum allowable under present law) ORDORS reserves would be reduc be by approximately 1.2 billions. If the law word amended and requirements wor. increased to two and ono-hnlf times the present basic statutory requirements, excess reservos would be reduced by 3.4 billions and would then amount to 1.8 billions. The summary figures by classus of are shown in the following table: EXCUSE Roduction which would rosult if resurvos requirements Were increased to-- Class of banks on prosent Twice basic 2-1/2 timos basic besis requirements requirements (Millions of dollars) All arti banks--total 5,231 1,172 3,423 Deserve city banks No York 2,202 531 1,588 Chicago Lao 105 311 city banks 1,750 352 1,031 Country brice in places vith a regulation of-- 111,000 or more 230 47 127 19,000-100,000 326 72 193 15,000 313 65 173 An analysis has noon mndo of the reserve position of individual member wring the rock unded June 25, 1941, and the results are shown in the vin at tements. The analysis is brand on information supplied by the Miserve Banks in response to the Board't telegram of July 11. One part iffect of nn incroase in reserve requirements to twice basic statutory nts: th. other showe th offoct o of on incruase to two and ono-half times tutory requirements. Regraded Unclassified 269 - 2 - 1. If reserve requirements were increased to twice basic statutory requirements== 26% 20, and 110% on demand deposits nd 6% on time deposits-- All but 43 member banks could meet such an incroase in requirements either out of their present excess reserves or by converting up to one-half of their belances with other banke into reserve balances. The 43 banks would have an aggregate deficiency of $782,000 after converting one-half of their bank balances into reserve balances; 23 of them would each have a deficiency of $5,000 or loss. The largest of thoso 43 banks had total assote of 27 millions, the scoond largost 14 millions, and the third largost 6 millions. 35 of the 43 banks word country benks located in places with E population of less than 15,000. The averagd ratio of loans and investments to total casots of those 35 banks was els. compared with 645 for all country banks and 62% for all mar.ber bonks. Over eno-half of these 35 banks wore in the three eastern Foderal Recorvo districts. A statement listing these 43 banks and showing their loans, investments, deposito, oto., on June 30 is attached. It will he observed that in nearly all onses the ratio of bank balances to deposits of these banks wes considerably below that of the average bank. 1,141 banks with rusorvo bulances less than twice basio statutory requirements could moot such an incroase by converting up to cno- half of thoir belanous with other banks into reserve balanoos; their aggregato doficiencios before such conversion would be 67 millions. About throe-fourths of the banks whose reserve balances were not sufficiont to most an incronse to twice basic requirements would have sufficiont ruserves after convorting not more than 10 por cent of thoir bank balanous into reserve balances. Thore word a f-w banks, however, that would not have enough reserves even after converting all of their bank balances into reserve balances. The accompanying table distributes the member banks according to the percentage of bank balances that would have to be converted into reserve balances. B-1259 (Revised) - 3 - 270 DISTRIBUTION OF YEARER RAYKS ACCORDING TO THE PERCEPTAGE OF BANK B..LANCES THAT VOULD HAVE TO BE CONVERTED INTO RESERVE BALANCES TO NEET AN INCREASE IN RESERVE REQUIREMENTS TO THICE BASIC REQUIREMENTS Number Number of banks that rould have to convert Total with the following percentages of bank balances number suffi- into roservo balancos-- Class of banks of ciunt 10% 11- banks 21- 31- 51- 71- Ovor roserves or 20% loss 30% 50% 70% 100 100% ..11 nomber banks 6,549 5,065 1,105 216 61 59 7 17 19 1.594 Control reservo city binker Now York 36 26 10 2 3 1 3 -- -- 1 Chiorgo 12 8 J -- 2 1 1 -- -- -- ROBERTE city banks 345 265 40 60 14 4 1 -- 1 -- Country hinks in places with o population of-- - 3 100,000 or moro 199 138 45 9 3 3 -- -- 1 15,000-100,000 1,001 733 219 32 5 7 1 2 2 Under 15,000 4,956 3,895 779 156 47 44 6 14 15 1,061 B-1259 (Rovised) 4 - 271 2. If reserve requirements word increased to two and ono-half times bario statutory requirements -- 32-1/2%, 25%, and 17-1/2% on donand doposits and 7-1/2% on time doposits-- 261 nomber banks would have to provido additional rosorvos after converting one-half of their balances with other banks into reserve balances. These banks would have an aggregate deficiency of 180 millions after converting one-half of their bank belances into recerve balances. 2,977 banks with reserve balances loss than two and ono-half times basic statutory requirements could meet such an increase by converting up to one-holf of their balances with other banks into resorvo balances. 3,311 banks--about half the total number of member banks--had reserve balances sufficient to meet an increase to two and one- half times the basic statutory requirements. B-1259 (Revised) Cann'T 1 273 Hypothetled, DISTRIBUTION BOLLINGS present OF Virusits AND CURRENCY 1929-1943 me restriction of bank LICENSE Lon 32 BO 70 TOTAL HOLDENGS OF CASH 60 60 to "Toke1 hoposits sad currency Ld U.S.T 50 $5 hers 2:010 40 This 30 Individuals 20 10 1329 1930 1931 1932 1933 1334 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1943 1341 1862 Regraded Unclassified CHART 2 27:5 Hypothetical (see chart 1) CASH HOLDINGS DE 1929-1940 Suvings deposite 20 00 "Invertment nhe idite deposits one currendy" is 10 "Currancy und deposits for purposes" 0 CO $0 50 40 4 22 Ratings Deposits to 20 Consumption cash 10 10 Investment and Idle cach 270 1971 1979 1965 1334 1388 1336 13:7 1338 1033 1343 1941 1342 Regraded Unclassified COMPIDENTIVE MACKIN TO RESERVE POSITION or DATES, ...ET ENDED WEDNESDAY. JUNE 25, TORO Think Instruction AR increase in PRODUCTION requirements to twice tasle statuing reserve requirements (Basod on averages of drive Claures: amounts in thougands of Gollars) Control Reserve Country bruine All city bonks Reservo In places with a population of-- member city Total banks New York Chioago 100,000 15,000- Loss than banks and over 100,000 15,000 Reserve percentages, if incressed to two basic statutory requirements: On demand deposits 26 26 20 14 14 14 34 On time deposits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1. Banks with reserve belances sufficient to neot the increase in reserve requirements: Thribor of banks 5,065 26 8 265 4.766 138 733 3,895 Excoss reserves if roquirements wore incroased 4,127,300 1,673,301 307.908 1,432,567 713,524 189,143 266,422 257,999 2. Banks that could noot the increaso by convorting not more than mlf of their back belances into reservo belance: Number of banks 1,443 9 4 79 1,349 60 263 1,026 Deficiency in reservos before converting bank balances -67,408 -1,974 -2,325 -34,695 -28,414 -6,566 -12,432 -9,416 Excose reserves after converting half of tank balances into reserves 540,973 2,402 2,893 213,423 322,255 80,692 151,272 90,291 3. Banks that would have to provide additional reserves aftor converting half of bank balancus into reserve beloness: Number of banks 43 1 : 1 W 1 5 » Deficioncy in reserves before converting bank belancos -1,230 -567 -- -52 -611 -18 -135 1888 -Doficioncy in roservos after converting half of bank balances into resorves -782 -463 I -25 -294 -14 - =56 -224 4. All member bankas Number of banks 6,549 36 12 345 6.156 199 1,001 4,956 Excess reserves on present basis 5,230,447 2,201,546 410,160 1,749,663 869.078 229,634 526,163 313,281 Excess reserves if requirements wore increased to twice basic statutory requirements 4,058,662 1,670,760 305,583 1,397,820 684,499 182,559 253,855 212,085 Rote: Due to the fact that balances due from banks are deductible from domend doposits subject to reserve, - withdrawsl of such balances results In some increase in required reserves. If allowance is mado for this, two banks would MOVE from group 2 to group 3 and yould have mill deficionsiss in reserves after converting ono-half of bank belance into reserve balances, B-1259 (Ruvised) Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ANALYSIS UT RESERVE POSITION OF "E'DE Stard. FEW Table an Increase àn reserve requirements to twine Indio statutory reserve requirements Distribution of mmber of banks, tv classes. Number of banks, by Federal Peserve districts-- Total New Phila- Cleve- Rich- Atlenta Chicago St. Mines- Recess assuming an increase in reserve requirements to Dellare Sen number Boston York twice basic statutory requirements* delphia land mond Louis apolis City Francisee 1. All sumber banks-total 6,549 346 787 655 667 437 317 880 Les 452 731 570 276 4. Recerve balances sufficient 5,065 249 655 501 558 344 245 735 337 334 521 1,30 176 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank belances sufficient 1,441 94 118 145 106 91 72 144 88 114 214 155 100 0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 43 3 14 9 3 2 - 1 - 4 2 5 - LB 36 : - 12 - - I - - 2. Central resorve city banks--total : - - 34 - 26 - - : I 8 - -- - - : as Reserve balances sufficient be Reserve balaness plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont 13 - 9 - -- - - L - -- -- -- - Oz Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 1 I 1 - - - -- - - - - : - 1 20 Reserve city banks-total 345 10 11 22 33 34 21 65 24 9 50 36 30 4a Reserve balances sufficient 265 9 8 19 30 31 12 LE 17 6 36 29 23 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 79 1 3 3 3 2 9 20 7 5 14 7 7 C. Rosorve balances plus 1/2 bank belances insufficient 1 1 - - - - 1 -- - - - - - 1.0 Country banks, population 100,000 and over-total 199 36 40 19 26 3 11 14 17 16 ó 2 9 Be Roserve balancos sufficient 138 24 26 17 20 2 10 9 12 9 3 1 5 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont 60 12 14 2 6 1 1 5 5 6 3 1 4 as Rosorve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 1 -- -- - - - : -- 1 1 - - -- 5. Country banks, population 15,000=100,000~total 1,001 106 163 92 113 13 72 151 late 50 51 lib 40 as Reserve balances sufficient 733 72 130 69 95 50 54 112 34 31 27 34 25 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 263 34 30 21 18 23 18 39 10 19 24 12 15 0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank belances insufficient 5 - 3 2 - - -- - - I - - - 6. Country banks, population loss this 15,000-total 4.956 194 537 522 LOS 327 213 638 340 377 630 466 197 3,895 144 465 396 43 261 169 561 274 268 455 as Reserve belances sufficient 346 123 b. Roservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 1,026 La 62 119 79 65 E 76 66 86 173 135 74 Os Reservo balances plus 1/2 benk balances insufficient 35 3 10 7 3 1 - 1 - 3 2 5 - "The groupines a, b, and 0, under each min classification, show- (a) the mmber of banks that had reserve balance sufficient to most in incroase to twice belances besic statutory roquirements, (b) the mmber that could have not such an Increase by convorting mlf of their bank balances into reservo belances, and B-1299 (0) the nator that could not have not such on incroase by converting H.lf of their brak into reserve belances. 2 275 : 5 Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF MEMBER BANKS, WEEK ENDED MEDNESDAY, JUNE 25, 1941 Table 2--Assuming an increase in reserve requirements to two and one-half times basie statutory reserve requirements (Basod on averages of daily figuros: amounts in thousands of dollars) Contral Reserve All Country banks member city banks Roacrve In places with - population of-- banks city Total New York Chicago 100,000 15,000- Less than banke and over 100,000 15,000 Inservo percentages, if increased to two and one-half times basic statutory requirements: On dessind deposits 32-1/2 32-1/2 25 17-1/2 17-1/2 17-1/2 17-1/2 On time deposits 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 1. Barden with reservo balances sufficient to most the increase in reserve requirements: Number of banks 3,311 16 7 147 3,241 90 409 2,562 house reserves if requirements were increased 2,391,655 738,454 114.538 1,002,968 535.695 142,896 199,217 193,582 2. Banks that could moot the incroase by convorting not more than half of their bank balances into resorve balances: Number of banks 2,977 6 $ 180 2,788 99 481 2,200 Deficiency in reserves before converting bank balances -340,992 -5.437 -9,463 -179,867 =146,225 =38,209 -61,200 -46.736 Excess reserves after converting half of bank balances into reserves 928,826 1/-551 16,150 396,075 515,152 124,372 207.406 163,372 3. Banks that would have to provide additional reservos after correrting half of bank balances into reserve balances: Number of banks 261 14 2 18 227 10 31 186 Deficiency in reserves before converting bank balances -242,785 -119,601 -6,181 -104,386 -12,417 -1,998 -14.457 -6,368 Deficiency in reserves after converting half of bank balances into reserves =180,202 -109,695 -3,767 -61,224 -5,516 -615 -2,016 -2,365 All mmber tanks: Number of banks 6,540 36 12 345 6,156 199 1,001 5,230,447 2,201,546 410,160 W/A Rccess reserves on present basis 1,749.663 865,078 229,634 320.103 315,252 Rcooss reserves if requirements were increased to two and one-half times basis statutory requirements 1,507,878 613,216 96,894 710,715 377,053 105,009 133,560 110.600 Notes Due to the fact that balanges due from banks are dedoctible from domand duposits subject to reserve, 5 withdrawal of each belance results in incruase in reserve requirements. If allowance is más for this, a cumber of the banks in group 2 would novo into group 3 and rould have scas deficionsius in reserves after converting cao-half of bank balances Lato reserve balances. This aggregate net deficiency is due to the increase in reserve requirements which results from a. withhouse! 94% Inlances - from 0-1299 27.6 banks. Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF MEMBER HAVES. YEAR ENDED 201 SDAY, JUNE 25, DAA Table 26--Assuming an incrusse in reservo requirements to two and ono-helf times brain statutory reserve riquirements Distribution of number of tanks, by classes, Number of banks, by Federal Roserve districts-- Total assuming 6D increase in reserve requirements to two New Phila- Cloru- Rich- Atlanta Chiongo St. Minno- Kansas Dillas SAN number Boston and ono-half times basic statutory requirements* York dolphia land mond Louis apolis City Prancisco 6,549 346 787 655 667 437 317 BBO 425 452 737 570 276 1. All member banks-total 194 304 280 84 3,311 158 468 325 381 235 141 530 211 " Reserve balances sufficient be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont 2,977 162 256 275 265 195 173 338 208 240 416 268 179 261 26 63 55 21 7 3 12 6 18 15 22 13 as Reserve belances plus 1/2 bank balance insufficient 12 - -- - - 48 36 - : -- -- - -- 2. Contral reserve city banks-total 16 -- - - 7 - - - - - 23 - -- a. Roservo balance sufficiont 3 - - - - - 6 -- -- - - be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 9 - 14 - 2 -- - : - - 16 - -- : a. Rosorvo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient - 345 10 11 22 33 34 21 65 24 9 50 36 30 30 Reserve city banks--total 8 Le Reservo balances sufficient 3 12 21 19 5 28 5 2 15 17 12 147 180 1 5 8 12 14 15 34 16 7 34 19 15 be Reserve balances plull 1/2 bank balances sufficient 2 1 1 3 3 - 1 - 3 de Reservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 18 1 3 - 199 36 40 19 26 3 11 14 17 16 6 2 9 1+0 Country banks, population 100,000 and over-total 90 14 18 10 16 2 5 9 4 2 1 AX " Resorve balances suffisiont 21 9 9 1 Z 9 B 8 4 1 7 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont 99 18 1 -- - - 4 -- - -- 6a Reservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 10 4 1 -- - 1,001 106 163 92 113 73 72 151 We 50 51 40 40 5. Country banks, population 15,000-100,000-total 489 46 103 48 66 31 29 75 21 18 20 15 13 to Roservo balance sufficient 31 20 481 55 47 39 LA 40 43 76 23 31 20 be Resorvo balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient 31 13 5 3 2 -- - t 1 - 1 1 5 4,956 194 537 522 495 327 213 630 340 377 630 LF6 197 6. Country banks, population less than 15,000-total 100 415 176 170 267 243 2,562 90 328 255 278 183 57 4. Recerve balances sufficient 2,208 88 177 219 200 140 111 216 161 194 310 222 131 be Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient 186 16 32 48 17 4 2 7 3 13 1/4 21 9 0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient The be and 0, under each main classification, show-> (a) the number that sould have not such an increase by converting half half of of their bank balances into belance. groupings a, of banks that had reservo balance mfficiont to meet an increase thoir bank to two balances and one-half into ruservo time balanoos, basic statutory and requirements, B-1259 (b) (o) the the manber number that could not have not such an increaso by converting reservo N (Revised) Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ASSSTS JED LIABILITIES OF 10:38 BUICS VHICH, AFTER CONVENTING HALF 02 THEIP DATE BALANCES INTO RESEIVE DALUMES, LOULD HAVE TO PICVIDE ADDITIONAL RESERVES IN ORDEP TO VEET AN INCREASE IN RESERVE REQUIRD/ENTS ,0 A ICE BASIC STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS (The figures of assots and liabilitics are ns of Juno 30, 1941, but the resurve analysis was based on averages of daily ficures for the wook endod Juno 25, 1941) Ratios (per oent) P.R. Addi- Total U.S.Govt Other Balances Do- Loans and U.S.Govt. Other Bank Dist, tional assets Loans secur- secur- due from Loins Name of bank ities posits invest- securi- securi- balances City and State reserves ities banks to Bo. conts to ties to tics to to needed asseta In thousande of dollars assots assets assets deposits CENTRAL RESERVE CITY BANK 2 For York, Befo Sohroder Trust Company 463 27,128 4343 12,093 3,619 270 23,375 73.2 15.3 White 13.3 1.2 RESERVE CITY BARK 5 Boltimoro, Ed. Calvort Bank 25 13,908 2,723 3,836 2.776 148 12,630 67.1 19.6 27+6 20.0 1+2 COUNTRY BAHK IN A PLACE ITH á POPULATION OF 100,000 OR MORE 9 Minnespolis,Minn. Pidolity Stato Bank 14 2,636 1,870 205 259 9 2,467 88.5 70.9 7.8 13.6 all COUNTRY BANKS IN PLACES LITE A POPULATION OF 15,000-100,000 2 Orucuwich, Conne First Intional Bank 13 4,886 2,212 1,7Le 53 77 4,468 62.0 45-3 35-7 1.1 1.7 2 Hackensack, Red. Bargon County National Bank 6 3.541 1,504 723 667 35 3,095 61.7 Le.5 20als 16.8 1.1 2 Middletown, N.Y. National Bank of 15 4,607 1,342 1,927 470 110 4,034 61,2 29.1 41.8 10m2 2.7 3 Shamokin, Pa. Rest End Entional Bank 5 1,659 423 263 628 55 1,309 79.2 25-4 15.8 37.8 4-0 3 Shamokin, Pa. National-Dino Bank 17 4,838 1,563 1,038 975 le 3,864 73+9 32.3 21.5 20.2 1.3 Total, 5 country banks in placos with c. population of 15,000=100,000 56 19,531 7.044 5.693 2,793 326 16,850 79.5 36.1 29.1 1/1-3 1.9 COUNTRY BARKS IN PLACES TITH 2. POPULATION OF LESS THAN 15,000 462 251 60 30 854 71.6 12.8 21.4 7.4 1 Lebanon, N. He National Bank of 10 1,080 3.5 Enosburg Fulls Intional Bank 5 454 305 8 76 10 369 05.7 67.2 1.8 1607 1 Enoshurg Falls,Vt. 2.7 Poultncy National Bank 11 769 575 27 35 16 610 82.6 74.5 3.5 has 1 Poultncy, Vt. 2.5 5 606 402 74 69 6 511 89+9 66.3 122 11.4 2 Cato, H. T. First National Bank 12 Dolaware National Bank 17 1,883 1,067 388 106 9 1,650 R2.9 96.7 20+6 5+6 -5 2 Dolhi, N. T. 5 714 452 92 35 25 605 79+7 63.3 National Bank of Florida 12.9 4.9 LI 2 Plorida, N. T. 7 630 435 26 50 3 481 81.1 69.0 41 2 First National Bank 7+9 & Headon, n. Y. 4 362 174 54 78 2 292 04.5 60.1 14.9 21.5 2 First National Bank =7 Harrisvillo, N.Y. B-1259 2 (Revised) 7 8 Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF 1'52'RED RATES HICH, AFTER CONVE TINO R/LF OF THLIR PARK SALANCES INTC RESERVE BALANCES, 100LD we TC PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RESERVES IN ORDER TO FEST AM INCREASE IN R_SERVE REQUIREMENTS TO TWICE BASIC STATUTORY REQUIRE/ENTS Fare 2 (The rigures of assote and liabilities are as of June 30, 1941, but the reserve Analysis was based on avorages of daily figures for the work ended June 25, 1941) Ratios (por cent) F.R. Addi- U.S. govt. Other Balances Total Do- Loans and U.S.Govt. Other Bank Dist. tional Lorna scour- socur- due from City and State Name of bank invest- Loans assots posits socuri- socuri- balances No. reserves ities itics banks to monta to tios to ties to to needed_ assota In thousands of dollars assets essets assota deposits (Contimed) 2 Hermon, J. Y. First National Bank 2 124 222 51 59 2 319 78-3 52.4 12.0 13.9 -6 2 Hicksvillo,N.Y. Long Island National Bank 8 2,412 1,143 4 53 31 1,151 83.1 79.2 .3 3-7 2.7 2 Liborty, y. Y. National Bank of 21 2,878 1,372 516 631 37 2,495 87.5 47.7 17.9 21.9 1.5 2 Bosson, X. T. First National Bank 3 701 118 292 203 11 620 87.4 19.2 41.7 29,0 1.8 2 Warronsburg, K.T. Emoreon Intional Bank 8 1,366 893 75 244 11 1,197 81.4 65.4 5.5 10.5 «9 3 Team River, H. de First National Bank 13 5,604 3.136 672 984 53 4537 85.5 56.0 Lc.0 17.5 1.2 5 Bakorton, Pa. First National Bank 4 529 154 218 68 13 436 83.2 29.1 41.2 12.9 3.0 3 Cateriana, Pc. Catawises National Bank 14 912 715 28 45 2 690 86.4 78.4 3+1 4.9 +3 3 Douphin, Pa. Douphin National Bank 1 270 168 25 28 4 223 81.9 62.2 9+3 10.3 1.8 3 Martinsburg, Pt., First National Bank 1 264 130 25 Le 4 225 746 10.2 9+5 15.9 Lf 3 Ulstor, Pa. First National Bank 2 506 169 39 219 15 419 Blacks 33.4 7=7 43.3 3.6 3 Wontharly, Pa. First Intional Bank 2 706 329 64 140 12 583 75.5 46.6 9.1 19.8 2.1 4 Goorgotown, Ry. First National Bank 4 643 255 lle 43 & 545 69.5 39.7 23.2 6.7 *9.5 4 Masontown, Pa. Scoond National Bank 2 1,035 277 268 317 32 913 83.3 26.8 25.9 30.6 3.5 4 Stoystown, Po. First National Bank 1 299 174 17 57 2 218 82.9 58.2 5+7 19.1 +9 5 Loxington, Va. Rookbridgo National Bank 4 1,978 1,240 293 105 75 1,702 62.8 62.7 14.8 5+3 44 7 Bettle Ground,Ind. Buttle Ground State Bank 3 347 245 40 2 25 291 82.1 70.0 11.5 .6 8.6 9 Losion, 8. D. First National Bank 6 681 319 236 19 18 607 843 16.8 3407 2.8 3.0 9 Manistique, Nicha Stato Savings Bank 8 808 124 121 122 20 723 82.5 52.5 15.0 15.1 2.8 9 Utophen, Winn. First National Bank 1 372 237 55 36 5 327 88.1 63.7 14.8 9.7 1.5 10 St. Marys, Kans. St. Marys State Bank 2 998 377 107 25 30 L98 85,1 63.0 17.9 42 6.0 10 Granito,Okla. First National Bank 1 283 138 20 84 5 237 85.5 48.8 7.1 29.7 2.1 11 Amona, Tox. First National Bank 3 109 84 -0- 3 6 70 79.6 77.1 : 2.8 0.6 11 Cemoron, Tax. Citizons National Bank 30 6,030 598 908 3,914 121 5.787 89.9 9.9 15.1 64.9 2.1 11 Dodson, Tex First stato Bank 1 192 136 25 1 6 120 843 70.8 13.0 .5 5.0 P=1259 279 (Revised) Regraded Unclassified CONFIDENTIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF FEMBER BATS WICH, AFTER CONVERTING PALF OF THEIR BANK BALANCES INTO RESERVE BALANCES, WOULD AVE 16 GAVIDE ADDITION'I RESERVES IN ORDER TO MELT AN INCREASE IN RESERVE REQUIREMENTS TO TWICE RASIC STATUTORY Page 3 (Thu figuros of assots and liabilition are as of June 30, 1941, but the reservo analysis who based on avers HE of daily figures for the week ended June 25, 1941) U. 8.Govt Ratios (per cent) F. Rs Addi- Other Balances Dist. tional Total secur- Do- Loans and U.S.Covt. Other Bank Loans secur- due from City and State Name of bank reserves assets itics itios banks posits invest- Loans securi- securi- balances No. needed ments to to ties to ties to to In thousands of dollars assets assets assets ascete deposits (Continuod) 11 Duma, Tex. First Stato Bank 13 543 364 38 26 56 489 78.6 67.0 7.0 46 11.5 11 Ogloohy, Tox. First National Bank 2 143 87 7 7 24 106 70.6 60.8 4+9 49 *22.2 Total, 35 country banks in places with & populati n of loss than 15,000 224 36,163 17.372 5,193 7,906 773 30,941 Blue3 48.0 1404 21.9 2.5 Total, la country banks 294 58,330 26,286 11,091 10,958 1,108 50,258 62.9 45.1 19.0 11.F 2.2 Average ratios for all country banks,Apr.4,1941 64.3 31.3 20.0 13.0 19.5 Grand Totr.1, 43 banks 782 99,366 33,152 27,020 17,353 1,526 86,263 78.0 33.4 27.2 17.4 1.8 o 280 0-1299 After converting ops-hnlf of bank br.lanoos into roserve balances. (Rovised) Average balances due from banks, as reported for the wook onded Juno 25, 1941, word considerably bolow the amount shown in the June 30 c:11 report. 280 Regraded Unclassified 281 September 3, 1941 2:30 p.m. HMJr: Hello. Operator: Mrs. Klotz is back now. HMJr: Where's Mr. Henderson? Operator: I have him right here. Go ahead. HMJr: Hello. Leon Henderson: Hello. Did you have a good rest? HMJr: Yes, I did. Is this Leon? H: Yes. HMJr: How are you? H: I'm in pretty good shape. HMJr: Say, Leon, this is something that normally I'd rather talk to you about across the table, but I'm sure it was an oversight on your part. Remember you and I had sort of a gentlemen's agreement as to that business of Ways and Means, that if you were going to do anything on taxes, you'd talk to me first? H: Yeah. HMJr: Well, Senator George has sent me down this correspondence from you on joint returns H: Yeah. HMJr: and calling 8 spade & spade - I mean, I Just think it - that waen't the understanding you and I had. H: Oh, why then - then that's my fault, Henry. I meant about testifying. HMJr: oh. Regraded Unclassified 282 - 2 - H: All we did was this. We did some work on joint returns HMJr: Yeah. H: and I had spoken about it and the fellows worked it up and came in here one morning HMJr: Yeah. H: and asked me whether it wouldn't be a good thing to send it on down to him..... HMJr: Yeah. H: and I didn't think - I was busy, and didn't think anything more about it. HMJr: Yeah. H: That's the only thing we've sent down. I thought - I meant about HMJr: Well H: I had in mind testifying. It never occurred to me on this thing. HMJr: Well, frankly George didn't seem to sort of like it and H: What? HMJr: he didn't kind of like it, see? And I thought I'd - normally I'd eit down, but I didn't want to take up your time. H: Well, you can rest assured on that. That's the only thing we've done HMJr: Yeah. H: and I won't do any more of them - even what seems as harmless as that. It looked to me as just a little technical work. Regraded Unclassified 283 - 3 - HMJr: Well, you know how hard it 18 keeping your own stable. H: Sure. It was..... HMJr: I'm not making A..... H: It was absolutely an oversight on my part. HMJr: I'm sure it was. H: And..... HMJr: Now, in return, Leon, that price statement which they wouldn't let me give before the Committee H: Yeah. HMJr: I'm going to give it Tuesday night in Boston. H: You're going to be called as a witness one of these days. HMJr: I know. But I'm going to say all the things up there that they wouldn't let me say. And sometime - hello. H: They didn't get to you. HMJr: I know, but H: They haven't finished with me yet, you know. HMJr: No. But sometime I'll tell you why I think they called me off. H: Well, I don't think there - there wasn't any - there wasn't anything back of that. It was just they had not - they wouldn't let go of me. HMJr: They wouldn't? H: No. There was - there's no hidden reason that I can see. Regraded Unclassified 284 - 4 - HMJr: Well, I personally - I don't know. Maybe it's just suspicion, but I think - I showed the thing to three fellows from the Depart- ment of Agriculture H: Uh huh. HMJr: .....and within the same day Ed O'Neal got very interested in what I was doing. H: Uh huh. HMJr: Hello. H: Yeah. Well, I don't - this had nothing - it may have. HMJr: Then the next thing I knew was they didn't want me. H: Well HMJr: But anyway, I'm going to give this; and I'd like very much if Ferdie Kuhn could come over and show it to you tomorrow. H: All right HMJr: .....and get H: Well, it better be in the morning, because in the afternoon I'll be before the Maloney Committee on this oil business. HMJr: Well, then he - it won't be ready, 80 maybe - would you want to take it home or would you want it Friday morning? H: Well, when - I'll tell you. When Ferdie gets it done - when you get it done, why don't he call me and we'll decide then. HMJr: All right. I'll send one copy to you and one to Miss Elliott. H: All right. 285 - 5 - HMJr: Because she was very helpful when you were up on the Hill. H: All right. HMJr: But I'm sure there's nothing in there but what you'd like, but there might be, and you might have some good suggestions. H: All right. Well, then, consider that I've apologized for violating. HMJr: Well..... H: .....as I say, the boys had been working on it HMJr: Yeah. H: .....and I didn't - they brought it in one morning and said, "How about sending this to George?" I sat thinking about it and I signed a note and out it went and out of mind even. HMJr: I - well, 80 much for that. I mean, there's 80 much to do you and I can't afford to have any squabbles. H: That's right. That's right. HMJr: Let me ask you this. Are you happy over the new setup? H: I'm happy in that it's - we - you've got a spirit of working. HMJr: Yeah. H: and Don has taken hold, and I'm happy about that HMJr: Yeah. H: I'm not - I would rather have had a full-time working Board 286 - 6 - HMJr: Yeah. H: ..... that 1s, it's & full-time job, as I 800 it..... HMJr: Yeah. H: not something for busy people to do. HMJr: No. H: I'm not 80 happy with the prospect of three jobs that I've got when price is about enough HMJr: Yeah. H: but we were short on material, Henry, for these civilian supply jobs HMJr: I see. H: And it's going to mean an extra load for me, but it's got more promise in it than anything we've ever seen. HMJr: Good. Good. H: Say, if you've got your pencil there - if your girl's on I've got & new number. HMJr: No, the girl's not on. H: Well, that's all right. Republic 0154. HMJr: Wait a minute. Republic..... H: 0154. HMJr: Say it again. H: Republic HMJr: Yeah. H: 01 HMJr: 01. 287 - 7 - H: 54. HMJr: 0154 - Republic. H: Yeah. That's my desk's private number. HMJr: 0154 - I'll give it to her. H: All right, Henry. HMJr: Take care of yourself. H: All right, fella. HMJr: Good-bye. H: Good-bye. 288 MEMORANDUM September 3, 1941. TO: Secretary Morgenthau JLS FROM: Mr. Sullivan At noon today the Senate Finance Committee took up the tax bill and before recessing at three o'clock this afternoon they had tentatively agreed on everything in the bill except the follow- ing items, which were passed over because they were controversial and will be taken up when the Senate meets tomorrow forenoon at eleven o'clock: Lowered personal exemptions, Repeal of the special 10% excess profits tax, Community property, Estate and gift taxes, Admissions tax, Coin operated devices, Social Security tax amendments. There is a possibility that the wine tax may be reopened, although it was tentatively agreed to this afternoon. I talked with Senetor Barkley about wiring absent senatore to return and he said everyone had been wired last night. He agreed, however, to wire them again this afternoon. Regraded Unclassified 289 September 3, 1941 3:30 p.m. RE DEFENSE SAVINGS STAFF Present: Mr. Sloan Mr. Buckley Mr. Kuhn Mr. Callahan Mr. McCarty Mr. Pulte Mr. Olney Mr. Duffus Mr. Mahan Mr. Edward Mr. Sparks Mr. Graves Graves: Have you anything particular you would like to ask me about? H.M.Jr: Oh, as we go along I have got a little - I have got no list. Graves: To start off with? H.M.Jr: No list of complaints. Graves: I think we might begin, then -- R.M.Jr: I have got one little one. I never heard from Cole Porter. Did you write him a letter? Kuhn: After you left, Mr. Secretary, Jerome Kern wrote saying that he was doing a song and he was going to get together with Gershwin, but I never saw a letter from Porter. Regraded Unclassified 290 - 2 - Callahan: I think we asked Mr. Gershwin first and he said that he could work much better with Jerome Kern and we couldn't very well tell him that we insisted on Cole Porter. I don't know whether there is anything between them or not. M.S.Jr: Who is going to do the song now? Callahan: Gershwin and Kern. S.H.Jr: That is all right. Kuhn: Couldn't get anyone better. H.M.Jr: How about a follow up on it? Callahan: What do you mean? H.M.Jr: Write Gershwin how he is coming. Callahan: Both of them wrote in the other day and said they were getting together on it and they hoped to give us a report in a week or ten days. M.C.Jr: Wonderful. That is all I have got. I will think of some things as we go along. Craves: Yes, sir. Then Mr. Mahan might tell us about postage. You asked me the other day about the status of that and I told you and I will let Mr. Mahan confirm that. Mahan: Mr. Secretary, we have been concentrating on the distribution -- N.P.Jr: Where is Sloan? Graves: Sloan stayed outside for a minute to take care of some other business. K.M.Jr: All right. Regraded Unclassified 291 - 3 - Mahan: We have been concentrating on the retail posters. It has been probably the greatest distribution of display material that has ever been made. There have been around three million pieces distributed and arrangements made for those pieces to be picked up and actually delivered to retailers, as Mr. Pulte will tell you later. Now, as you know, there were a million and a half of the Minute Man posters distributed. There have been ten thousand of the "Buy & Share in America" posters and there is another hundred thousand on order that will be distributed in about ten days, approximately. H.M.Jr: Do they like that poster? Mahan: Like it very much. H.M.Jr: I mean the "Buy a Share in America". Mahan: We have had very good comments on it and it shows up very well. I saw one in Mr. Sparks' bank. He stole one of the first that was issued and it looked very well in the frame. It looked better than the other poster, I think. We have ordered a hundred thousand more of those in the large size and a hundred thousand in the small size. Both of those are due in ten days. We have ordered ten thousand of the prize winning poster as a pilot quantity for distribution to the states and to get the comment on that poster, and then we are going to order a quantity of those for payroll allotment posting. That is a particularly good one with the two hands and so forth. H.M.Jr: That is all right. It is very good. 292 - 4 - Graves: You mean, Mr. Mahan, to be put out in the factories and plants? Mahan: Yes, in connection - ask about our payroll allotment plan. That is & particularly good poster for that. I think the important thing is the three million pieces that have been distributed ready for this September fifteenth show. Now, we might cover albums too. H.M.Jr: We don't begin to have anything like the coverage they do in Canada, for instance. I mean, you can't go anywhere in Canada but what you are conscious all the time of their savings posters. It is the only poster they have but you bump into it every where you go, which you don't with ours. Mahan: That is the best distribution we will have, is this three million. That will mean practically every retail store of any size is covered, not with one but with several. On the ten cent album which we wanted to have ready at the opening of school, ten million of those are now on their way to post offices and fifteen million additional have been ordered so that as that supply is used up we will have a new one coming and and we think that is very important as a part of this retail activity, to have it - as many children as possible with albums. Graves: I might say this. I don't know whether you knew, but when we ordered stamp albums to begin with we did not order anything for the ten cent stamp. H.M.Jr: You did not? Graves: We did not, and we have had great demand for the same kind of album in the ten cent stamp that we have had all the time for 293 - 5 - the other denominations and this represents the initial supply of ten cent albums. Mahan: That is right, first album. There was one other activity this morning on - the Cunningham Drug Stores want to print two hundred thousand copies of the song themselves at their own expense and offer it both through full page newspaper ads and also over the radio. H.M.Jr: Where are those stores? Mahan: In Detroit and Michigan. They have stores throughout Michigan. They were very very helpful. H.M.Jr: Got any more whiskey ads? Mahan: I don't know about the whiskey situation. H.M.Jr: Who put that field over? Graves: Do you know about it, Sid, the Seagram ad? Mahan: No, I don't know about it. I have simply seen it. I don't know what the circumstances are. As a matter of fact, the representative is going to be down tomorrow. Graves: They did that on their own, I assume, without any -- Mahan: I think SO. We will know tomorrow. But I think -- Sparks: They phoned for a meeting for tomorrow to talk over a plan that they had but at that time they said nothing about publishing an advertisement. H.M.Jr: It is not too good. 294 - 6 - Mahan: I think we are perfectly agreeable to this, though. H.M.Jr: That is all right. Mahan: Fine. I think that is everything, Mr. Graves. Graves: Is there anything further about the distrib- ution of the song that you know about, Sid? Mahan: No. Buckley: I have a record on the total number distributed, if that is what you mean. Graves: Yes, that is right. H.M.Jr: The last I heard it was a hundred and seventy- eight thousand. That is the memo you (Sloan) sent me, is that right? Buckley: We have sent out so far about a hundred and eighty-five thousand but there are forty-five thousand cards that haven't been counted yet. They sort of pile up on us. That gives us a total of about one hundred and seventy-five thousand cards received and a hundred and eighty-five sent out, not including the forty-five thousand that haven't been counted. If there was just one apiece it would bring it up to something around about two hundred thirty thousand. H.M.Jr: There is something wrong with our mailing list. He tells me that twenty thousand postal cards have been returned on account of the wrong address. Buckley: Eighteen thousand five hundred ninety-five, up to this point. Graves: Is that disproportionate? Regraded Unclassified 295 - 7 - Buckley: It is out of two million. One percent of two million would be twenty thousand, wouldn't it? Graves: Yes. Buckley: I don't think that is out of line. H.M.Jr: One percent of -- Buckley: It is out of line of a customers' list. It wouldn't be out of line of a prospects' list. This isn't quite one percent. But it isn't - ordinarily that wouldn't be considered out of line. H.M.Jr: But that list is supposed to be kept up to date. Graves: But no closer than that. I doubt if it ever would be any more nearly correct than that one percent that this is developing. H.M.Jr: All right. Buckley: This of course gives us a chance to check our list, too, which is a good thing, and bring it up to date automatically. Graves: I think Mr. Pulte should tell you some details about this Retailers for Defense Week. H.M.Jr: Go ahead. Pulte: Well, the Retailers for Defense Week, Mr. Secretary, is opening on September fifteenth, continuing until the twentieth. We expect by that time to have five hundred thousand retail stores cooperating in the selling of Defense Savings Stamps. Every one of the Regraded Unclassified 296 - 8 - forty-eight states now has material that is being distributed through various sources to the retail merchants. In connection with that, President Roosevelt has issued a proclamation for the week reading, "Retailers for Defense Week, to aid in the sale of Defense Savings Stamps." H.M.Jr: Did he issue that? Pulte: He issued that proclamation. It appeared in the Sunday morning Times, the New York Times, it appeared in papers all over the country. Where we have Defense Savings committees, that is, local committees, they have handled the contact with the merchants through the merchants associations, various trade associations, Chambers of Commerce, and other groups. They have made arrangements for the distribution of material and arrangements for the retailers to obtain Defense Savings Stamps from their post offices or having wholesalers buy the stamps and re-sell them to the retailer for sale to the consumer. Where we are not organized, Chambers of Commerce and merchants groups have worked hand in hand with the retailers and with the newspapers in arranging for the distribution of material and also working with the postmasters very closely in the towns for distribution of the Defense Savings Stamps and we are - there is an indication of how close their cooperation is being extended. Chambers of Commerce are contacting the post offices to find out how many stamps they have got on hand before the drives open so the post offices can order sufficient stamps. As an example of distribution, also, large companies - for instance, the Standard Brands Corporation Regraded Unclassified 297 - 9 - of New York - have you heard about that? H.M.Jr: Mr. Sloan wrote me a very excellent memorandum and brought me up to date on all this stuff. Pulte: Then I am just reiterating. H.M.Jr: I read it and I guess I remember it. Pulte: Well, then, I will sum it up by saying that -- H.M.Jr: You have really got to give me something that is pretty new because Sloan did a good job. Pulte: Then I will give you something that is new, I hope. In Michigan the retail stores from a period of July tenth to July thirty- first averaged about a dollar per day in sales of stamps. That is, the chain stores, the records we have. H.M.Jr: A dollar a day? Graves: Per store? H.M.Jr: Do you think that is good? Pulte: We think it is because it has a cumulative effect. It starts people off buying stamps. H.M.Jr: What period? Pulte: July tenth to July thirty-first, a twenty day period. H.M.Jr: It sounds terrible to me. Pulte: Well -- 298 - 10 - Graves: I don't think it is. The sales of stamps - we have of course no report yet for August, but sales of stamps in May, June and July ran roughly three million dollars per month. Is that right? Pulte: That is right. Graves: Now, suppose you have five hundred thousand outlets and suppose that average should be maintained. I doubt if it will, but suppose it should be. That is a half illion dollars a day or twelve or fifteen million dollars a month as against three million, which has been the rate of sale, or was the rate of sale for the first three months. H.N.Jr: Say that again. Graves: Assume that this dollar a day that Mr. Pulte says was the average in Michigan - assume that dollar & day is attained by the five hundred thousand outlets that we will have selling stamps from the fifteenth of September. That would give us a half million dollars a day, or from twelve to fifteen million dollars a month for stamps, compared with three million dollars a month which was the rate of sale of stamps during May, June and July. H.M.Jr: Now let me give you a few figures, see. Here is my problem. You might as well get my problem. The Bureau of the Budget says we are going to spend twenty-two hillion dollars. The tax bill may raise twelve billion dollars. It leaves ten billion dollars I have got to raise and the thing that I have got to figure is how much I am going to raise through this organization Regraded Unclassified 299 - 11 - plus Tax Anticipation certificates and how much I have got to go out and borrow from the banks, 80 that is the thing that I have. Graves: Well, on the stamp thing, I view it this way, that -- H.M.Jr: We can't do it all by stamps. Graves: No, no, it is cumulative. That lays a foundation for the purchase of bonds which will become increasingly effective as time goes on. I think people will get in the habit of buying their stamps at the stores. You are going to find that dollar a day -- H.M.Jr: Oh, I am for this. You and I hoped we would have fifty thousand stores by the first of September. Graves: I guess we had them. Mahan: I am sure we have them. Pulte: Oh, we have more than that. H.M.Jr: But when you say a dollar a day per store, it seems awfully little, that is all. Graves: That is right. It does. H.M.Jr: It seems awfully little. Mahan: I think that is partly accounted for, Mr. Secretary, by the fact that a great many of them were not selling right from the outset. They probably - there was probably a lag in there of several days in the case of many stores. H.M.Jr: I wouldn't have raised the point except it Regrade Unclassified 300 - 12 - was said as though it was to impress me and the only way it impressed me was as to how little. Graves: I don't think he intended to impress you, just inform you. Pulte: That was all, inform you. H.M.Jr: O.K. I was impressed if you have fifty thousand stores and I will be overcome if you have five hundred thousand stores by the first of October. Graves: Merely putting stamps on sale in retail stores doesn't by any means insure the sale of stamps. We have got to get going with thése local community committees every- where before we can expect to have the maximum possible result. Does that finish you up, Mr. Pulte? Pulte: Yes, I think it does, Mr. Graves. Graves: Supposing Mr. Buckley tells us about the mail order thing. H.M.Jr: Don't misunderstand me. I wouldn't have said anything about the dollar. If you have got your fifty thousand by the first of September, I am delighted. If you have two hundred fifty thousand by the first of October, I will be very much pleased, and if you get your five hundred thousand by the first of January, I would be very much pleased. Pulte: Well, the cooperation has been so splendid that - and the pledges of cooperation from organizations of retailers all over the United States indicate that five hundred thousand or more merchants by September fifteenth 30: - 13 - will be selling stamps. E.I.Jr: Well, if it is, it is amazing, an amazing achievement. Taves: By the way, Mr. Sloan or Mr. Mahan, what is this invitation to the Secretary to appear at the - at B. meeting of these retail people again? Mahan: That is September fifteenth, a clinic to be held at the Mayflower Hotel from two until five o'clock and we will have on exhibit there everything pertaining to stamps and there will be speeches made by several of the prominent retailers, in which I hope they will indicate. we are going to have our five hundred* thousand and quite & program has been arranged preceding the Don Nelson dinner and the committee would very much like to have you open that shindig if you would, Mr. Secretary, and say a few words of welcome to them. H.K.Jr: What is the Don Nelson dinner? Mahan: That I do not know much of in detail. It is a dinner, I believe, given by the National Retail Dry Goods Association to their honorary president. It is entirely a merchants -- ...,Jr: If I am here on the fifteenth I will do it. Chhan: That would be fine. Kuhn: Isn't that the day you testify on the Hill? M.M.Jr: Supposedly. I won't be here on the sixteenth. This would be in the afternoon? Regraded Unclassified 302 - 14 - Mahan: Yes. H.M.Jr: They will still be sober at two, won't they? (Laughter) Mahan: We would like to, of course, have you open it, if you will. That would please the boys very much. H.M.Jr: Well, if I am here, Harold, I will do it. Graves: Fine. Mahan: Fine. Graves: Now, Mr. Buckley. Buckley: This report, Mr. Secretary, is based on a complete picture of what has been accomplished in the Mail Order Division of the Defense Savings Staff since its inception last spring. The chart of activities includes: "(1) Regular Purchasers - those who, B the result of previous solicitation, are buying at regular intervals. To this list (approximately 100,000 at the present time), we are S tarting this month to send a special le tter and three order forms, asking their cooperation in bring- ing the bonds to the attention of others. "(2) Customers - all those who have bought but who haven't agreed to buy regularly. To this list (approximately 2,000,000 as of July 31st), we are sending a letter urging adoption of the Regular Purchase Plan, a colorful folder and a Regular Purchase order form. These start going out this Friday, September 5th. "(3) Prospects - large investors - taken from the Customer and I. R. files. To this list 303 - 18 - (375,000 corporations, partnerships, associa- tions, etc.), we have just sent a special mail- ing consisting of a letter, order form and folder featuring F and G bonds. "(4) Prospects - smaller investors. These are the 1. R. names (approximately 4,874,000 as of July 31st) that we are testing - in 8 variety of different ways - in order to find the formula that will produce maximum results. "Before we discuss the results of our testing to date, let me raise one point that seems to me to be vitally important. In one sense, this mail order campaign - including all of our mail selling efforts - is different from practically all others. In any commercial mail order business, the product is available only by mail and results are measured in but two ways - the mail orders that come back and the repeat business that follows. "In this mail order campaign of ours, results should be determined by : "(1) The number of people who are induced to send their orders direct. "(2). The amount of money received in relation to the cost of getting it. "(3) The amount of potential repeat business that becomes available at a very low selling cost. "(4) Equally important - the educational work done on the entire list. "Thus, from Test Series No. 1 for instance, which went out June 21st, It should be remembered that in addition to getting 300 people to buy over $140,000 worth of bonds at a cost of 85/100th of 1 percent, the mailing called on 94,256 other people - told them the entire 304 - 16 - Savings Bond story, and provided one more link in the chain of publicity and advertising being used to raise money for national defense. "From Series One, relative returns mean more than total orders or dollars received. We put these ten tests in the mail, with existing material, to find out things and from that standpoint, they accomplished their purpose. "We learned, for instance, that it was safe for us to circularize on Defense Savings Staff stationery; that a mailing on E bonds was as good, if not slightly better, than a mailing on all three bonds; that there was an extreme- ly small demand for F bonds. We also learned that if our best test had been sent to the entire list, the selling cost would have been down to 73 cents for each $100 worth of bonds sold. "That should represent 8. maximum selling cost for future mailings, since none of the assemblies in Series No. 1 contained specifically pre- pared mail order material, and had the further disadvantage of being sent out during one of the poorest mail selling seasons of the entire year. "From Series Two, which went into the mails July 19th, we are likewise getting some useful information. While returns are incomplete, it seems safe to conclude that the best test, both from the standpoint of orders and dollars received, will be an E mailing - thus confirm- ing what we discovered in Series No. 1. We have also learned that with all other factors being equal, our new folder "How to Buy a Share in America" is outpulling the blue and white Defense folder used in the first tests; that the State of Massachusetts produces twice as 305 - 17 - many orders as the State of Michigan; that 8. combination of letter, folder and order form. "From Series No. Three, which went into the mail last Saturday, August 30th, we will get a comparison between the pulling power of I.R. names with incomes over $5,000, incomes under $5,000 and a mixture of the two. This list check- up is being made in California, Georgia and Maryland. Also being tested are several new letters; an advertising message on the envelope versus a plain window envelope; and as another confirmation, the pulling power of E bends ersus all three. "This third series is going out at a very favor- able time. In a comparatively short while it should give us an indication of the returns that can be expected from the approximately 2,000,000 new over $5,000 names that have just been put on plates, as compared with the greater number of under $5,000 names that are available if it is found desirable to circularize them. II.M.Jr: I have no comment. Graves: Mr. Duffus? H.M.Jr: Only where the hell is the movie on "Any Bonds Today?" for the newsreels? Duffus: Well, it was my understanding, sir, that that was discontinued. I will contact Mr. Dietz tomorrow morning and find out about that, but I thought that was dropped because of that one of Barry Wood. I thought they were letting that go. I will follow through on that tomorrow. H.M.Jr: He said he was going to do us a good one, Regraded Unclassified 306 - 18 - Duffus: I will find out about that right away. H.M.Jr: He said that song track was all right and for- get about the photographer. Duffus: I will check on that in the morning and give you an answer on that tomorrow. H.M.Jr: That was what I heard. Duffus: That was my understanding from Mr. Dietz, that it was discontinued after his talk. H.M.Jr: Maybe that - he said, now, was the sound track all right? It was fine. He said, "Forget the photography and let me take care of that." That is the last I heard. Duffus: I will find out about that. We opened Treasury House in New York this noon at Rockefeller Plaza with Colonel Patterson introducing. First they had a band and then Colonel Patterson introduced Mr. Willkie, who introduced Mrs. Hull, who cut the ribbon. I talked with them two hours after it was opened. They have had 8. continual sale of stamps, the crowd was so big. We open a similar House tomorrow in Boston. H.M.Jr: Who is responsible for putting it in Rockefeller Plaza? Duffus: The Esso people. H.M.Jr: Wouldn't they go to Fourteenth Street or Twenty-third? Duffus: We told them it was our wish that it be at either Fourteenth Street or Twenty-third, but in a meeting in Colonel Patterson's office they said they wanted it there at Rockefeller Plaza, where of course the Rockefellers are interested and where they have been having these shows like the penguins and the seals 307 - 19 - all year, and they have been building up the publicity and attractiveness of it. They have guide tours through it and it was close to the N.B.C. radio broadcasting studios, from which we will draw a lot of talent. H.M.Jr: Well, can they get an airplane in there? Duffus: Yes. They don't have it in. It goes in on the fifteenth, the same type of plane that we had over here, right in the center of the Plaza where they had all the Mexican cactus and all. It is spotted in there and goes in the fifteenth of September. They have now one of the biggest searchlight anti-aircraft units with twelve men on it, so that any time a plane flies over New York City the crowd can gather around and they can detect & plane that is out of sight and see it when it flies over. They can pull in something, I have for- gotten, it is thirty or fifty miles away, they can hear 8. plane from that base. It is & very, very fine show. Then I thought you might be interested on the sixteen millimster film of "America Preferred". We had two hundred prints made of that. We talked with Chief Wilson of the Secret Service and figured out the best way to handle that, which was to turn over ten prints to him, which he in turn fastened to the end of "Know your Money", so that every time "Know your Money" is shown any place in the country, they also see "America Preferred". Now, we are along with the retail store plan having additional copy written saying that stamps are on sale at the stores, which will be tacked on to the end of the film because right now we are starting to show it in schools and colleges and mass meetings, and the unions are starting to use it in their union meetings all over the country. 308 - 20 - H.M.Jr: How is the sales picture of me telling the retail fellows? Duffus: We will have that in tomorrow afternoon, 30 that we can look at it Friday. Have you seen the new room downstairs? H.M.Jr: No. Is it finished? Duffus: The seats will be in the first of the week, and then it will be - it is all ready to use now, but the new chairs aren't in. H.M.Jr: I will go down there. Duffus: It is very fine. H.M.Jr: Is it? Duffus: We will have the other one over here, and if you are free we will see the retail film. H.M.Jr: That all sounds good. Graves: Is that all you had? Duffus: That is all I had. H.M.Jr: Mr. Callahan can review the radio situation. Callahan: We have "America Preferred" resuming on the air Saturday night. The following Saturday night we have Suzanne Stem and under your name and in your absence last week we wired some eighteen outstanding artists. We have received sixteen replies, all favorable, all very enthusiastic. H.M.Jr: The seventeen who have the income tax examinations? Callahan: We have one from Rio de Janeiro. Melchoir, Josef Hoffman, out in Hollywood and says his 309 - 21 - knee is bad and he is awfully sorry, but he will do anything in the world. He wished he could play, but he can't. A flock of them. They are very favorable. I mean, not only accepting the invitation, but expressing thankfulness that you invited them. H.M.Jr: What program do they go on? Callahan: On the "America Preferred". H.M.Jr: That Saturday? Callahan: An artist each Saturday night. Kuhn: That is the Deems Taylor one. H.M.Jr: Did Deems Taylor pick these? Callahan: He and Alfred Wallenstein, who got together and picked all these people. Then Deems Taylor and Wallenstein meetavery week and discuss the music. H.M.Jr: Who meets with them? Callahen: Rainey. He acts in the same capacity as Mr. Monroe in the Treasury Hour. We have a new program going on Saturday, September 16, called the "Brush Creek Follies". H.M.Jr: Brush? Callahan: Brush Creek Follies. (Laughter) H.M.Jr: What is this? You know, I am going to have to travel with a radio to listen to all the programs. Callahan: That is a sort of a hill billy program which has been on the air for the past several years from Kansas City. It has been over the Columbia network. We had a man out there last week, 310 - 22 - and they said beginning that Saturday, that they wanted to devote the program to bonds and farmers. stamps. It is a program that appeals to H.M.Jr: Is it coast-to-coast? Callahan: Coast-to-coast. Twelve o'clock on Saturdays and I think eleven o'clock our time. H.M.Jr: Wonderful. Callahan: Of course you know we first had the Treasury Hour. H.M.Jrs I congratulate you on that. I showed that to the President Saturday. He was very much pleased. Callahan: I think that is about all. Bendix is all set. They have signed a contract with the National Broadcasting Company. H.M.Jr: Who is going to run that show? Callahan: Mr. Monroe will be in the picture. I don't know. Now, I have talked with Mr. Dietz -- H.M.Jr: Could you come tonight and be fifteen minutes earlier, get there about 8. quarter past seven? Callahan: Yes, sir. H.M.Jr: I would like to talk a little bit about that before Mr. Dietz comes. Callahan: That is all I have. Graves: Mr. McCarty is Mr. Callahan's man who handles the press and magazines and publications and 80 on. Suppose you tell the Secretary something about what you are doing, Mr. McCarty. McCarty: All right, sir, Mr. Graves. Regraded Unclassified 311 - 23 - We have a few late results, Mr. Secretary, on Baseball Defense Bond Day, which originated in the Press Section, and you have already, through Mr. Sloan's report, heard about how we set that up nationallyand I think there were some of the results in there from the leading cities of the country, but since then we have gotten in more results to give us an idea of the way it went all over, and now there was scheduled that day 8. hundred and forty-two games over the country, professional baseball games, both the major and the minor leagues. The results show that a few of those were rained out. There were one or two - & few others we haven't heard from yet, but we have had definite word that a hundred and twenty-one of those games did see a celebration of the defense program, of Defense Bond Day, that there were bands marching, that local celebrities appeared and sat in boxes behind the home plate, and the players pledged themselves to buy bonds, all of which resulted in a good bit of attendant publicity in the newspapers and on the radio. In New York, for instance, there were pictures in the New York Sun and the Brooklyn Eagle. here were whole columns given over to it. I just had 8. late report this morning that a hundred and ten stations reported that there were over five hundred announcements over Baseball Defense Bond Day on radio stations. These were good results and pleased us 8 good bit. Now we are hearing from the teams who were away from home that day that they would like to have a Baseball Defense Bond Day in their own home town when they go back, 80 we want to help them with that enthusiasm and are sending out additional transcriptions of your speech and of the intro- duction by High Commissioner Landis, as well 312 - 24 - as the literature which will be handed out by the Boy Scouts to these teams, additional ones who are coming back home and want to have their own day, and among those of course is included Washington, which unfortunately was away from home when we had the big Baseball Defense Bond Day, and the Washington club is very anxious to have their day here on Septem- ber 13, which is a week from Saturday. So that will take care of our local team. Callahan: The Secretary might come to the game if he is in town. McCarty: We would like very much to have you at the game, Mr. Secretary, if you are going to be in town on that day. H.M.Jr: What day? McCarty: A week from Saturday, the thirteenth. H.M.Jr: I won't be here. McCarty: We will miss you. H.M.Jr: All right? McCarty: Just one other thing I might mention, which is the addition of several new lists of publication media, including labor publications and the shipping newspapers. We have just made out a rather comprehensive list of almost a hundred labor publications which are now going to receive material regularly as well as shopping newspapers. I don't believe there is a shopping newspaper in Washington. I know there are none in New York. But over the country there are about B. hundred and eighty shopping newspapers. They are give-aways, but they are very important in some cases. H.M.Jr: We get one in Washington. They throw one at my front door. 313 - 25 - McCarty: Oh, they do have one here? H.M.Jr: I am familiar with it. McCarty: In Los Angeles, for instance, the Downtown Shopping News, has a million circulation. We are also going to cover the Negro press, the rade publications, the dailies, the week- lies and the foreign language groups. H.M.Jr: I thought you might like to know, Harold, that coming down on the train Harry Hopkins said that in the eight years he has been in the Government, he thought the best public relations job that has been done by any Depart- ment is the one that you people are doing, and he said it in front of - what is the fellow from Time Magazine?* Kuhn: Belair? H.M.Jr: He said it in front of Felix Belair, so it wasn't just something for me, and strictly in the family, the President said the worst job has been done by Harold Ickes on gasoline (Laughter). McCarty: And Mr. Secretary, just a couple of magazines I picked up on the way over because they have just come off the press and both carry 8. very nice Defense Bond Message. One is Liberty, which of course has 8 very wide circulation, and then a woman's magazine, Harpers Bazaar, which gives us four pages, tying it up with fashions. And then there are two more pages on the other side. H.M.Jr: This is interesting. National City Bank has something in here. McCarty: Yes, several banks. 314 - 26 - H.M.Jr: It is just where they are turned down? McCarty: There are four pages in all, sir. They have a series. H.M.Jr: Banking people, is that the ones who take care of the girls? McCarty: Well, that is to sell clothes and also bonds. H.M.Jr: Does he pick the girls? McCarty: Harpers Bazaar picks the girls. H.M.Jr: I thought South Carolina there picked the girls. I thought he was doing a good job. McCarty: You have probably been seeing some of the comic results that have been appearing over the country, those that have been mentioned over the reports. H.M.Jr: Do you want this back? McCarty: No, you may keep that. I brought it to you. H.M.Jr: I got that comic stuff from Sloan. In that flier did you call it -- McCarty: Those were initial results. Just this morning in the Post there were two additional ones, and I believe we can be assured that they will keep up like this for an almost indefinite time, be- cause we have the support of practically all the syndicates in the country who have gone to their artists and given them the material we prepared for them. H.M.Jr: That helps. McCarty: I think we can keep that up. H.M.Jr: Good. That is good work. Graves: Does that finish you, Mr. McCarty? 315 - 27 - McCarty: Yes, sir. Graves: I think you might want to hear from Mr. Edward. H.M.Jr: I don't think you know what I mean. Come here, Edward, and look at these pictures. Edward: I know what you are talking about, but that is twenty years ago. (Laughter) H.M.Jr: All right. Edward: Mr. Secretary, during the month of August we have had the wholehearted cooperation of my friends down at the Federal and the state superintendents of banks throughout the country, and with the state secretaries, and the result is that there are quite B. number of other banks who are not qualified to sell bonds, but have lately qualified. The reports are not available 8.8 yet except from three of the Reserve Districts. Atlanta, Kansas City, and Dallas have sent in their reports. The others will probably be in within the next three of four days. In these three districts during the month of August forty-one additional national banks and & hundred and fifty-nine additional state banks qualified. This per- centage holds good with the other nine districts. It is reasonable to predict that some seven hundred or eight hundred additional banks will qualify during August. Including these two hundred above mentioned, we now have approxi- mately ten thousand two hundred banks quali- fied, and these figures do not include approxi- mately a thousand branch banks. The head office is the only one counted in the calcula- tion. Therefore in the banking fraternity we have about eleven thousand two hundred agents of issue for Series E Bonds. H.M.Jr: How are we coming along with fixing up these banks to carry the E Bond without collateral? Edward: Mr. Bell has that on his desk now. I worked on 816 - 28 - it last week with Mr. Batchelder ann some of the fellows and We have made some sug- gestions for you, and I think you will probably see it in the next three or four days. I talked to Danny about it today, and he is about ready to bring it to you. We are not having a great deal of complaint from banks about putting up collateral, although the trouble is, I think, as Harold said several times, we are afraid that 8. good many banks are not stocking the bonds as they would if they didn't have to put up collateral, and therefore run out of bonds. For instance, out of this eleven thousand two hundred banks that have qualified, only about twenty-two hundred of them have actually pledged collateral. The other ones are just getting the sixty- five hundred dollar maximum amount of bon and the result is that they have been running out of bonds. It probably would help some if they were allowed to have more bonds, and while we are on the subject, my recommenda- tion, my suggestion to Mr. Batchelder was that banks might have these bonds up to the oxtent of - that is, insured banks, up to fifty percent of their canital in surplus with & maximum of five hundred thousand dollars to any bank, subject to some provision by the Federal. Mr. Batchelder sent out a questionnaire to the Federal Reserve Banks in all the districts asking their experience and their recommendations about this collateral. Ten out of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks recom- mend that we withdraw it, that we furnish the bonds without collateral. Graves: Does that apply to all agencies or exclude building and loan, for instance? Mdward: Well, the banks, of course - the Federal Reserve didn't make any reference to the banks, but my suggestion or recommendation was that - Regraded Unclassified 317 - 29 - Mr. Sparks was in on this conference with the building and loan people. Our recommendation was to furnish the bonds to insured banks and also to insured building and loan associa- tions on the same basis, In other words, if they have insurance, let them all come under the blanket. Let the insurance feature be the determining factor as to whether or not they could have bonds without collateral. Now, about the sale of E Bonds, I was talking to Mr. Sloan today and the statistics seem to indicate that August was not as good AS July throughout the country, but I am very happy to tell you that I think we sold more bonds in South Carolina in August than we did in July. Il.M.Jr: Is that right? Edward: I know my bank did, and I believe that we are actually going to sell more bonds in the state in August than in July, although the Nation shows a decrease, I think, of around twenty percent, isn't it? Graves: Eighteen, I think, of the E Bond. Tell the Secretary where South Carolina stands in the roll of states on this thing. Edward: Right square on top. (Laughter). .1.1.Jr: I congratulate you. Graves: On the basis of its proportionate share of national income. R.M.Jr: That is wonderful. Edward: We sold in South Carolina in July twice as many bonds as were sold in North Carolina, Regraded Unclassified 318 - 30 - and North Carolina is twice 25 big 8 state with three or four times the wealth. mindr: It is amazing. It shows what can be done. traves: That is right. Edward: Another thing, throughout the Nation the banks have sold approximately twice as many E Bonds as the post offices have sold. South Carolina banks in July sold six times as many bonds LS the post offices sold. You don't mind ay bragging a little bit, do you? I would be disappointed if you didn't. (Laughter) Mile we are on that, harold, I wish you would take un with Danny Bell - I wish we could ret a little more publicity on the twelve hundred dollar tax certificate. I don't think we are getting enouch publicity on that. If you could nour on n little bit more publicity on the twelve hundred dollar one, Graves: Yes, sir. Edward: My bank is e taxpayer. I bought two hundred twelve thousand two hundred dollars worth of those things last week. L. .Jr: All right? Graves: Mr. Sparks has the renort of the Field Division. I think you mi nt begin, Sob, if you don't mind, by showin" the Secretary that map. 20arks: I brou int this down with the Idea of leaving it with the Secretary if he would like to Leep it. je hope it will be & little bit neater next week. It is the first experiment at presenting nictorially the picture of the present status. R...Jr: Pennsylvania looks awfully bi- to me. raves: Kentucky and llebraska and Iowa and Utah and Regraded Unclassified 319 - 31 - Wyoming have people in contact with the folks in those states and we hope within the next week or so to have the beginning of on organization. there are only about, I think, six or seven states where we absolutely have done nothing. Sparks: That is right. Graves: And maybe in another month-- H.L.Jr: Oh, we have got to clean those up, Harold, in September. By the first of October there can't be any white states. No whites by the first of October. We have just got to. I don't want to see any white spaces by the first of October. We have just got to fix that, that is all. Regraded Unclassified 320 - 32 - Graves: We have had some killing luck in some of these cases, You remember I told you General Westervelt had accepted the chairmanship in Illinois. I just talked with him on the phone before I camein here and the Vice Presi- dent has asked him to come to Washington to take part in all this new organization, and he wants to be excused. H.M.Jr: Well, no whites in October. Graves: I think that is reasonable. H.M.Jr: By the first of October. Graves: And we will make every effort-- H.M.Jr: Here is New Hampshire. What is the matter with John Sullivan? Graves: John and I have talked about that a good many times. He has a man in mind. H.M.Jr: And Mrs. Ed Foley from Montgomery, Alabama. I bet you she could find somebody for you. Alben Barkley certainly could recommend some- body. Graves: That is the trouble, Senator Barkley has recommended a man in Kentucky that won't do, and we have got to struggle with that situa- tion. H.M.Jr: And you ask the head of the Civil Aeronautics, Hinckley. He is an awfully good man. I bet you he could find somebody. lle won't recommend anybody who won't do. Graves: We have a man in Utah today. H.M.Jr: Bob Hinokley is an awfully good man. Regraded Unclassified 321 - 33 - Graves: I think we will have Utah and Nyoming. I talked to Senator O'Mahoney today about Wyoming. He has recommended a man to us for administrator there. I think we will clean up those western states. H.M.Jr: Did you ask Senator Norris about anybody in Nebraska? Graves: No. We have 8 chairman for Nebraska, a man named McDermott, who I think is-- Sloan: Vice president of the First National in Omaha. Graves: I was going to say he hasn't accepted but is expected to accept. H.M.Jr: Gentlemen, by September 30 you have got to clean up the United States. That is May, June, July, August, September, five months. I don't say they have all got to be red. Oh yes, that is the first color. Sparks: There should be some color in them. Graves: Well, I think we can very nearly guarantee that. Sparks: I think SO. We will do everything under the sun. H.M.Jr: I have been patient. Five months. All right now, what else? Graves: Of course I would like to say on that point that I am the fellow, myself, that has held back on this state organization. It isn't Mr. Sparks that is in any way in default on that. H.M.Jr: I know. You shouldn't give me a map though, with white states on it. Regraded Unclassified 322 - 34 - Sparks: We wanted to let you set the goal for us, Mr. Secretary. We will do everything we can to make that the zero hour for you. H.m.Jr: September 30 is the zero hour. Sparks: We have sent out for more detailed information on this entire picture. We have received the information from twenty-eight states so far that report that they plan & total number of five thousand and twenty-seven state and local committees in those twenty-eight states. That is the number planned. The number organized in those twenty-eight states so far is three thousand four hundred and ninety, which represents about seventy percent of the goal in those twenty-eight states. Of that three thousand four hundred ninety, seventeen hundred and sixty-seven are city committees already organized and seventeen hundred and twenty-three are county committees already organized. The total membership actually at work on these state, county, and city commit- tees in the twenty-eight states that have reported amounts to forty-three thousand eight hundred and fifty persons on these com- mittees in twenty-eight reporting states. We have been trying to gather factual informa- tion on the salary allotment plans as per your instructions, and we have on actual record, having reported to us 50 far, the names of four thousand three hundred and sixty-seven companies that have actually reported a salary allotment plan and most of them have sent copies of their plans. The total personnel in these four thousand three hundred sixty- seven companies amounts to one million four hundred nine thousand eight hundred fifty- six employees. The percentage of participa- tion is our main headache. We are still wor- rying with it and doing everything possible-- Regraded Unclassified 323 - 35 - H.M.Jr: It is very few people. Sparks: Well-- H.M.Jr: If you have got thirty-six million people at work - it is somewhere between thirty- six and forty million people that work. Graves: If you will permit me, Bob, on that point we don't feel that we should attempt to cover any except the large and responsible employers with a payroll allotment plan sponsored by the Treasury. H.M.Jr: Harold, as many people as we have got, God that is nothing. Graves: I know, but it is a beginning. What I am trying to say is that we have got to leave out side this plan the persons who work in beauty parlors and stores and so on where there are only two or three or four. We can't encourage the establishment of payroll allot- ment plans in institutions of that kind. H.M.Jr: I am not sure that you are right. Graves: Well, there is the risk of default, the risk that employers will not turn in the money just as we have a certain fringe of de- faulters in Social Security taxing where people don't pay it over to the Internal Revenue. H.M.Jr: Have we got & group that is doing nothing but payrolls? Graves: Right. H.M.Jr: How many people are there in that group here in Washington? Regraded Unclassified 324 - 36 - Sparks: Two. H.M.Jr: It is not enough. You see, what you fellows forget, I am standing off a forced - a plan for forced payroll deductions by telling them they can do it this way. Here you have got two people. Sparks: In addition to that, Mr. Secretary, we have eight field representatives, all of whom are well trained in salary allotment, but they are not concentrating their entire time on that. H.M.Jr: Well, if you don't mind my saying it, you should have a thousand people in the field. Sparks: Well, all of these volunteer workers are be- ing trained in that also. H.M.Jr: It isn't enough. I am terribly - you ought to have a thousand people going after the factories. My God! a thousand people can't cover this country. I mean, your publicity is way ahead. and you follow up on a thing - it is very disappointing. How can two people look after the business of the United States? I mean, here you have a - I don't know, the last I heard, Opacs had a thousand people here in Washington with all the business in the United States, and we have got two. Graves: Well, Mr. Morgenthau, I don't think that is a fair analysis. Our-- H.M.Jr: Well, Harold, I don't know whether it is thir or not, but the statement is fair that you can't look after the business of the United States with two people in Washington. Craves: I am not so sure. That is the point that I had in mind when I said what I did. Our Regraded Unclassified 325 - 37 - reliance in this whole thing is on these state and local committees and the two people that we have specializing on this are largely people who go around and instruct our state and local committees to do this work. Mr. Sparks just told you that we have got-- Sparks: Eight field representatives. Graves: Twenty-five thousand members of state and local-- Sparks: Forty-three thousand eight hundred and fifty. Craves: There is the agency we have got to count on in the long run to do this job. The two people are merely going about from territory to territory advising with these state and local committees. H.M.Jr: Now, look, I make this flat statement. Now, I have been around long enough. Whether it is fair or not, I will make it. That you haven't got one one-hundredth enough people on this payroll thing, and you will never get it done with these three thousand committees or not. Here we have been going four months and the people we have got to count on to do the saving are the factory workers, and you can't do it with eight field people paying part of their attention to this thing and two people in Washington looking after eight. We can get all the money we want, and I haven't put the pressure on you in this thing, but from now on I am going to. The people we have got to reach Are in the big factories. Take a corporation like Chrysler. It would be worth while to have a half dozen people just working with Chrysler to put the thing across. Regraded Unclassified 326 - 38 - Graves: Well, our principle has been to induce the union people to do that work for us. H.M.Jr: But supposing you had - I don't know how many branches Chrysler has got. Certainly they have got a lot, all over the United States, and if there was one Treasury man with every branch and with every factory who could go to every union meeting and everything else to follow the thing up until the thing was going - you can't do it with the organization you have got and it isn't lack of money. Edward: Mr. Secretary, the bankers are sponsoring this payroll plan also. They are working on it. K.M.Jr: It isn't enough, Harold. Graves: Well, it isn't that we haven't had the money as you say. We have done it the way we are doing it because we have supposed that in the end that was the most effective way to work through these state and local committees in- stead of through salesmen that we would send around to contact the management directly, and we have avoided that. H.M.Jr: After four months the net result is that we have a little over a million people, I take it, with each one setting aside their savings. Graves: No, it isn't even that good. As I understand what Mr. Sparks has said-- Sparks: No, that is right, it is not that good. A million four hundred is the total personnel in those companies. We don't know what the percentage of participation is. K.M.Jr: Then I say it is even worse than I thought it was. It has got to be better, Harold. Regraded Unclassified 327 - 39 - Graves: Well, I still feel that our proper approach is through these state and local committees. H.M.Jr: I agree with you. Graves: And not through paid people out of Washington. H.M.Jr: I don't care how you do it, but I am 8 aying to you that if there is only 8. million four hundred that are signed up and of those we don't know what the percentage is, who are saving systematically each month, I am saying that after four months it isn't enough. Graves: That is right, I agree with you. H.M.Jr: And last month the national defense ran over & billion dollars and we are not keeping up with it. We have got to find some way of doing it and getting more people because if we don't I can't stand off this pressure for forced savings. Graves: Let me just sum up the way I feel about it. It all goes back to the slow progress that we have been making in setting up our state and county and city organizations, and once we are able to bridge that gap, I think we will make much more rapid progress. Sparks: I think the progress is going to be very rapid as we fill in those white spaces and as the yellows turn to blue. You will find most of these in the red states. H.M.Jr: Now Michigan is really organized. Graves: That is right. H.M.Jr: Can't you put in there some kind of a plan of payrolls the way you have on retail and let's 328 - 40 - work it out in Michigan and let's find & proper way to get Michigan, an industrial state - I suppose it is one of the most two or three highly industrial states in the country - to get it so that we can do as well on the payroll in Michigan as we have on the retail. Sparks: I think we can. H.M.Jr: I mean, let's concentrate on Michigan and find out. You concentrated on Michigan and you worked out a beautiful plan on retail stores. Let's take Michigan and say, we have got to get way, that if there are so many million employees working in the factories, that we will work a way out to get those people 80 that a high percentage of them are setting aside their savings. The thing will just be taken out of my hands. I don't want to do it the forced way, the Fascist way. I want to do it the democratic way, but if I am going to do it the democratic way, we have got to do it. Sparks: I think we can make a demonstration in Michi- gan. H.M.Jr: Let's make a demonstration in Michigan and we will get these people in factories. I have said again and again - I have asked that the list of factories in Michigan under Social Security, do we have a copy of it in Washing- ton? I will make a bet we haven't got it. Sparks: We haven't got the list, no. H.M.Jr: I have asked for it for over a month, that that list, a copy of it, be here in Washing- ton, that we get a copy of the list of the employees in Michigan, 80 that we can watch it and check it off. 329 - 41 - Sparks: Social Security lists show that there are fourteen million four hundred sixty-five thousand employees employed in companies employing eight or more employees. H.M.Jr: Where? Sparks: In the United States. H.M.Jr: Get the Michigan list and get it here and let's check it off. Let's put on a compaign in Michigan on the payroll thing. What I am say- ing here 18 in the room. It mustn't get out. I must be able to talk to you people frankly. When somebody does a good job, I am delighted. If you are not doing something, we have just got to do better. Just get me a Social Security list of employees in Michigan and let's have it here and watch it and work out some way for the State of Michigan that we will get these men to saving money. Then after we solve it in Michigan, we can use it in other places. If you don't do it, take my word, they will pass some legislation whereby they will do this thing through a forced method. I don't want to do it that way. That is why I am so insistent that we do it some other way. Now, forty-three thousand people on the committee sounds lovely, but we have got to do this payroll thing, and the way to do it is to send enough people into the field to work with the unions. When I first talked about it, they were trying to settle the Ford question. They settled the Ford question. And then something else. They will have plenty to do. But they always have plenty to do. How about it, Harold? Graves: I think your last comment is absolutely right, that our proper approach to this thing has been through the unions and that-- 330 - 42 - H.M.Jr: Where is what's-his-name? I haven't seen him for five weeks? Graves: He has gone back to Chicago. He has Mr. Hyatt who is working on this particular job in collaboration with Mr. Sparks' people. H.M.Jr: I want a section set up under somebody here that I can talk to, myself, who is going to be r esponsible for the payroll deduction plan. I want a Mr. Smith or Mr. Brown. I want somebody. Graves: You have that. H.M.Jr: Well, who is it? Graves: Mr. Touchstone. H.M.Jr: Where is he. Graves: He is in the field. Sparks: In the field right now working on salary allotments. H.M.Jr: Dammit, let's have somebody so every time I ask for him he isn't out of Washington. Graves: That is & job that has pretty nearly got to be done out of Washington, this job of Touchstone's. H.M.Jr: Well, I would like to talk to some fellow who is going to do the State of Michigan for me. I would like to talk to him myself. Graves: All right. H.M.Jr: Then let's say that whoever the man is, that is his responsibility. Who is the man-- 331 - 43 - Graves: Hyatt, I believe. H.M.Jr: No, Houghteling. Either this is Houghteling's job or it isn't, but I haven't seen Houghteling in six weeks. He hasn't been here for six weeks. I don't know what he was doing. Graves: He works. He was here last week. H.M.Jr: He is not here when I am here. All right, Harold? Graves: All right. We will restudy that whole thing. H.M.Jr: Give me something next week and have some- body here in the middle of the week to say, "Now this is what we are going to do in Michigan." Graves: Fine. Does that cover your statement, Mr. Sparks? Sparks: Yes, that does. Graves: I think that is all, Mr. Morgenthau, unless you have something. H.M.Jr: Now, we have got the retail thing. That is going beautifully. Now let's get the payroll thing, and get our state organizations by the first of October; and, as I say, our publicity thing is running way ahead of the rest of the stuff. Let's build that up now. We have got the eighty thousand employees in the Treasury. You can have all of them if you want to work on this thing. Sparks: That does not include the governmental employees? H.M.Jr: Just the Treasury alone, there are eighty 332 - 44 - thousand employees. Graves: Well, if you mean that in relation to this payroll allotment plan, I think that some- thing like eighty-five percent of the Treasury employees are-- H.M.Jr: No, I meant to put & program across. I don't know how many employees we have got in Michigan, but I mean I am willing to throw the whole Treasury back of this thing to get this thing going. Sparks: I think we can put on a very effective demon- stration, one that will spread very rapidly through all the red states, and we will keep changing the colors as rapidly as pos- sible on that so that they will all be red. I think the Secretary appreciates that, even though it is e small percentage of the total number, that the volunteer workers in the red states are responsible for most of that production. H.M.Jr: I am an old hand at this business, and I know when a thing is going well and when it isn't, and this particular part of the thing isn't going well enough, and I think it has got to go better, that is all there is to it. I am sure it can. Graves: Well, as I said, I think there is a worse aspect which has been developed here. Mr. Sparks gave you a figure of a million four hundred thousand people. Sparks: That is right. Graves: Employed by the concerns which have the plan in operation, but the number actually par- ticipating is some small percentage of that total. 333 - 45 - H.M.Jr: You can't move a step in any office or business or street or town anywhere in Canada that you don't trip over one of their posters. I mean, you can't move anywhere and here in our own post office, when I go into the Hyde Park post office, they haven't even got a poster. Right in Hyde Park there isn't even a poster. So we just haven't scratched the surface. The President's own post office, there isn't a single poster. There was one in the back room. If you screw your neck up you can see it. Graves: Maybe they need 8. new postmaster up there. It certainly is not our fault that they haven't got a poster in that post office. H.M.Jr: Harold, if I had the time to go around and travel - and maybe I am going to have to make the time - to go around and - I would just like every place I move to see one of our posters. We have got to raise a hell of 8. lot of money, and We have got to mop up this extra payroll. What is the objective? They are spending all of this money, a billion dollars for defense, and it is up to the Treasury Department to mop this money up and save it so that it doesn't all go into non- defense and just make these prices go up and up and up through the scarcity if there isn't enough stuff being manufactured for the people to buy it. Our job is to mop up these savings and to keep inflation from going through the ceiling and that is what I am excited about. Now, don't let's lose sight of the fact that each person has a little job, and we have got this ten or twelve billion dollars one way or the other to raise. If we don't, we have just got to go to the banks and we just aggravate the whole situation, and it is this whole question of inflation. Now, the people have got the money, they are 334 - 46 - getting it, and the roll is beginning to go in their pockets. We have got to go and get a goodly share of their earnings either first through taxes and second through their savings, and this thing, and we have been at this thing five months. We have just gotto do a better job. I know this organization can do it under Harold Graves. He has never failed me yet, and he isn't going to fail me now. All right. 335 Report From Mail Order Division September 5, 1941 This report is based on a. complete picture of what has been accomplished in the Mail Order Division of the Defense Savings Staff since its inception last spring. The chart of activities includes: (1) Regular Purchasers - those who, as the result of pre- vious solicitation, are buying at regular intervals. To this list (approximately 100,000 at the present time), we are starting this month to send a special letter and three order forms, asking their cooperation in bringing the bonds to the attention of others. (2) Customers - all those who have bought but who haven't agreed to buy regularly. To this list (approximately 2,000,000 as of July 31st), we are sending a letter urging adoption of the Regular Purchase Plan, a colorful folder and a Regular Purchase order form. These start going out this Friday, September 5th. (3) Prospects - large investors - taken from the Customer and I. R. files. To this list (375,000 corporations, partner- ships, associations, etc.), we have just sent a special mailing consisting of a letter, order form and folder featuring F and G bonds. (4) Prospects - smaller investors. These are the I. R. names (approximately 4,874,000 as of July 31st) that we are testing - in a variety of different ways - in order to find the formula that will produce maximum results. Before we discuss the results of our testing to date, let me raise one point that seems to me to be vitally important. In one sense, this mail order campaign - including all of our mail selling efforts - is different from practically all others. In any commercial mail order business, the product is available only by mail and results are measured in but two ways - the mail orders that come baok and the repeat business that follows. In this mail order campaign of ours, results should be determined by: Regraded Unclassified 336 (1) The number of people who are induced to send their orders direct. (2) The amount of money received in relation to the cost of getting it, (3) The amount of potential repeat business that becomes available at a very low selling cost. (4) Equally important - the educational work done on the entire list. Thus, from Test Series No. 1 for instance, which went out June 21st, it should be remembered that in addition to getting 300 people to buy over $140,000 worth of bonds at E. cost of 85/100th of 1 percent, the mailing called on 94,256 other people - told them the entire Savings Bond story, and provided one more link in the chain of publicity and advertising being used to raise money for national defense. From Series One, relative returns mean more than total orders or dollars received. We put these ten tests in the mail, with existing material, to find out things and from that standpoint, they accomplished their purpose. We learned, for instance, that it WELB safe for us to circularize on Defense Savings Staff stationery; that a mailing on E bonds WES as good, if not slightly better, than B. mailing on all three bonds; that there WHS an extremely small demand for F bonds. We also learned that if our best test had been sent to the entire list, the selling cost would have been down to 73 cents for each $100 worth of bonds sold. That should represent a naximum selling cost for future mailings, since none of the assemblies in Series No. 1 contained specifically prepared mail order material, and had the further disadvantage of being sent out during one of the poorest mail selling seasons of the entire year. From Series Two, which went into the mails July 19th, we are like- wise getting some useful information. While returns are incomplete, it soems safe to conclude that the best toot, both from the stand- Regraded Unclassified a 337 point of orders and dollars received, will be an E mailing - thus confirming what we discovered in Series No. 1. We have also learned that with all other factors being equal, our new folder "How To Buy A Share In America" is outpulling the blue and white Defense folder used in the first tests; that the State of Massachusetts produces twice as many orders as the State of Michigan; that a combination of letter, folder and order form is more productive than a card, folder and order form. From Series No. Throe, which went into the mail last Saturday, August 30th, we will get G. comparison between the pulling power of I. R. names with incomes over $5,000, incomes under $5,000 and a. mixture of the two. This list check-up is being made in California, Georgia and Maryland. Also being tested are several new letters; an advertising message on the envelope versus e plain window envelope; and, 58 another confirmation, the pulling power of E bonds versus all three. This third series is going out at B. very favorable time. In a comperatively short while it should give us an indication of the returns that can be expected from the approximately 2,000,000 new over $5,000 names that have just been put on plates, as compared with the greater number of under $5,000 names that are available if it is found desirable to circularize them. Regraded Unclassified - 1 ( - e - PW i N 1 // 1 R - 1 CLEARTYPE PRIMPAL MAP - THE UNITED STATES Regraded Unclassified 339 September 3, 1941 4:50 p.m. HMJr: I'm all right, Breck. Breckenbridge Long: Well, Henry, I thought maybe you could take an interest in this over in your depart- ment and see if you couldn't - let me present the thing to you briefly. We're troubled in this country by a lot of German propaganda films. HMJr: Yeah. L: They're some of the very bad things floating around here. HMJr: Yeah. L: There's one, "The War On The Western Front" HMJr: Yeah, I know about it. L: And there are three or four more. The tendancy was just to scare our people HMJr: Yeah. L: and subdue them HMJr: Yeah. L: and we've been trying every way to get some action to either take these filme or to intercept, and HMJr: Well, let me interrupt you, Breck, because I know all about this. L: Well HMJr: Any that come in - have been coming in now for some time - we don't let them get out any more. L: Yeah. Regraded Unclassified 340 - 2 - HMJr: But those which are out, we can't do 8. thing about it. L: Well, I wondered if you couldn't by a stretch of interpretation - you do, now, hold those from coming in by taking their bills of lading. HMJr: Yeah. Well, we..... L: You freeze the bills of lading, in other words. HMJr: Well, I don't know how we do it; but those that come in now, they just never get on the market. L: That's right. HMJr: But those which are out - I've been all through that, and there ien't a thing that we can do unless the Attorney General can think up something. L: Uh huh. It just occurred to me - we had a meeting here about it this afternoon HMJr: Yeah. L: ..... that this UFA thing, they come to UFA - U - F - A - and UFA is simply a wholly-owned subsidiary of this German parent company HMJr: Uh huh. L: Which, in itself, 18 fostered and subsidized by the German government. HMJr: I'm a hundred percent with you, and if anybody . - if the Attorney General can tell me how to do it - I'd love to do it. L: Uh huh. HMJr: I can promise you that for over a month now there have been no more coming in. 341 - 3 - L: Yes. HMJr: The last time we showed one we had the Attorney General here. It was a picture called, "Bismarck". L: Uh huh. HMJr: And we all voted on it and the amusing thing, Mrs. Biddle said, "Don't let it come in," and Biddle said, "Let it come in," to be different. L: (Laughs) HMJr: We out-voted him. L: Yeah. HMJr: But we haven't let any come in. It's a month or six weeks, now. L: Yes, I knew that. But these other old things are still marching around. HMJr: We can't do a damn thing about it. L: Uh huh. Well, I just thought that maybe you - it hadn't come to your personal attention. HMJr: No, I happen to know all about it, but..... L: Well, then I won't bother you with it or take any more of your time. HMJr: but I can promise you that no more will come in. L: Yeah. Yeah. Well, we're. - have been very much interested and have been wrestling with it for a month or six weeks here, and I just thought that it hadn't come to your personal attention; but you've had it, why that's all I got to say. HMJr: Thank you, but call me any time. L: All right, Henry, thank you. 342 THE WHITE HOUSE WASHINGTON September 3, 1941 My dear Mr. Secretary: My friend Mr. Guthrie W&E not among those mentioned in the newspaper clipping that you sent me yesterday. I have made inquiry B.S to the basis of the news- paper report, and I find that it is in reference to an attempt to get some order out of the chaos that has prevailed in the Army trading posts. It appears that there is no uniformity of prices even for standard products. I have been told that in some instances the prices charged for nationally-advertised products at Army posts are higher than those charged in private downtown shops. Mr. Guthrie has been seeking to get some eystem of centralized buying 80 that variations in prices from post to post may be eliminated. Even cigarette prices vary from post to post. The new setup, as I understand it, will make it possible for each trading post to buy any place it wishes on condition that the wholesale prices it must pay to local jobbers are no higher than the prices quoted to the central buying office in New York. At the same time, & definite mark-up is to be provided. In this way, there will be a top limit to the prices that can be charged to soldiers at the Army posts. Moveover, in the case of some nationally-advertised brands, the proposed procedure will make it possible to sell certain commodities at prices below those which prevail in private stores. Cordially, Isador Lubin Isador Lubin The Honorable The Secretary of the Treasury Washington, D. C. Regraded Unclassified 343 September 2, 1941 Dear Mr. Lubin: What about this story? Is it a reflection on your friend about whom you spoke to me? Sincerely yours, H.m.g. Honorable Isador Lubin, The White House, Washington, D.C. By Memenger Stringth 4:05 pm Regraded Unclassified 344 ARMY EXCHANGES CENTRALIZE BUYING Viar Dept. to Set Up Off Here After Report Additional Objections' Hit Program PLAN PRICE AGREEMENTS Each Post Unit Will True From Manufacture B of These Quotations The War Department rentral purchasine Vonday for Army port AL 111 Eighth learned yesterday This action injury published in Tab TIMES last Sumber that "arbitrary 0bjective part of high-ranhing visis were threaterms the centralized administration great exchanges. The purchasing which will be under Scionel Frank " e price agreements with manufacturers >Ands of articles shirt changes. manges then will que basis of such 11 Accounting permits instructrative Army's post exchange remain in Washington posted that the di an annual business £ 10,000,000 и year Colonel Mansficial M by Captain Juide IF Furmerly connected F Kresge Company and Robert E. Coupon Montgomery Want Grocery interes's - resterday by the Am Tro und men had Decreased what they descriptions - ary delay in entime 11,00 heat - change program operating THE had complained that Mailing officials had tions advanced ley humber who had gone to Washington specifically to help Lot getting the post exchange processor organized and operating 345 September 8. 1941 Dear Mr. Mackensie: In the last fev crowded years I have not many, and become quite intimate with some, spleadid personalities representing your government. There were few, however, whom I case to like more. whose talents and services in the cause of Britain I estimated higher, and whose loss I could feel more desply, than that of Arthur Purvis. Though you and I have never not, we have in common the bond of the loss of one whose both of us called our friend. I wish you to know how profoundly I appreciated your thoughtfulness in writing to mo. Tours sincerely, (Signed) 4. Morgenthan, 35. Mr. Noir Mackensie 21 Tothill Street London, S.V.1 20:0h in Clipper channely Regraded Unclassified 346 FEDERATION OF BRITISH INDUSTRIES TELEGRAME. POSUSTRY, PARL LONDON TELEPHONES WHITEHALL 8711 110 Limit DIRECTOR GUY LOCOCK. C.M.S. form FBI 21, TOTHILL STREET, - SECRETARY. LONDON, S.W.1. D. L. WALKER. BUTAL CHARTER Your REF. 18th August, 1941. OUR REF. Henry Morgenthau, Esq.. Secretary of the Treasury, Tashington, D.C., U.S.A. Dear lun. Morgenthan Te have never met, but 1 feel compelled to write to you to express my deep and real sympathy with you at the passing of your friend Arthur Purvis. 1 can well believe that his death, and in such tragic circumstances, must have been 1 terrible blow to you. 1 think you will be glad to know that when he lunched with me just = couple of days after his arrival here he spoke of you in glowing and groteful terms for your consistently wise council and help. From a National point of view his many friendships in both countries, and his immense understanding of our nutusl problems. would seem to render him irreplacable. As one who held him in deep regard may 1 venture to say that I share with you your sorrow et the death of our friend. lours faithfully luoir luacnerryie. Regraded Unclassified 347 Willard Hotel, Washington, D.C., 3rd September, 1941. Dear Mr. Secretary, I have your letter of September 2nd stating that you have designated Dr. H.D. White to be the Treasury's liaison officer for all matters of lend-lease arrangements and of the British dollar position. I shall be glad to arrange for all communications and enquiries on these subjects intended for Treasury consideration to be channeled through him in the future. Believe me, Dear Mr. Secretary, Yours sincerely, Hhillips The Honourable Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Secretary of the Treasury, Washington, D. C. Regraded Unclassified 348 SEP 2 1941 n dear Bir Fredwrick: I have designated No. L D. White to be the Treasury's lisisen officer for all mathers of Lond-Loase arrengrame and of the Britten dollar position. In future, therefore, I would aggirestate 18 if all committ- sations and a there subjects intended for I i des. I I I Sincerely yours, (Signed) 1. Morgenthau, in Bearetary of the Treasury. Bir Frederisk Hillige, i I I r I I 1 Types 1 s WASH Willard Motal, Wankington, D. c. File to Mr. Thompson Inv Serya office Regraded Unclassified 349 TREASURY DEPARTMENT INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3, 1941 TO Secretary Morgenthau H. D. White FROM Subject: American airplanes in the United Kingdom 1. Colonel Roy A. Dunn, one of General Arnold's men, has just returned to the U.S., after making an intensive inquiry as to the number of unused American airplanes in Britain. He told Coe that: a. He had himself counted 1,200 unused American planes, 8 large number of which were still in crates. b. He knows the places where they are. C. Various explanations were given him as to why they were not in use --lack of personnel, laok of proper equipment, absence of spare parts, and the desire to re-test on the spot the planes received. Two additional reasons may be (1) the influence of vested air- plane contractors' intereste in England, and (2) the suspicion of high British air officials of certain kinds of American equipment. 2. Stacy May, of O.P.M., also made some inquiries. The British gave him the following figures: Tomahawke in R.A.F. 456 Tomahawks "arrived" but "not been delivered" to R. A. F. 283 Other American planes "arrived" but "not been delivered" to R. A. F About 500 There are other American planes in "storage reserve" and these may make up the 1,200 Dunn spoke about. Mr. May 18 "eatisfied he has the full story and that, considering the value of P-40, the British are using it as well as they can". 3. Coe stated that because you omitted reference to the question of American airplanes in your recent cabled instructions to him, he is not following up that subject. You may want to contact the two men for the full story. (May is due back in the U.S. if he is not al- ready hers). (Coe to Secretary, August 18) Regraded Unclassified 350 nn TREASURY DEPARTMENT INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3, 1941 TO Secretary Morgenthau FROM Mr. Kamarck Subject: British Article on the Flying Fortress The following are excerpts from an article in the London Times' *Trade and Engineering" periodical, August 1941 issue. The Fortress 1 "The official British name for the B 17 0, known in the United States as the Flying Fortress, is to be the Fortress 1. The original order of 20 machines has now been completed and delivered, and as these giant bombers have proved to be every bit 88 good as their American manufacturers claimed, it is hoped that many more will be flown over soon. Further deliveries have been promised under the Lease and Lend Act, and it 18 expected that these will be a later and improved version, the B 17 E. If there is any criticism which could be made of the Fortresses which have so far been sent over for the use of the R.A.F. it 18 that, like almost every other American machine, they are under-armed. "The writer recently had the opportunity of inspecting the last of the original deliveries at & Ministry of Aircraft Production depot, where they were being overhauled before being sent on to an operational squadron of the R.A.F. Bomber Command. The Fortress's ceiling is put at 41,000 ft. when carrying 39,000 lb., but even though it 1s known to be an excellent performer at high altitude, this may be rather an over-atatement. "Major Carl Brandt, senior tost pilot of Boeings, case over in one of the first machines delivered across the Atlantic to give the British authorities the benefit of his advice and to instruct teat pilote in flying them. The Fortress 16 already extremely popular with the R.A.F. crews, for, having been constructed originally for civil purposes, it is roomy depot to an R.A.F. officer with 8. long experience of bomber and extremely comfortable. The test pilot at this M.A.P. aircraft -- told the writer that the Fortress was the best aeroplane that he had ever flown. It was completely free from vices and, when once one had got accustomed to the instrument panels, it was quite easy to fly, in spite of its great also. Regraded Unclassified 351 - 2 - Division of Monetary Research "An interesting development at this depot is the establish- ment of special engine shops for handling the three main types of American motors -- the Allison, Pratt and Whitney, and Wright Cyclone. One shop has been set aside exclusively for the assembly, overhaul, and reassembly of Allison engines, which are now being used by the R.A.F. in great numbers in the Tomahawk fighters which have given such a fine account of them- selves in the Middle East and elsewhere. This move should greatly simplify the problem of the maintenance of American aircraft and engines in this country, which, in the past, has given no small amount of trouble." Regraded Unclassified 352 TREASURY DEPARTMENT INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3, 1941 10 Secretary Morgenthau FROM H. D. White Subject: Post-War Policy of Free Trade Many British officials are uncertain whether the United States realizes the implications of its request that Britain go along with B. post-war policy of free trade. They question whether the U.S. Government 1e going to be willing to lower its tariffe, make the necessary internal economic adjustments, and grant the large credits necessary to enable the rest of the world to abandon exchange and trade controle. Some British Treasury officials have said to Coe "that they would be all for free trade if after the war England, and other countries, have sufficient foreign exchange income to pay for the goods they will need". Many fear, however, that Eng- land will not be able to abandon exchange controls after the war and that a return to "free trade" E9 it used to be concei- ved 16 not going to take place. Mr. Bexter's section of the Ministry of Post-War Planning 18 tackling ae their first job the problem of freer trade, be- cause of the President's request for a statement of policy. They are in a quandary; they do not wish to displease the Uni- ted States, and yet they do not know that they will be able to abandon foreign exchange control. The Times editoriel of August 18 on the Roosevelt-Churchill conversation (which Coe anclosed) manifeste 8. real doubt 8.8 to whether what the United States seems to be seking can really be schieved. Coe suggests that the U.S. Treasury should earmark some men for full time study of these problems. (Coe to Secretary, August 18) Regraded Unclassified 353 MURRAY HILL 2-1160 mergency Committee for Zionist Affairs 41 EAST sEnd STREET ROOM 1121 NEW YORK CITY September 3, 1941 Hon. Henry Morgenthau Secretary of the Treasury U.S. Treasury Department Washington, D.C. My dear Mr. Morgenthaus I an writing you following the conversation I had with your secretary Mrs. Klots. Since it is uncertain whether you will be able to see me tomorrow, Thursday, I am taking the liberty of enclosing copy of a memorandum which we have submitted to Under Secretary Welles, following several conversations which we had with him. In the last interview he assured me of his readiness to ap= proach the British Government through Mr. Winant, in order to re- ceive the desired assurance that nothing is being done or will be done at this time to affect the status of Palestine. We have had no word on the subject from Mr. Welles since then. In the meantime, however, we have received from Dr. Weizmann certain documents which confirm our supposition that negotiations are being carried on with the Araba which directly and indirectly affect Palestine. There are matters in this connection which I would prefer to discuss with you orally, and will be glad to have the opportunity of doing so the latter part of next week. With deep appreciation of your helpful interest, I em Emannetherment Very sincerely yours, Emanuel Neumann Eno. Regraded Unclassified C D 354 7 I August 7, 1941 Mon. Summer Wellos Under Secretary of State Washington, D. 0. Dear Mr. Secretary: Supplementing the recent meeting which Mr. Emanuel Neumann on behalf of the Emergency Committee for Zionist Affairs had with you, I have the pleasure of submitting herewith the memorandus which he undertook to submit on our behalf. We hold ourselves in readiness for a conference with you touching this problem, should you find it necessary further to discuss the matter with us. I all, dear, dear Mr. Secretary, with most hearty greetings Faithfully yours, Stephen S. Wine Regraded Unclassified MEMORANIUM SUBMITTED TO UNITER SECRETARY OF STATE TX CONORABLE SUMMER 354.A BY THE EMERGENCY COMMITTEE FOR ZIONIST AFFAIRS b. It has been generally assumed that British policy with regard to Palestine would no important modification during the progress of the war, In Zionist circles it as hoped that no further steps would be taken toward implementing the White Paper of 1939 ind it was beliefed that there would certainly be no basic change in the status of Palestine T of the Palestine Mandate. 2. 1 recent address delivered by the Secretary of State for Foreign Affaire, Mr. othony Eden, made specific reference to a coming change in the status of Syria and Lebanon and promised support by the British Government for a. scheme of federation in the Middle last as yet undefined. Dr. Stephen 8. Wise and Dr. Nahum Goldmann conferred with you shortly thereafter, and ou were kind enough to state that in your view it was extremely improbably that the ritish Government would take any steps involving the status of Palestine either by the clusion of Palestine in a federation or otherwise, without prior consultation with the overnment of the United States;and furthermore, that if proposals affecting the status of alestine or of the Jewish National Nome were forthcoming, the American Government would accord the representatives of American Zionism adequate opportunity to present their views efore taking any position on such questions. We take this accasion to express our profound appreciation of these statements made y you at the time to our representatives. 3. Since the interview referred to took place, signs have been multiplying that the question of new political dispositions in the Middle East have been occupying the attention d' important British circles following the termination of the Syrian campaign. There is in FUE considered judgment reason to believe that the possibility of effecting 8. political reorganization in the Middle last is being considered in British official quarters. This as given rise to a certain apprehension leet under the pressure of war and of military ivelopments in that region, stops may be taken or commitments made which involve the status of Palestine and of the Jewish National Home, in & manner and direction we can not foresse or judge at this distance. Such steps or commitments, if made either publicly or Regraded Unclassified - a - 355 rivately, may conceivable lead to the result that the Mandate for Palestine would be aterially affected at a time when neither the League of Nations nor its permanent Kandates Commission are in a position to function. A further consequence would be that ruch international settlement as may be expected to take place at the end of the war my e prejudged by such commitments or by the creation of accomplished facts. 4. No would therefore respectfully suggest that it would be most helpful if the imerican Government would elacit from the British Government authentic information OF este his subject as well as an assurance that it does not intedd to carry on negotiations or make commitments involving a change in the legal and political status of Palestine or a dero- ration of the position of the Jewish National Home, whether by promoting a union between alestine and other territories, or otherwise; and that no steps will be taken without revious consultation with the government of the United States. To wish to record our gratitude to you for BO kindly offering to act promptly in this matter, and to express the hope that we may be informed of the result in due course. Regraded Unclassified 356 TREASURY DEPARTMENT INTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3. 1941 TO Secretary Morgenthan FROM Mr. Cochran The following table presents 8 breakdown of our silver purchases by sources: Sources of Silver Purchased Under the Silver Purchase Act -- 1941 Country of Origin Jan.-June July August Jan.-August (In thousands of dollars) New Production Silver Argentina $ 201 W : $ 80 $ 281 Canada 1,263 420 420 2,103 Honduras 659 79 147 885 Java 59 180 : 239 Peru 2,014 307 280 2,601 Not Designated* 3,428 333 538 4,299 ( Potal New Prod. $7,624 $1,319 $1,465 $10,408 Other Silver China $ 282 -- -- $ 282 Japan 918 I i 918 Mexico 175 -- : 175 not Designated* 280 $ 210 $ 201 691 Total Other $1,655 $ 210 $ 201 $ 2,066 Grand Total $9,279 $1,529 $1,666 $12,474 *A large part of the "Not Designated" silver is believed to represent importe from Mexico. For comparison purposes, total silver imports into the U.S. from Mexico are given below, according to type of silver: Jan.-June July August Jan.-August (In thousands of dollars) New Production $2,796 $ 577 $ 198 $ 3.573 Other (refined) 9,875 2,148 2,005 14,028 Total $12.673 $2,725 $2,203 $17,601 B.M.S. Regraded Unclassified 357 September 3, 1941. Dear Mr. Director: This will acknowledge receipt of your letter of August 27, on the subject of measures for the protection of places and facilities essential to the National defense and asking that I name a responsible person in the Treasury Department who may confer with Brigadier General Gasser, of your office, on the matter. I designate Herbert E. Gaston, Assistant Secre- tary of the Treasury, as my representative with respect to the matters of which you write. Mr. Gaston will shortly write you with respect to the questions raised in your letter. Sincerely yours, (Signed) E. Morgenthau. Jr. Secretary of the Treasury. Honorable F. H. LaGuardia, U. S. Director Civilian Defense, Washington, D.C. File to M.L. Daston cc- Minor Charmey Regraded Unclassified 358 Regraded Unclassified MINUTES OF THE BOOWONIC before BOARD SEPTEMBER J, 1961 Present at the mesting - Assistant Secretary of State Dear Achemes, Assistant of State Breakinridge Long, Under Secretary of War Robert P. Patterson, Assistant Secretary of the listy Adlai Sterenson, Mr. Marry White represented the Secretary of the Treasury, Mr. be he Wheeler represented the Secretary of Agriculture, and Mr. will Clayten represented the Secretary of Commres, Mr. L. P. Nickell, Maritine Commission also attended. Assistant Secretary of State Long reported that the State Department and the inter-Departmental committee, had been studying coffee. South American countries using soffee have progressivaly reised offer prices. It was reported by the Assistant Secretary of State that Columbia has not fiftern different prices en coffee recently) each - price being higher than the last. Be stated that Mr. Henderson, of Office of Production Management, has filed reces- nendations regarding seffee prices. Assistant Secretary of State Achesoa said that Mr. Paul Daniels has given mass study to coffee. The Vice President asked Mr. Laurence Duggan, of the State Depart- ment, and hr. L. A. Wheeler, of the Department of Agriculture, to consult with Mr. Mano, of the Office of Production Management, and Mr. Paul Damiels, and report back to the Defease Board. The Vice President stated that hereafter any problems will be handled is their preliminary stages outside of formal Board seet- tage, recomendations of the staff being processed to the Ressomia Defense Board. Se mid that the Reseonde Defense Board now has an office at Kew Apartments, telephone Republie 5030, Extension 1000. Mr. will Claytom stated that an exporter is compelled to " through six different agencies before be Income whether be enti export enterials at this time. It was his opinion that in view of the President's policy that after the Supply Priorities and Allocations Board has made a ruling, there should be no need for specific export licenses. The Vice President said that he is informed by B. Donald Nelson, Executive Director of the Supply Prierities and Alloentions Board, that 10,000 export licenses have less prated, that there are 20,000 export licenses pending, and several thousand have been decied. There is a bottlemeek because of alowness is deciding upon export licenses, is E. Helson's opinion. Mr. Selson mys that be will clear the shole situation up in one week's time. b. will Clayton said that sany exports to South America are not subject to priority and that it should not be necessary for South American countries to procure exports licenses for such commodities. The Vice President asked that Mr. Clayton discuss this watter with Mr. Donald Helson. Under Secretary of War Patterson stated that Russia has min such large demands upon the United States for materials, that we will not be able to help South American countries substantially. Mr. Claytom stated that one-third of our copper acess from South America and that we must return SOING copper and other miterials to South Amrior. The View President asked Mr. Clayton and Mr. Acheson to discuss this situation with Mr. Donald Nolson. The Vice President asked Assistant Secretary of State Long for a report on the final destination of oil which is being shipped from Port Arthair, Texas to Spain. Assistant Secretary of State Long stated that the report that much of this oil is going to Germany and Italy is probably incorrect, but that the State Department is not yet ready to file its report und recomendation. The Vice President stated that his information is that little, If any, goods are now being shipped to Japan. Assistant Secretary of State Acheson stated that soue goods are going from the Philippines to Japan. Mr. Earry white said that it may be advisable to adopt proclusive selling am well as preclusive buying. It was his receipt mendation that ne should learn exactly what goods are being sold by Japan to the Philippines and South America and that we should under soll Japan on such materials. Mr. Will Clayton stated that Jupan 10 buying such less from South America now and 18 not selling any goods in South America due to the freesing of Incanese funds in the United States and the failure of Japen to get raw materials. Mr. Clayton stated that Federal Loan Agency has & $8,000,000 fund for the purpose of de-Germanising Bouth American air lines. No said that quarts crystals, platimum, and industrial diamonds and wisa are being service shipped from South America to Italy by airplane and that this air should be stopped. Regraded Unclassified NATIONAL INSTRUCE PIPE LINE - SCUTHEASTERN PIPE LINE SYSTEM 360 BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the not of Dongress entitled "An act to facilitate the construction, extension, or completion of interetate petroleum pipe lines related to national defense, and to promote interstate compree", approved July 30, 1941 (Public Law 197 - 77th Congress), vests in the President certain powers rolating to the construction, extension, completion, operation, and mintenance of interetate pipe lines related to national defense. NOW, THEREYORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vosted in me by sections 2 and 3 of said act of July 30, 1941, do horeby find end proclaim (1) that 1t 12 necessary for national defense pur- poses that there be constructed and completed c. pipe line system for the transportation and distribution of petroleum and petroloum products moving in interstate commerce, the route for which 1a generally indicated on e. map which 1e on file in the Office of the Petroleum Coordinator for National Defense, detailed survey hape of which shall be of record in the setd office, commencing at Port St. Joe, Florida, and extending in & northerly direction through the States of Florida and Georgia, and into Tonnossee to B. point on the Tennossee River et or in the visinity of Chattanooga, Termossoo, (2) that Southeastern Pipo Line Company, a private corporation organized under the leve of the State of Delaware, has commenced the work necessary for the construction of such a pipo line system, and has partially constructed the same and roprosonte that It 10 prepared to complete said pipo line eyetem, and (3) that it 1s necessary for the purposos of construction, com- plotion, operation, and maintonance of said pipo line system that the Southeastern Pipo Line Company have the right to acquire, by the exorcise of the right of eminent domaln ao provided in the eforomaid act, along the route and between the points hereinbofore identified, (a) much parcels of land or any interests therein, not in excess of 100 acros in each separate parcel, for the location of its storage tanks, pumping stations, delivery facilities, and other [acilities in connection therewith, and (b) easemento end rights of way, not in excess of 100 feet in width, for the construction. completion, opera- tion, maintenance end removal of the pipe lines, Including right of Accees thereto over adjoining lands: Provided, That such right of eminent domain be exercised by the Southeastern Pipe Line Company for the eferesaid purposes prior to June 30, 1943. The pips line hereinbefore !dentified shall De constructed, completed, operated, and maintained subject to such terms and undi- tione as the President may hereafter from time to time prescribe se necessary for national defense purposes. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have horounto net my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the of Weithington this third day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty-one, and of the (EEAL) Indopendence of the United States of America the care Included and uixty-wisth. FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT By the President: CORDELL HULL, Secretary of State. Regraded Unclassified 361 FOR THE PRESS IMMEDIATE RELEASE FOR THE PRESS SEPTEMBER 3, 1941 Announcement. was made today of appointment by the President of the membership of the Mission to Russia 85 follows: Chairman, W. AVERELL HARRIMAN, now serving as the President's Special Representative in London on Material Aid to the British Empire. MAJOR GENERAL JAMES li. BURNS, Executive Officer, Division of Defense Aid Reports associated with Marry L. Hopkins. General Burns has served with distinction in the Ordnance Department of the Army. MAJOR GENERAL GEORGE H. BRETT, Chief of Air Corps, at present on a special Mission to Great Britain and the Middle East in connection with deliveries of American aircraft. ADMIRAL WILLIAM HARRISON STANDLEY, U. S. NAVY, former Chief of Naval Operations, 1933-37. Admiral Standley was a provider of the Dilegation of the United States to the Concral Disariment Conference hold in London, 1934, 1100 a delegate on the part of the United States to the London Navel Conference of 1935. VHAN'S L. EATT, Deputy Director, Production Division, Office di Production Management. Chairman, Business Advisory Council for the Department of Connercu. Lr. Batt is President of S.K.F. Industrics, Inc., and Chairman of the Board, American Management Association. The Mission will join with E similarly constituted British Mission under the Chairmananip of Lord Beavorbrook for & conference in Mosdow with the Ruscian Government regard- ing the supplying to Russia by the United States and Creat Britain of munitions, raw materials, and other supplies needed by Russin for her defonse against German aggression. The holding of this conference W&S agreed to between the President and the prino Minister at their recent meeting at 808, Regraded Unclassified TREASURY DEPARTMENT 202 INTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3. 1941 TO Secretary Morgenthau FROM Mr. Cochran STABILIZATION AGREEMENTS China: On July 14, 1937 the Treasury entered into an agreement with the Central Bank of China to purchase yuan up to B total of $50,000.000 U.S. currency. The agreement has been renewed each six months and now expires December 31, 1941. At present we hold 65,000,000 yuan, whose book dollar value 1e $19,112,500. and against which $19,379,015.65 in gold is held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York DE collateral. The rate of interest is 1/2% above the current rediscount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Brazil: On July 15, 1937, the Treasury entered into an agreement with the United States of Brezil, which expires on July 15, 1942. We agreed to purchase milreis up to a total value of $60,000,000, with Brazil leaving on deposit in New York gold collateral to guarantee the repurchase of the milreis by Brazil. The rute of interest is 1/2 of 1% above the current rediscount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of Sev York. There have been transactions under this arrangement, but et pres- C ent we are holding no milreis. This agreement also provides for the sale of up to A mazimum amount of $60,000,000 in gold by the United States to be held under earmark in our vaulte for the account of Brazil. This agreement was modified on September 2. 1938, to permit Brazil to ship gold from abroad to be held in this eermarked account. Up to August 30, 1941, $29,465,770.90 in gold had been sold by us to Brazil and 111,532,765.19 had been shipped by Brazil to New York to be held under enrmark. Argentina: On January 1, 1941, the Treasury entered into en agreement with the Fanco Central de la Republica Argentina and the Government of Argentina, Under this agreement we undertake to purchase Ar entine pesos up to the equivalent of $50,000,000 7.S, currency. No collateral is required. The interest rate is fixed at 1-1/2%. The agreement comes into operation and effect upon ratification and confirmation by Argentina of the authority under its constitution and laws to enter into this agree- went. Up to the present time the foregoing conditions have not been met and the agreement is inoperative. The agreement Web drafted to expire on June 30, 1941. An oxtension of the agreement has also been drefted, but cannot be made effective until the arreement itself becomes operative. Intional Cuinn: Government of the Republic of Chine and the Central Bank of China. This cells On April 1. 1941, the Treasury entered into an agreement with the for the purchase by the Treasury of Chinese yuan up to the equivalent of $50,000,000 C.S. currency. No collateral is required. The agreement expires June 30. 1942. Interest at the rate of 1-1/2%. China has not yet called for the $50,000,000. The Ghinese-Americnn-British Stabilisation Roard in China, on which Mr. à. Menuel Fox in the American representative, did. however, begin to operate in the middle of August. Top Chinese Government banks have deposited with the Federal Reserve Bank of Sew York their contribution of $20,000,000 to the joint Stabilization Fund. Regraded Unclassified 363 2 Mexico: An agreement with the Government of the Republic of Mexico and the Banco de Mexico is practically ready for signature. This involves purchases of Mexican pesos by the United States up to the equivalent of $40,000,000 U.S. currency. There 1a no collateral. The rate of interest is at 1-1/2%. The repurchase clause with Mexico gives that country 180 days' notice and then an additional 180 days within which to repurchase. This 1e a generous departure from our usual 30 days' notice. The Department of State expects its related negotiations with Nexico to be consummated in time for the signing of the Stabilization agreement before September 16, The Treasury is also to agree to purchase up to 6,000,000 ounces of silver monthly from Mexico, under an arrange- ment similar to that which we have with Canada. Colombia: The Ambassador of Colombia has recently returned from his country to which he went a few weeks ago with a draft Stabilization agreement with the Stabilization Fund of the Government of Colombia, the Banco de la Republica, Bogota, Colombia, and the Government of the Republic of Colombia. under which the United States would buy Colombian pesoa up to the equivalent of $3,000,000 U.S. currency. No collateral is involved. The interest rate would be 1-1/2%. We should have further discussions with the Colombian Ambassador shortly. Souador: When the Ecuadorian Minister of Finance visited Washington in August he discussed with the Secretary, and subsequently with the Secretary's assistante, the question of a Stabilization agreement which might provide as much as $5,000,000 U.S. currency. It is not believed that more than perhaps half of such a sum could at all be justified. The Department of State has re- quested that we continue negotiations with the Ecundorian Ambassador, Bolivia: We have promised the State Department that we would consider a Bolivian request for monetary assistance. B.M.S. Regraded Unclassified C 36₫ o P Y BRITISH EMBASSY, WASHINGTON, D. C., September 3rd, 1941. With the Compliments of Mr. W. Ritchie Copy of letter dated September 3rd to Mr. Dean Acheson Mr. Merle Cochran, U. S. Treasury Department, Washington, D.C. Copy:mew 9/4/41 Regraded Unclassified C 365 F I BRITISH EMBASSY, SAFE HAND WASHINGTON, D.C., September 3rd, 1941. Dear Mr. Acheson, The following 18 the text of a statement made by Mr. Iden in the House of Commons on August 6th:- "The Honorable members will remember that about & week A/CO I announced certain freezing measures, which had been instituted by the United States, the Net erlands and the British Empire against Japan AB a result of the Jenanese seizure of bases in French Indo-China. Those freezing messures are not, as seemed to be thought by some Honourable members in the debate, framed so 8.0 to permit transactions which are not expressly forbidden. On the contrary the operation in the reverse. They automatically forbid all transactions except those which are expressly permitted. As the House will understand, I cannot now dieclose the details of the manner in which this policy is to be applied but there has been throughout closest collaboration and frankest discussion between His Majesty's Government at home, in the Dominions, in India, Burma end in the Colonies, and the Governments of the United States and the Netherlands; and the two latter Governments have furnished us with full particulare and with comprehensive information of their actions. The same collaboration is con- tinuing regarding the operation of these measures 88 WAS in evidence in former days. The House will understand that it is bound to take B. little time to exchange the views end information which are necessary for common understanding of such a far-reaching experiment as freezing orders will present. But that work is now practically completed. There is one assurance I would like to give the House; these steps were not lightly taken. The Freezing order was seriously intended and it will be seriously executed." Hr. Dean Acheson, Assistant Secretary of State, State Department, Washington, D. C. ITEH:WR:TMI CC to Mr. Cochran Regraded Unclassified 366 - 2 - I am sorry you have not had this before, but I have only just received it myself. I am sending a copy of this letter to Mr. Cochran for his information. Yours sincerely, (Sgd) Noel F. Hall Copy:mew 9/4/41 C o 367 P Y DEPARTMENT OF STATE WASHINGTON September 3. 1941 In reply refer to EA 840.51 Frozen Credits/3254 The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the Honorable the Secretary of the Treasury and transmits a copy of despatch mailed August 13, 1941 from the American Consulate General in Hong Kong con- cerning the reaction in Hong Kong to recent freezing orders and the placing of the Colony of Hong Kong in the sterling bloc. Enclosure: Mentioned above. 0 0 P Y 368 VOLUNTARY (Supplementing radio message No. 293 of August 6, 4 p.m.) CONFIDENTIAL HONG KONG REACTION TO RECENT FREEZING ORDERS AND THE PLACING OF THE COLONY IN THE STERLING BLOC From: John H. Bruine American Consul Hong Kong Date of Completion: August 11, 1941 Date of Mailing: August 13, 1941 Approved: Addison E. Southard American Consul General Regraded Unclassified 0 0 P 369 Y 1. Bank "Runs" of Short Duration: On the two business days following the announcement of the freezing of Chinese assets. local Chinese with- drew considerable suma in local currency from their local bank accounts. This small "run" soon stopped, and there was nothing approaching a panic. Hong Kong banks were not embarrassed by this withdrawal, as nearly all of than are overburdened with deposits which are difficult to loan out advantageously. 2. British Control Orders Slow in Arriving: The principal complaint of most bankers is the slowness in arrival of the official British orders re- gulating both the "freesing" and the entry of Hong Kong into the sterling bloc. It is pointed out that such regulations have been in force in Singapore for many months, and that all the details should have been in- mediately available here. American banks in Hong Kong have also received conflicting telegrame from their New York headquarters, and the atmosphere of uncertainty prevails. This is regarded as an annoyance and ⑉ an added business risk, which will probably be removed in the course of B. week or two. Regraded Unclassified 370 - 2 - 3. Uncertain Status of Bills Payable: The principal difficulty is the status of bills payable. Most of these are in Chinese names. The pur- chase of such bills is an important part of banking business here. Telegraphic inquiries to New York by the local banks have brought equivocal replies. The National City Bank continues to buy them. The Chase Bank continues to handle them in small amounts. The American Express Company has declined to handle them until the situation is clarified. The Chase Bank reports that some such bills sent to New York early in July, long before the present orders were issued, have been refused payment. It has been requested by its New York headquarters to supply a full report on the number and amounts of such bills now in transit. 4. Difficulties of Shanghai Arbitrage: Local banks used to sell Shanghai dollars to in- porters, and covered by sending foreign currency equi- valent to Shanghai. Under the now "sterling bloc" regulations, it is apparently impossible to send out such foreign currency remittances. Such transactions occur 371 - 3 - occur mainly in connection with textile imports from Shanghai (at least such part of the business as has not fallen into Japanese hands), local importers thus re- quiring Shanghai dollars in payment. Before negotiating business of this type, banks have satisfied themselves that the business is being carried on by a bona fide Chungking-sponsored firm. Some bankers are inclined to attribute the weakness in Shanghai currency in recent days to the aforementioned lack of demand for it, at- tributable in turn to the inability of supplying cover. The manager of the American Express Company stated con- fidentially to-day that he had just been authorized to supply the sterling cover from their London office to Shanghai. He explains this by the fact that every such transaction requires exhibition of bills of lading and thus represents goods coming into the Colony and also by the fact that reimbursement comes to him in the form of Hong Kong dollars which are a controlled currency. The above is another example of non-uniformity in prac- tice due to conflicting orders under which the banks are at present operating. Uneven Copy:wec:9-3-41 - 4 - 372 5. Uneven Spote in Administration: There are numerous instances of inconvenience and annoyance. The manager of the Chase Bank mentioned two instances. Last April his New York headquarters recom- mended the transfer of all U. S. dollar accounts in Hong Kong to New York, in view of the uncertain situs- tion in the Far East. This was carried out. Many of these accounts were in the names of Chinese persons. Some difficulty has been experienced in obtaining re- lease of money for their children's education in the United States, although it is understood provision has been made under a general license for such living 02- penses. The second is an instance of a Chinese person having a loan of about US$1,000,000 against about two million dollars worth of securities. The market having been favorable, securities to the value of about $1,000,000 were sold in New York to liquidate the loan, but cannot now be transferred, and interest must still be paid on the loan. It is also understood that quasi- Chinese Government institutions such as the Postal Bank and the Central Trust of China have not been granted general licenses. 373 - 5 - 6. Americans Obligated to Report All Holdings: British subjects were formerly compelled to re- gister their holdings abroad. Recent Hong Kong regu- lations have extended this obligation to all nationali- ties. Thus, American citizens now in Hong Kong are obligated to report to the British authorities all of their holdings, even in the United States, and to offer them to the British authorities at the convenience of the latter against payment in sterling or local currency. Thus far, there has been no compulsion exercised in re- gard to holdings of local Americans in the United States. However, this matter has already caused one American millionaire to leave the Colony suddenly, and has also made impossible the operation of American brokerage offices here, dealing in American securities. There are two such vis: Levy Bros. and Swan, Culbertson & Frits. 7. Colony Reconciled to Trade Curtailment: Special permits from the local currency control authorities are required before any personal remittances abroad may be made. For example, nearly all men make constant remittances to their wives who have been evacuated, and - 374 - 6 - and each such transaction now calls for a permit. Thus far they have been freely issued. On the other hand, business remittances are closely scrutinized, and it appears inevitable that the inclusion of the Colony in the "sterling bloc" will result in a serious curtailment of trade. 800 I Regraded Unclassified -7- 375 800 JFB:bp Distribution: In quintuplicate to the Department (by air mail); Hectograph copy to the Department: Copy to Embassy. Chungking; Copy to Embassy, London; Copy to Consulate General, Shanghai. Regraded Unclassified -8- 376 Sources of Information: Interviews with Hong Kong bankers as noted in the text; Recent Hong Kong Government Financial Regulations; United States Executive Order 8389 as emended by Executive Orders No. 8785 and No. 8832. Also gener- al licenses 54 to 69 issued under these Executive Orders. Regraded Unclassified 377 C o P Y Department of State Washington September 3. 1941. In reply refer to RA The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the Honorable the Secretary of the Treasury and encloses five copies of a paraphrase of telegram No. 444. dated September 1, 1941, 5 p.m., from the American Consulate at Manila, Philippine Islands, transmitting a message for the Secretary of the Treasury from Mr. A. Manuel Fox. Enclosure: From Consulate, Manila, No. 4444. September 1, 1941. Copy:mew 9/3/41 Regraded Unclassified COPY 378 PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED FROM: American Consulate, Manila, Philippine Islands DATE: September 1, 1941, 5 p.m. NO.: 444 STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL THE FOLLOWING IS FOR THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY FROM FOX. "Business as usual" continues to be the attitude in Shanghai, Every effort is being made by both the Board and myself to impress upon licensed banks that an emergency exists. The only bank that is cooperating is the Hong Kong & Shanghai Bank, A few others, such as American banks, give lip service cooperating only for a day or two. Drastic action with respect to license No. 59 may be necessary if the losses of the Board are to be kept within reasonable limits. As immediate action, it is suggested that licensed banks be threatened and warned of the with- drawal of its privileges under this license. As an alternative, I could recommend to the Board the lowering of an official rate. However, from our many discussions of the subject, I am confident that this would have a bad psychological effect in China where, in view of rumors of peace, they are especially sensitive at the present time, With respect 379 -2- Regraded Uncla With respect to license No. 59. threat and warning would have an effect, especially if it were done publicly, in Chungking. The suggested warning and possibly even more drastic action would be an essential step before the lower- ing of the official rate by the Board should it prove to be necessary to make such a reduction, With regard to telegram No. 206: The subject of importe into China is covered in some detail in my memorandum, United States trade with China urgently needs to be closer controlled. I decidedly recommend either the revoking of general licenses Nos. 58 and 64, except for trade via Rangoon, or the adopting of the system of export licenses lines of the order of August 25 of the British Board of Trade. The Department is in the best position to make the final choice in this matter, I have just learned from Noble of the Export Control of the Philippines that there has been a loosening of control of United States exports to Shanghai instead of a tightening as it appears that it is comparatively easy to get licenses approved in Shanghai. Taylor had already been instructed to prepare the material on the questions which were raised in telegram No. 206. This information will be forwarded at the earliest opportunity to the Department. It is most desirable to have family remittances reach the Board automatically. It is necessary that each important area 380 - 3 - area have & point of centralization. In the United States the authorised channel could be the efficient Bank of China. After local consulations, I an suggesting that the Central Bank of China be the point of centralisation in the Philippines. (It was recommended previously that the Philippine Bank of Communications have this position.) Should the Central Bank of China, which already has & deposit account with the Philippine Bank of Communications, open a deposit account with the China Banking Corporation in Manila, all remittances could funnel through the Central Bank of China there. I am urging the Government of China to approve this procedure rather than that which was previously recommended. I an also making arrangement through the office of the High Commissioner along these lines. Would it be possible for action to be taken when the remittances are centralised in the U.S. to provide that these be made at the official rate of the Board? Should this be so, parallel action in the Philippines could easily be taken. There is great opportunity at the present time for economic survey and recommendations provided the Government of China is made aware of the definite interest and the support of Washington. There are many urgent questions on which there is a good chance of some remedial actions. It is proposed that native talent be used; however, direction and supervision is needed in such matters. 381 It would be appreciated if Adler could be made available to ne for work in Hong Kong and China. At the present time Adler is in Manila. Since Adler has previously worked with Far Eastern problems and freesing, he would be of great help. The relation of the Board to the Agency is important. A Frankenstein is created by the letters of April 25 in providing for the agency to which all foreign exchange from remittances and exports may accrue, with parallel powers to the Board. There is convincing proof that an attempt is being made to take full advantage of the latitude of the provisions of April 25. At the present time, the Agency is being set up as 8 highly political coplection. All members of the Board are greatly worried by the highly political complection of the Agency as it is now being set up. A clash between the Agency and the Board will inevitably develop - leading to an ugly situation for the Department - if nothing is done. It is therefore recommended strongly that the Depart- ment consider this--preferably in collaboration with the British. Hall-Patch is quite disturbed. I know that he would welcome such action which would advise the Board and the Government of China that: (a) It is the opinion of the Treasury General Counsel that the Board should be set up by Executive Yuan decree, dated August 12, especially as the Agency has been so set up and as no difficulty is experienced in China in predating decrees. 382 -5- (b) It is the considered opinion of the Department that the Agency should concentrate on policy matters and that the exchange operations should be reserved to the Board particularly because of its technical competency and compactness. To save face for the Agency it could be sug- gested that it pass a resolution that the Board handle all of the exchange transactions. Please stress the urgent need for action since the Chinese members have already been requested to return to Chungking to attend the initial meeting of the Agency but were advised by me to await my return there. This is the end of the message. HICKOK SATRE EA:PAX Copy:bj:9-3-41 3 383 paraphrase OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED FROM: American Consulate, Saigon, French Indeching DATE: September 3, 1941, 0 2. NO.: 80 A complaint has been made to this Consulate by the Inspector General of the Bank of Indochina in regard to the proceeds of a shipment of welfram which Amounts to $15,289.13. This vas credited to the blooked account of the French-American Banking Corporation on May 28, 1941. The Inspector General also complained that the Treasury had refused to allow the transfer of the credit under reference to "special account A". This notion, the Inspector General claims, is in violation of the licensed which vas issued in accordance with Executive Order No. 8389 on the seventh of Hareh. This Consulate would be glad to learn if and (7 when) disposition (1 is) 69 made) of the proceeds in question in order that this Consulate may use this information for its own guidance in future dealings with the Bank of Indochina. This BOSSIER WAS sent to Cavite in order that it might be repeated to the Department for its information. BROWNE (HOTE) A repetition of the garbled groups has been requested. should the correction be other than that interpreted, the proper persons will be notified.) MAIPAX 840.81 Prozen Credits/3341 Regraded Unclassified 384 TREASURY DEPARTMENT For Miss Chaune y INTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION DATE September 3, 1941 TO Secretary Morgenthau FROM Mr. Cochran confidential Registered sterling transactions of the reporting banks were as follows: Sold to commercial concerns 1 79,000 Purchased from commercial concerns L122,000 Open market sterling held steady at 4.03-1/2, and there were no reported transactions. In New York, closing quotations for the foreign currencies listed below were as followe: Canadian dollar 10-9/16% discount Argentine peso (free) .2374 Brazilian milrois (free) .0505 Colombian peso .5800 Mexican peso -2070 Venezuelan bolivar .2750 Uruguayan peso (free) .4425 Cuban peso 1/2% discount In the unofficial exchange market in Shanghai, the yuan advanced 1/16 to 4-13/16#. The sterling-dollar cross rate worked out to 4.04, off 1-3/84. There were no gold transactions consummated by us today. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York reported that the Bank of Canada shipped $2,759,000 in gold from Canada to the Federal for account of the Government of Canada, for sale to the New York Assay Office. We were informed that the Bombay gold price on August 30 vas equivalent to $34.14, or 124 higher than the quotation for August 23. Silver was priced at the equivalent of 44.704. up 1/84. The prices fixed in London for spot and forward silver remained unchanged at 23-1/2d and 23-7/16d respectively. The U.S. equivalents were 42.67# and 42.55$. The Treasury's purchase price for foreign silver was unchanged at 35#. Handy and Harman's settlement price for foreign silver was also unchanged at 34-3/4#. 385 CONFIDENTIAL - 2 - We made two purchases of new production silver smounting to 100,000 ounces under the Silver Purchase Act. This silver, which was bought for forward delivery, came from various foreign countries. The report of August 27. received from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, giving foreign exchange positions of banks and bankers in its district, revealed that the total position of all countries was short the equivalent of 4,898,000, en increase of $127,000 in the short position since August 20. Net changes were as follows: Short Position Short Position Change in Country August 20 August 27 Short Position* England** $ 38,000 (Long) $ 166,000 + $204,000 Europe 2,769,000 2,700,000 - 69,000 Canada 154,000 (Long) 100,000 (Long) + 54,000 Latin America 112,000 36,000 (Long) - 148,000 Japan 71,000 116,000 + 45,000 Other Asia 2,019,000 2,091,000 + 72,000 All others 8,000 (Long) 39,000 (Long) - 31,000 Total $4,771,000 $4,898,000 + $127,000 *Plus sign (+) indicates increase in short position, or decrease in long position. Minus sign(-) indicates decrease in short position, or increase in long position. **Combined position in registered and open market sterling. NMR Regraded Unclassified 386 BRITISH EMBASSY, WASHINGTON. September 3rd, 1941. PERSONAL AND SECRET. Dear Mr. Secretary, I enclose herein for your personal and secret information a copy of the latest report received from London on the military situation. Believe we, Dear Mr. Secretary, Very sincerely yours, R. I. Capbell The Honourable Henry Morgenthau, Jr., United States Treasury, Washington, D.C. Regraded Unclassified 387 TAL WORAM FROM LONDON DATED SEPTEMBER 1st, 1941, Angust 20th/Slat. " I tome of high explosives and nearly 1,000 incondiaries dropped Cherbourg. Many burste seen in dooks area. of 31 Blenheims bombed industrial buildings Lille, aerodreme in Britanny, and shipyards near Rowen. Portress from $6,000 ft. dropped bombs in the centre of Bromen. Fighters escorting Blenheims destroyed 1 enemy fighter. He lost 2 fighters. 8. Night of 31st/september let. early 200 sircraft despatched; targets included Cologne and Seeen; 7 missing. 4. Night of August 30th/51mt. 9 Wellingtons attacked TripoliL. One ship hit and set on fire. 5. Malts. August 30th/31st. Five torpedo bombers attacked 1200 ton enemy merchant vessel near Lampedusa. One hit scored left ship listing heavily. 6. German AIR Force. ANG. Slat/Sept. lat. 93 aircraft operating of which 35 crossed coast. One destroyed by night fighters. Main consentra- tion on Mull and neighbouring district. Some damage to house property and some casualties. Regraded Unclassified 388 NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IV SERVICE JOURNALS MILITARY INTELLIGENCE DIVISION TENTATIVE LESSONS BULLETIN WAR DEPARTMENT No. 153 Washington, September 3, 1941 G-2/2657-235 NOTICE The information contained In this series of bulletine will be restricted to items from official sources which are reasonably confirmed. The lessons necessarily are tentative and in no sense nature studies. This document is being given an approved distribution, and no additional copies are available in the Military Intel- ligence Division. For provisions governing its reproduction, see Letter TAG 350.05 (9-19-40) M-B-M, THROUGH SUN AND SANDSTORM TO SOLLUM SOURCE This bulletin is based on E. translation of an article which was written by a Germen var correspondent. The article was published in April in the Woelkischer Beobachter, a Berlin daily newspaper. Intended propagandistic effects should not be overlooked. NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS - 1 - Regraded Unclassified NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS 389 THROUGH SUN AND SANDSTORM TO SOLLUM The men of a reconnalesance detachment were the first German soldiers to reach the Libyan-Egyptian frontier and to occupy the Egyptian frontier station of Sollum. They first set foot on African territory in the middle of February, and scarcely eight weeks later they were a full 1700 kilometers - reckoning only the distance on the coast road - away from their starting point, Tripoli. And in those hundreds of kilometers were embraced the most difficult marches under the greatest privation; days and nights of wakefulness end fighting, of defonse, of attack and reconneissance; sandatorms end the scorching heat of the sun - an accomplishment of men and materiel 80 incredible that it 18 almost indescribable. When they reached Africa, the men knew nothing of the desert: they knew the land only from books and stories. But they saw it with their own eyes, and they lived It on a march which took them from Tripoli to Sirte in less than two days. That trok alone was en achieve- ment for men and machines, and it showed what could be accomplished, even under completely unfamiliar circumstances, by will power and intelligent leadership: for even the commend of the German African Corps had not expected that the detachment could travel to Sirto in such an amazingly short time. Just behind Sirte lay the main battle line of the Italians, The detachment took but one day's rest and then pushed forward again, across the Italians' main battle line and on to Nofilia, 130 kilometers from Sirte. At Nofilia the detachment was detailed to hold the enemy, to reconnoitre in his direction, and to throw him back If he should make en sttempt to attack the German position. Many were the tasks that had to be performed, tasks which were fitting for B. reconnais- sance detachment. All branches of service represented in the detnch- ment were well supplied with work, The armored reconnaissance cars: the infantrymen; the crews of accompanying gune: the pioneers; the entitank guns; the intelligence personnel; the motorcycle riflemen companies; the transport crew; the red cross personnel; all folt the load, Day and night everyone was prepared and on guard, Three weeks went by. Slowly the front was pushed farther forward into the region of Arco dei Fileni. Again and again reconnaissance troops approached the enemy in an effort to ascertain the strength of opposing forces. Twice these reconnaissance troops came in contact with the enemy. The first clash between German and English troops in Africa took place on the morning of February 24, who 1941, southeast of Agedabia. The skirmish was costly for the English, NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS - 2 - Regraded Unclassified 390 R OPJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS lost both men and materiel, While German troops thue faced the enemy, they familiarized themselves with the desart, in which, as they well knew, they soon would have to fight 8. battle unlike any they had ever fought before. In the gray of dawn on March 24, exactly 8 month to the day after the first meeting of German and English strength, the attack rolled on 21 Agheila, which a wenk British force had occupied by surprise. Frontally, and with B flanking movement, the Germans ad- Vanced on El Agheila and took it, The well-mined terrain in front of the position delayed, but did not stop the attack: and once again the reconnaissance detachment could rest, only to advance 1,000 kilometers less than two weeks afterwards, El Brega was the next goal. After a stubborn resistance, it was taken on the dawn of March 31, by sections of the reconnaissance detachment in conjunction with tanks, Stukes, and machine gun units. From then on the advance against the enemy continued at A pace that had hitherto been thought impossible in desert country. After securing the right flank of the German troops at El Brega, and then capturing Agedabia on April 2 and securing the left flank, the reconnaissance detachment began its really great period with the advance on Bengasi. Would Bengasi be defended? Was it the strong position that the English said it was? Would not the enemy do its utmost to hold this port? Over the road to Bengasi the convoy rolled, and above it, like great invisible question marks, hovered those thoughts. As al- ways, the scout troops were in the van to guard against surprise. To the side of the road, deserted refueling camps and ruined vehicles gave their little victures of the great war. Kilomater after kilometer ground away under wheel, Ever searching, the men's eyes looked out across the countryside and abeed and down the road, Over there-isn't that an English tank behind that truck that's shot to pieces? Cautiously the vanguard stalked closer. There was no movement; it looked suspicious. The young lieutenant colonel, automatic Distol in hand, walked up to the scene; his eyes widened. In 8 tent, sleeping quietly and peacefully as if there were no Germans, were three Tommiee. "Morning boys, the voice of the lieutenant colonel started the three up out of their sleep. One reached quickly for his Distol, but let it fall when he saw the threatening barrel of the automatic pistol in front of him. The flanking guard stretched far out into the desert on both sides of the road; Bengasi was approached on a broad front. Night turned to morning - Bengasi was in German hands. It could hardly be believed. The city, the possession of which meant so much, had fallen into German hands without a struggle. And just as the Germans could scarcely believe it, the Italians were beside themselves with happinees NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS - 3 - 391 NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION III SERVICE JOURNALS and joy: they prepared a tremendous reception for their allies. All the cares and anxisties, the privations and sacrifices that had been stored up. were changed in a flash to one great transport of Joy. The march continued, and the position was made secure beyond Bengasi, After that 170 kilometer jump from Agedabia to Bengasi, there was a two-hour rest. The soldiers stretched out under palm trees, ate and refreshed themselves, showed each other the first bite of booty, and scrubbed some of the dirt out of their sweet-covered faces. And from there, too, the radio message went out that Bengasi had fallen. Suddenly, out of a clear sky, came B. good luck omen, General Rommel, who "in always everywhere, and always in the front, B.B. one of the men once said, stood in the midst of the officers and men of the reconnaissance detachment. A burning heat covered the land as the detachment turned to- ward the east, eway from the coast road and into the desert, March, march, march, came the order: do not lose sight of the enemy again: stay right on his heels. The commander of the reconnaissance detach- ment knew the deep significance of his mission, and he fulfilled that mission 60 well, that, at the victorious conclusion of this great advance all the way to the Egyptian border, the Fuhrer and Commander in Chief bestowed upon him the Enight's Cross of the Order of the Iron Cross for his brilliant leadership and personal bravery. Included in this reward to Lieutenant Colonel Beron von Wechmar, of course, was recognition of the splendid achievement and the exemplary fighting spirit of his detachment, No longer vas the road smooth under the vehicles' wheels; sand and stones alone paved their way. Above, was only the sun and thick dust. Mouths grew dry and tongues too lazy to speak - even if they could speak in that furnace of hell. But onward, ever onward, pushed the detachment. Benina was reached and passed. Suddenly word came from the van - machine gun nests and strong fortifications are on the heights, and tanks are in the hollow. Already the enemy artillery was flashing; everything halted. In a trice the detachment vas broken up, the artillery WAS brought into position, and everything humanly possible was done to meet the sudden fire. The decision was reached immediately - attack; tenks forward! A dense, raging curtain fire confronted the attacking tenits, but they paid no attention to it, nor to the nine fields that had to be crossed and the toll those mines demanded. The tanks rolled toward the hill fortification and fought their way through it, but a broad antitenk trench brought then to a halt, And they had to turn back. The enemy immediately began an in- fantry counterattack, but German motorcycle riflemen were ready, and they threw themselves against the counterattackers. Pioneers were already breaking paths through the thick mine fields, Artillery on both sides thundered unceasingly. Step by step the men worked their БО ORJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS 4 392 NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS way toward the enemy position; the machine gun neste which had not al- ready been disposed of by the tanks, were mopped up by the infentrymen. Under cover of derkness, the men reached the antitank tranch; there they held their position all night. Forgotten were duet and weariness; only the law of war applied, and that permits but one thought - to fight. While the battle was raging, pioneers were working feverishly to repair explosion craters in the winding road that lead to Fort Regima; the vehicles had to have B. clear road during the planned attack. Slowly the din of fighting died down; alert and watchful, the Germans vaited. Only the cries of the wounded interrupted the still of the night. At dawn Nazi troops came out of their cover and stalked closer to the fort. A terrific tension hung over the men, No shots fired? Confound it, why don't they fire? Cautiously the men felt their way forward; the top seemed an eternity away to them, but they finally reached it. The fort had been evecuated in the night, and only a part of the garrison was still there. That part surrendered, and numerous prisoners were taken. Once egain the desert swallowed up the long column, now march- ing in convoy, Through the sand it moved, across El Abier and then straight toward El Mechili. No longer were there roads; the compase was the only road sign, And the vehicle techometers the only kilometer stones. Suddenly one avening the venguard reported that some 40 enemy tanks were approaching in a frontal attack and that approximately the same number were coming from the north. It looked bad, very bad. Eighty tanks were not going to prove en easy foe, The only redeeming feature was that they apparently had little heart for attack. At any rate they hesitated, Swiftly the column turned and made for a commending height to the rear; then it formed a defense front against the superior tank forces of the English. The detechment took up 8. hedgehog formation, so that it could instantly neet attacks from any side; but nothing happened. In the early afternoon a reconnaissence patrol surprised and captured E 3ritish gasoline convoy on its way to the tanks with necessary fuel. As it took little thought to realize that if the English tanks had no more gasoline, they could not stey in battle very much longer, it was decided to break through the line of tanks. The mission had to be accomplished; no more time could be lost. At twi- light the detachment started on its med night march through the desolate wasteland of gorges, wedies, and send. It could only travel at en average of ten, or at most fifteen, kilomaters per hour; the vehicles had almost to feel their way forward, as they bounced from side to side on the rocky ground. In the morning the riddle was solved. NO ORJECTION TO PUBLICATION Ill SERVICE JOURNALS - 6 - 393 NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS Many of the tanks were standing in the desert; some were still with crews, some deserted, Their gasoline supply had run out, and they lay helpless at the mercy of the Germans, Without much delay the Journey was continued, until a mine field just in front of Mechili barred the advance and made a rather long stop necessary. But the desert had not shown all of her obstacles yet. & heavy sandstorm started up and the march became 8. torture. Despite everything, however, the detachment reached Mechili at the very moment that other German units were taking the village, The catch made there was wonderful. Not only were six generale and 2000 men taken prisoner and 14 German prisoners set free, but immessurable material booty was also captured. From tanks to golf clubs, from Berious weapons to the tools of the Englishman's sports, from whiskey to fruit preserves - everything was there. Think what that meant to troops which had not had anything hot to eat for five days; for men who had had to exist on a half liter of water per day and who had perhaps even poured that in the rediator of their conveyance simply because the motor needed it even more than did the thirsty men! In spite of the tremendous exertions of the days gone by, no rest could be given the troops. The advance on Tobruk by the coast road had begun. The attempt to veer around the enemy far to the south had failed because of the insurmountable difficulties of the terrain. In the meantime, units of the machine gun battalion had gained possession of a route over which Tobruk could be passed to the south. To be sure, that meant marching more than 70 kilometers in the worst part of the desert, but that made no difference the main thing was that it could be done at all. The second great desert trek began. The way lead across Acroma, and soon English reconnaissance tanks bobbed up. But the antitank defense was alert, and two of them were put out of commission, The others retreated; but from B. distance they could still direct the fire of a battery on the marching detachment, A bigger loop had to be made to the southwest to avoid that battery, Everything comes to an end sooner or later. At noonday the detachment marched on past El Adem and then once more through the worst kind of sandy desert. & sigh of relief went up in the ranke when the wheels once more struck the senst road, The detachment was now behind Tobruk's own defenses and could take up the task of advancing past Berdia to the Libyan-Egyptian frontier. Very ceutiously, on the night of April 11, it set out along the coast road toward Bardia. To the right and left of the road British reconnaissance cars and tanks were still wandering about in the countryside. Just as the first Germen vehicles approached the city, the harbor road vas blown up and fire poured out of the magazines, signs that the English had just with- drawn. Considerable booty in materiel and supplies fell into the hands NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS - 6 - 394 NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS of the Germans, who quickly occupied Bardia and extended their defenses to the heights in back of the city. Then the giant hedgehog, with weapons bristling, stood watch, while reconnaissence troops scouted in the direction of Sollum, Unceasingly, British low flying planes and bombers raked the advancing detachment, but with little success. What German soldiers have once attained they do not give up, no matter how hard the enemy may resist, On the evening of April 12, the message came from the advance units: "6:40; Libyan-Egyptian border crossed and Sollum occupied," - there was great joy. For eight weeks this reconnaissance detachment hed been on African soil. Always facing the enemy, never et rest: waking and fighting, attacking and defending itself; the desert had become its home. Re alone who has felt the hot breath of the desert, who has endured to the end the torture of thirst without water, who has, in near desperation, reached for the iron ration, can know what it means to fight in the desert. Only he who for hours and days in the Ghibli has sat in a conveyance or stretched out in A tent with a handkerchief over mouth and nose, who, with a few comrades, has pushed in sheer desperation, and to exhaustion, a vehicle stuck feet in the sand, who has looked In vain on the smooth flat surface of the desert for cover from a lov flying plane, knows what African fighting is, NO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS - 7 - Regraded Unclassified 395 RESTRICTED 0-2/2657-220; No. 483 M.I.D., W.D. 11:00 A.M., September 3, 1941 SITUATION REPORT I. Eastern Theater. Ground: The German drive from Gomel southeastward made alight progress on August 31st. Another German Armored Division suc- ceeded in reaching the Briansk-Kiev railroad to the northeast of Voromezh. To the south of Berezna, progress was also made. In this sector German infantry units are approaching the Desna River. The six German bridgeheads east of the Dnepr River were not enlarged on August 31st. No definite information has been received with re- gard to operations on the Yartsevo-Roslavl-Bryanak front, although Russian counterattacks appear to be continuing at various points along this line. German advances continued in the Leningrad sector on the 31st. A German column advancing northeastward from Toano reach- ed the Neva River at Ivanoyskoye, a town to the northeast of Kolpino. Farther east a German combat group, advancing northeastward from Chud- owa down the Volchov, has reached the railroad station of Myslowe on the Leningrad-Jaroalavl railroad. To the southwest of Leningrad, German forces advan- cing from Kingisepp have captured the village of Bisguinzy. Unoffi- cial reports from Berlin state that the German advance has actually reached the area just south of Krasnoyeselo. Air: The Italian communiques reported German hombings of large forces of Russian aircraft concentrated on the Kiev-Gomel- Smolensk line. II. Western Theater. Air: British planes made night raids on Berlin, starting B. large number of fires,and also operated over northern central and southwestern Germany. German activity was reported over airports in the Midlands and ports on the British east coast. III. Middle Eastern Theater. Ground: Little of importance. Air: British air activity has been strong recently against Tripoli, Bengazi, Bardia and Gambut. Fleet Air Arm claims bombed air- craft at the Italian bases of Gherbini and Comiso, Sicily. Malta was raided by Italian planes and British ground forces are reported by the Italians to have been machine-gunned in the Jarabub oasis. RESTRICTED Regraded Unclassified Perspkrease of Code Cablegrom CONFIDENTIA Reserved n the Yes Department at 1102 - September " 1941 396 Landon, fileds 4:37 Date, September 3, 1941. 1. a. Right of 49 tens of s, including - 4000 premit - and 5800 incondisivies were dropped in Cologue. 10 teme of ME - also dropped - secondary targets. b. Day of September 2. A total of 401 fightere - employed M follows: 116 in the protection of shipping, 55 - interveption patrols, 196 - offensive nissions and 34 on special operations. orr Starranger, 3 Desufarte attacked , notor vessels, claiming hits w terpodes a - motor vessel of 7000 tena and an escart vassel. Both vessels - believed smk. These aircraft vere engaged w 3 German Mo-109 3 direct bite - a 4000 ton noter vessel off the Belgian const ware claimed in an attack w 3 with fighter occart. 2 B-17's, with had been dispatched to Dulsborg and lianburg, was daned their adssions Income of had waster. A third B-17 attached from from 30000 foor. to German aircraft apposed this attack. One of the basks dropped - observed to buret in the custom of the city. s. A total of 299 beniers - die- patched as fallows: 125 to Frankfert, 32 7 Halifax, 6 stirlings and 4 to Barlin, 20 to Octend, and 15 en - mining off the Frisian Inlands. Although atmospherie conditions over the targets - good, there - widosprood fog over the British Inles and must airsraft will compelled to land my free their - Income. 2. Owner Air Activity one Britain. CONFIDENTIA Regraded Unclassified 397 a. 25 CONFIDENTIAL aircraft, 15 Lang range bashers and 3 fighters www used. b. s nine layers, 5 recommaisente streraft and 25 long range beabers ware employed. 6. Day of Neptember 2. Defensive fighter patrols were sain- tained in the area of Calais. d. Eight of September 2-3. Defensive night fighters patrelled in the area of Charbourg. Offensive might fighters operated ever East Anglis and Lineolmshire. Long range banbers very active over st. Abb's Hoad and Whithy. 3. Aircraft Leases Reparted. 4. Britter Income. During the day of September 2, ne fighters will lost. 1 terpodo earrying Beaufighter failed to return. 1 Blankein will look by anti-aireraft fire off the Belgian coast, Box)- # leases during the night of September 2-3 were as fullows. Trub- fert raid, 4 last, 5 creshed in England, the crew of ene of which w killeds Berlin raid, 2 Hempdoms, 2 Halifax and 1 Manchaster lest, and ⑉ staing adesion, 2 lost. be And leases. On September 2, British fighters shot, down 2 No-109's. Another Me-109 - destroyed in the engagement with - fighters. 40 British Air Activity. Other Theaters. a. Marth African Theater. 16 tens of ME were dropped on the husber of Tripeli by 9 Wellingtons during the night of August 31- September 1. 2 neter vessels were reported mak. Beughasi harber was also attached this might. , Blenheims began this attack w bening a tasker and gesoline storage barge from an altitude of CONFIDENTIAL Regraded Unclassified 398 CONFIDENTIAL 20 feet (1). at the - time the town was bombed w 2 Maryland benders. 6 Wellingtons reasond the attack 2 hours later, drop- plag 5 teme of banks, During the day of September 1, direct hits - the power station at Tripeli were claimed in an attack by 7 Wellingtons. Adis shipping and the sund tions factory at Cretems (7) ware attacked - this day with good results W 7 Hlenhoims. 5. Avia Air Activity, Other Theaters. 4. Middle Eastern Theater. The Germans have based a equal- ren equipped with 6 Feeks Wulfs at the Klousis airdress in Crete, apparently intended for operations against shipping in the Red Sea, according to a statement by the British Air Ministry. LEK I. B. 18, 3.00P, 9/3/41 Distribution: Chief of the Army Air Forces State Department (2) Accistant Chief of Staff, 0-2 w Plane Division Office of Havel Intelligence (2) 0. 1. 8. Record Section Intelligence Branch Secretary of Treasury A.C.W.A. Section File Collection Section B.B. 0-3 A.C. CE2B AM CONFIDENTIAL Regraded Unclassified

Page data

Page
2
Source index
0
Type
document
Media ID
f700731fb2737778
Size
unknown

Document data

ID
28276784
Core
doc
Type
document
DTO data
{
    "id": "28276784",
    "sourceUrl": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784",
    "contentType": "document",
    "title": "Volume 437, September 1 – September 3, 1941",
    "citationUrl": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784",
    "collections": [
        "Henry Morgenthau, Jr. Papers",
        "Diaries of Henry Morgenthau, Jr."
    ],
    "iiifBase": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "thumbnailUrl": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "largeImageUrl": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "imageCount": 2,
    "hasImages": true,
    "source": "import",
    "hasTranscription": false
}

Context sent to Scholar

Document identity
{
    "localId": "28276784",
    "label": "Volume 437, September 1 – September 3, 1941",
    "core": "doc",
    "dtoType": "document",
    "citationUrl": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784"
}
Document source metadata
{
    "id": "28276784",
    "sourceUrl": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784",
    "contentType": "document",
    "title": "Volume 437, September 1 – September 3, 1941",
    "citationUrl": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784",
    "collections": [
        "Henry Morgenthau, Jr. Papers",
        "Diaries of Henry Morgenthau, Jr."
    ],
    "iiifBase": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "thumbnailUrl": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "largeImageUrl": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0592.pdf",
    "imageCount": 2,
    "hasImages": true,
    "source": "import",
    "hasTranscription": false
}
Document source extras
{
    "url": "https://catalog.archives.gov/id/28276784",
    "naId": 28276784,
    "levelOfDescription": "fileUnit",
    "recordType": "description",
    "ocrSource": "nara-archive"
}
Page context
{
    "seq": 2,
    "pageIndex": 0,
    "type": "document",
    "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/NARAprodstorage/opastorage/live/84/2767/28276784/content/presidential-libraries/roosevelt/FDR-MORGEN/589213/md0593.pdf",
    "mediaId": "f700731fb2737778",
    "ocrText": "Draft of Secretary Morgenthau's Speech\ndiaft\n188\nto the Advertising Club of Boston\nSeptember 9, 1941.\nDeft\n3.\n1941\n9.00 H.M H.M\nTwenty miles from here, at the wooden bridge at Lexington,\nthe cen of New England first proved that Americans could defend\nwhat they held dear. Today the people of these States are\nproving that they are still the same New Englanders. Whatever\ntheir origin - and they have come from many lands - they are\ntrue descendants of the Minute Men. In hundreds of factories\nand shipyards from Connecticut to Maine, the people of New\nEngland are responding magnificently to their country's needs.\nI am glad to be here tonight to pay my tribute, on behalf of\nthe entire administration in Washington, to the great work\nthat New England is doing to make America strong.\nI am glad also that my host tonight is the Advertising\nClub of Boston, for the advertising profession is 8. mighty\nforce in creating public understanding. We cannot make\nourselves the arsenal of democracy and the defender of\nRegraded Unclassified\n189\n- 2 -\nfreedom unless we understand the tremendous issues involved\nin this Battle for the World. In the same way we at the\nTreasury cannot accomplish the financing of the defense\nprogram unless the public sees clearly the need for greater\nsacrifice and for greater effort.\nIn particular, I think it is high time for the American\npeople to become aware of the economic and social danger that\nmust not be allowed to cripple our defense program, the problem\nthat occupies more and more of my time and thought 8.5 Secretary\nof the Treasury, the problem of inflation.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 2a\n190\nconfront 8. Secretary of the Treasury now a days are not\ncold and impersonal problems of high finance, they are\nproblems that cannot be solved without 8. clear, public\nunderstanding of the issues involved, and of these there is\nno problem that occupies more of my time and thought in the\nTreasury than the danger of inflation which hangs over us\ntonight.\nWe have been talking about inflation for 8. long time\n8.8 if it were & threat remote from our daily lives. It is\na distant threat no longer. We are facing it now and we\nmust deal with it at once.\nIf we are timed or selfish or shortsighted in facing\nthis issue, the consequences may haunt us and our children\nfor years, But if we are courageous we can beat this thing.\nIf we keep always in mind the interests of our country 88\na whole, if we provide promptly the appropriate means and\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 3 -\n191\nuse them vigorously whenever necessary, me can prevent\ninflation from fastening its grip upon us.\nThat task calls for alertness and mental toughness\non the part of everyone in the executive departments of the\nGovernment, everyone in the halls of Congress and every one\nof us here tonight.\nThe word \"inflation\" is cold and lifeless, so cold\nthat even an advertising man might have difficulty in making\nit real, but the thing it describes is treacherous and cruel.\nMemories are so hort that I suppose many of us have forgotten\nwhat happened the last time inflation struck us 25 years ago,\nbut the effects of that inflation lasted for many years and\nbrought untold heartbreak and misery in their train. We are\nnow just where we were in 1916 - on the very edge of inflation.\nI can think of no subject more worthy of hard thinking on the\npart of this great audience and of the American people as a\nwhole.\nRegraded Unclassified\n4 -\n192\nLet us look at the record to see what happened a. genera-\ntion ago. In 1916 the cost of living began to rise sharply\nbut there were few who saw its significance. It was only\nwhen prices had risen by 70 percent that President Wilson\nrecommended any steps to prevent inflation. In fact, the\ncountry was so blind to its dangers that as late 8.8 June,\n1917, Congress actually hastened inflation by reducing the\nreserve requirements for member banks of the Federal Reserve\nSystem. By 1920 8. ten pound bag of sugar cost $2.67, 8. dozen\neggs cost 92 cents, a ten pound bag of flour cost 88 cents,\nB. pound of butter cost 76 cente and a pound of pork chops\ncost 50 cents. By that year prices had skyrocketed to twice\nthe level of five years earlier. The money the housewife\npaid for one loaf of bread in 1914 bought only half a loaf\nin 1920. The money she paid for a pound of bacon in 1914\nbought only half a pound in 1920. The money she paid for 8.\nyard of cotton cloth was only enough to buy only 1/3 of a yard\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 5 -\n193\nin 1920. The family with no increase in income found its\nthat\npurchasing power cut in half. It found food, fuel, shelter\nand clothing that cost a dollar in April, 1916, had risen\nto almost two dollars by 1920.\nWe have now, as we had then, a moderate rise in the cost\nof living, 8. great rise in wholesale prices, and a still\ngreater rise in the prices of basic commodities like wheat,\nthe\nhogs, cotton and lumber. It is & rise in the prices of basic\ncommodities that constitutes our danger signal today, for\nthey are always the advance guards of 8. rise in the cost of\nliving.\nIf prices continue to rise as they did from 1916 to\n1920, we shall find that food, fuel, shelter and clothing\nthat now cost 8 dollar will once more cost almost twice as\nmuch before the process has ended.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 6-\n194\nThe rise in prices is by no means confined to food-\nstuffs and clothing. I have before me, for instance, the\nactual figures on the cost of constructing 8 standard six-\nroom frame house in one of our typical cities. This home\nthat could have been built 8. year ago for $6,000 now costs\n$7,140 to build. Here we have an increase in prices of\nnearly 20 percent and if it goes along the 1916 pattern, we\nare only at the beginning of the story.\nNot only is the cost of building homes rising but even\nfor the millions who do not own their homes higher rentals\nare on the way. We find already in scores of areas where\nindustrial expansion has first taken hold, rents rising 10,\n20, 30 percent and even higher.\nThere is, however, one great difference between conditions\ntoday and 1916. We now know what is going on. This time our\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 7 -\n195\neyes are open to the dangers that lie ahead of us. We now\nknow that the time to do something about inflation is before\nit occurs, not after it has gathered momentum. We should\nprofit by our greater knowledge and take prompt and effective\naction now.\nThere is no need for me to remind this audience in detail\nof the reasons why prices have already risen. The reasons are\nplain for everyone to see. Our economy today resembles an\noverloaded steam boiler. The fire under the boiler is being\nfed by billions of additional purchasing power in the hands of\nthe public. The fire is growing hotter and is generating more\nsteam than the boiler can safely hold. If we are to prevent\nthe boiler from bursting, we must damp down the fires by with-\ndrawing purchasing power, and we must also enlarge the boiler\nby increasing the supplies of goods available to the consumer.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 8 -\n196\nIn speaking of these things I am not being an alarmist\nor defeatist. We can, as I have said before, defeat this\nthreat, just as we can lick the forces of evil that have been\nlet loose upon this earth. But we need to understand the\nissues and we need to see clearly the consequences of inaction\nor delay. I should like, therefore, to look at the problem\nfirst\nquite coollyfor a few minutes, to see A what we have done and\nand then what Are need 6 do\nwhat NO need to do in order to stop prices from rising further.\nIn the first place, Congress is on the point of passing\n8. huge tax bill designed to raise almost four billion dollars\nin additional revenue, thus withdrawing a great amount of\npurchasing power that competes with the defense effort.\nSecondly, the Treasury in its borrowing program is trying\nto obtain as large a portion of its funds 8.5 possible from\ncurrent consumers' income. Through a new form of note -\nthe tax anticipation note - it is seeking to increase the\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 9 -\n197\neffectiveness of the income tax as a check on current purchasing\npower, and I am happy to report to you that more than a billion\ndollars' worth of these notes were sold in the month of August.\nThe Treasury has also begun a program of selling Defense\nSavings Bonds and Stamps to people of moderate and low incomes.\nThe people have responded to a tune of a billion and 8. quarter\ndollars in four months, without coercion of any kind;and in\nthat response the people of Massachusetts and of New England\ngenerally have stood in the forefront.\nThe President has recently issued an order authorizing\nthe Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to\ncontrol consumers installment credit. The Congress is considering,\nand I hope will pass, a bill to limit price rises and to\nsupplement the efforts of the Office of Price Administration,\nto limit price rises by voluntary cooperation.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 10 -\n198\nAll these are useful steps to a necessary end, but they\nare not enough. We may have to extend general controls over\nbank credit and create controls over selected capital expendi-\ntures. I hope that we may extend the social security program so as\nto increase the flow of funds to the Treasury from current\nincome during the emergency and increase the outflow of funds\nwhen needed in the post defense period. We shall have to\nreduce the Federal lending and underwriting program such as\nnon-emergency housing expenditures and mortgage guarantees.\nWe must, as I have said many times, reduce nonessential Federal\nexpenditures. We must also appeal for economy in state and\nlocal government expenditure and B. curtailment of their borrowing\nfor nondefense purposes.\nAll of these measures would attack the problem by attempting\nto reduce the demand for goods now and by helping to build up\n8. backlog for the post war world. But we should also attack the\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 11 -\n199\nproblem from the opposite direction by making every effort to\nincrease the supply of goods available to the consumer wherever\nthis can be done without encroaching upon the defense program.\nAbove all, we must make full use of those supplies that are\navailable not only in defense production but in the civilian\ngoods which do not compete with defense output.\nI wonder if the housewife knows when she pays 20 percent\nmore than she did a year ago for a bag of flour that our\nsupply of wheat is the largest on record, and that 498 million\nbushels of two years' crops are stored in Canada. I wonder\nif she knows when she pays 15 percent more for 8 pound of\nsugar than 8. year ago that there are unusually large sugar\nstocks in this country and in Cuba. I wonder if she knows\nwhen she pays 25 percent more for butter, that we have great\nstocks of butter in storage, and large reserve stocks of\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 12 -\n200\nfarm products of many kinds which should be released for\nconsumption as fast as necessary to prevent unreasonable price\nrises.\nThe Government now owns 7 million bales of cotton in\nreserve, and cotton prices have risen from 21 cents a pound\non August 1, 1939 to over 16 cents 8 pound at the present\ntime. We ought not to withhold surpluses from the market\nin this manner. The housewife ought not to be made, in times\nlike these, to pay 8. tribute to profiteers and speculators\nwhen she buys a cotton sheet for her home or 8 shirt for her\nhusband or 8. suit for her child.\nMillions of people still go without the milk, butter and\neggs which nutrition experts have found necessary to good\nhealth and good morale; yet we are withholding the largest\nreserve of milk, butter, eggs and cheese in our history.\nI know from experience on my own farm that within two months\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 13 -\n201\nwe could increase our supply of milk by feeding some of our\nhuge surplus of corn to the cows. I know that we could use\nsome of our surplus grains as feed for chickens and get more\neggs, yet the price of a standard poultry ration has increased\n60 percent since the war began. This has been historically\na land of milk andhoney. There is still plenty of milk and\nhoney but too much of it is in the warehouse. Let's make it\nflow. If we were to let it flow to the public we would not\nonly help in keeping prices stable but we would be doing some-\nthing even more important; we would be helping to make our\npeople healthier and happier.\nIt is sheer folly from the farmer's point of view to be\npushing prices up by creating scarcities in times like these.\nThe farmers suffered cruelly for twelve long years after the\ncollapse of the inflation of 1920 and 1921. It is sheer folly\nin the same way for labor leaders to seek continual increases\n- 14 -\n202\nin wages which in turn produce higher manufacturing costs,\nhigher prices, and a higher cost of living. It is short-\nsighted for landlords to charge all that the traffic will\nbear in cities where housing space is at a premium because\nof defense needs.\nThere are always selfish groups in any country which\nthink they can profit from inflation. They are dead wrong.\nInflation does more than merely to rob the wage-earner\nof 8 portion of his earnings. It does more than saddle the\nfarmer with a load of debt which he cannot repay. It is\nmore destructive of morale than any other single force.\nInflation divides the country. It sets up producers against\nconsumers, workers against employers, the people who owe\nto\nmoney against the people/whom the money is owed. No group\nin a community profits from inflation in the long run except\nTHE THREE HORSEMEN_ - THE SPECULATOR, THE PROFITEER AND THE\nHOARDER.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 15 -\n203\nThese are truths that should be self-evident. They\nshould be especially 80 now, in view of the fact that rising\nprices will only add to the cost of our defense program and\nmake the arming of our country steadily more difficult. They\nshould be self-evident now in the light of the experience\nthat we suffered only 25 years ago.\nYou in New England have 300 years of experience behind\nyou. The American people 8.8 a whole have 150 years of self-\ngovernment behind them. We are not children any longer. We\nare a mature nation, and we should be able to face up to our\nresponsibilities as mature men and women. My plea to you\ntonight is that we should learn from bitter experience. My\nhope and my belief is that no group among us - whether farmers,\nworking men or business men - shall be tempted by the illusion\nof selfish gain into allowing prices to rise unchecked. The\ncost of inflation is too ruinous to producer and consumer alike\n- 16 -\n204\nfor anyone in authority to tolerate it now. I can give you\nonly this pledge - that we at the Treasury will do everything\nhumanely possible to check the rise in prices before it will\ndo any lasting damage to our economy. But we at the Treasury\nmust have the firm support and the clear understanding of\n130 million Americans behind us. If we have that support\nand that understanding, I know that we shall not fail.\n205\nSeptember 3, 1941\n10:15 a.m.\nRE EXCESS RESERVES\nPresent:\nMr. Bell\nMr. Stewart\nMr. Bernstein\nMr. Haas\nMr. Murphy\nMr. White\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, now, Dan, how will we run this thing?\nBell:\nWell, I hardly know. Have you read George's\nmemorandum?\nH.M.Jr:\nVery hastily.\nBeil:\nIt is & good memorandum, and personally I\nagree with him.\nH.B.Jr:\nEverybody come closer. Come within my ten-foot\nvision.\nDoes somebody want to take the argument, why\nwe should do what the Federal Reserve wants\nus to do? Will somebody take that side?\nStewart:\nWell, I will make an observation. I think the\nmemorandum is a good memorandum. I think it\nis very persuasive, and I think it is par-\nticularly persuasive because it really comes\nto a conclusion quite convenient to the Treasury.\nI don't mean that to be funny. I mean, it is\nRegraded Unclassified\n206\n- 2 -\none of those cases where it is awfully diffi-\noult to come to any other kind of decision. I\nthink it depends on how seriously you take\nthe threat of inflation, and I take it seri-\nously. I think it depends--\nH.M.Jr:\nI take it terrifically seriously.\nStewart:\nI think the next step is to say where you\nthink the inflation is serious. I think,\namong other places, it shows itself in the\nbond market now. Now, if you look back on\nthese periods of incipient inflation, the\naction is always too late. This has a remi-\nniscent quality. There are two experiences\nwe went through.\nH.M.Jr:\nJust one minute, for my speech. You are quoting\nLloyd George.\nStewart:\nThat is right.\nH.M.Jr:\n\"Too late moving here, too late in arriving\nthere, too late in coming to this decision,\ntoo late in starting enterprises, too late in\npreparing for this war, the footsteps of the\nAllied forces have been dogged by the mocking\nspecter of 'too late.'\" That is the quota-\ntion.\nStewart:\nIt certainly applies to all these problems\nof monetary control.\nH.M.Jr:\nThe way you put it, \"too little and too late.\"\nStewart:\nThat is right.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, they have been using it, but that is the\nquotation.\nStewart:\nI was thinking of two earlier periods in our\nexperience. There is the 1919 post-war period\n207\n- 3 -\nwith the Treasury on one side and the Reserve\nSystem on the other, chiefly.\nH.M.Jr:\nIs that a public document?\nStewart:\nThat is in the files. There was B. long corre-\nspondence. At the time it was rate control,\nthe question of rates and when rates ought to\nbe brought up.\nBell:\nJust before the Victory Liberty Loan.\nStewart:\nBy 1920, yes, a collapse.\nH.M.Jr:\nNow, what is the position that Treasury took?\nStewart:\nTreasury at that time was arguing that the\nFederal position was not unsound, that it had\nthis financing to do, that it would be at\nunnecessarily higher rates. They could carry\nthrough on the war basis and Strong was argu-\ning for the immediate correction of the dis-\ncount rate in New York. I don't pretend that\nthat is the only factor in that position, but\nthe correspondence is long and well written.\nBell:\nYes, it is good.\nStewart:\nIt is good correspondence.\nH.M.Jr:\nI thought at that time that David Houston\nwas blamed by the farmers for the collapse\nof the twenties.\nStewart:\nWell, Harding did as much of it as anybody\ndid during those days.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat were the steps taken?\nStewart:\nThe real incipient period, or at least the\nclimax on top of the war period is the period\nthat comes in the Victory Loan in 1919.\nRegraded Unclassified\n208\n- 4 -\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, you see I am not - I have never studied\nthat. It was when, in--\nBell:\nIt began in January, I think, 1919.\nStewart:\nRight after the Armistice and the demobilization\nyou have got this period of cleaning up the\naccumulated indebtedness.\nH.M.Jr:\nIs that & very long correspondence?\nBell:\nYes, quite a bit.\nH.M.Jr:\nHow much?\nBell:\nOh, it is a file about an inch or so thick.\nH.M.Jr:\nCouldn't somebody digest that for me? I wish\nyou would have it done promptly and then have\nreferences in case I want to do it some more.\nThat was in connection with the Victory Loan.\nHow big a loan was that?\nBell:\nThat was a four and a half billion dollar loan.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat rate?\nBell:\nThere are two issues of Victory Notes, one of\nthree and three-quarters and the other of four\nand three-quarters.\nII.M.Jr:\nDid my interrupting spoil your thought?\nStewart:\nNot a bit.\nH.M.Jr:\nGo ahead.\nStewart:\nWell, the other period, and it is not unlikely,\nis the 1928 period, controversy between the\nReserve Board and the New York bank at that time.\nThe Reserve Board was arguing for direct action\nas against rate action. The New York bank\nRegraded Unclassified\n209\n- 5 -\nargued for rate action. Again it was a sort\nof division in monetary authorities. Now\nlooking back on both those periods, the time is\nlost when you say it is too late. It is the\ntime consumed in discussing which method ought\nto be used. They really should have done both\nthings.\nH.M.Jr:\nDone what?\nStewart:\nBoth the direct control and the rate.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat is the direct control?\nStewart:\nThe direct control is the thing George argues\nfor here, a selective process. In 1928 it was\nthe security loan. Now it is giving way for\nthe defense industry and shutting off the non-\ndefense industry. It is perfectly rational.\nBut it isn't to my mind entirely persuasive\nthat at this stage one ought to choose between\nmethods before one closes the book. One ought\nto see whether or not both methods may not be\nnecessary and desirable.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnd therefore you lean--\nStewart:\nI am not yet ready to say in view of all the\nimplications and using the Reserve restrictions\nthat that is what I want to do at this moment.\nI do say just at the first reading of this -\nI haven't read the Federal Reserve memo or\ntalked with George - I do say I would not shut\noff the possibility of doing both things if\nI took inflation seriously.\nH.M.Jr:\nI haven't read the Federal Reserve memorandum.\nWhat was it?\nHaas:\nI just got it.\nH.M.Jr:\nI asked them for one, didn't I? I asked Gaston\nRegraded Unclassified\n210\n- 6 -\nto ask them for one.\nHaas:\nI wasn't here and Henry did it and--\nH.M.Jr:\nYou see, when I heard this last week - I sense\nthese things. I heard about it, and I said,\n\"Well, get the Federal Reserve to give us of\nmemo and get Haas' shop to give us a memo and\nwe will sit down and thrash this thing out,\nbecause I take it very seriously.\nStewart:\nI thought you did.\nH.M.Jr:\nThis is the way I feel without having gone\ninto the ground work too thoroughly. I would\nbe willing to increase their reserves by the\nmaximum, irrespective of what it costs us in\nour borrowing, if I was convinced that by doing\nthat I was really foresighted, you see. The\nthing that - and then the other thing, on the\nsmall end of it, the personal end of it - there\nis always the human element that enters into it.\nWe are all small. Having them in on that is\nthe next move that they want, legislation to\nhave much further control, you see.\n(Secretary held an unrecorded telephone con-\nversation with Miss Grace Tully.)\nStewart:\nYou know, we humans that you refer to were\nequally present in these other episodes to\nthe point where friendships were broken. Men\nwho had had long associations with each other\nfelt quite bitter, and for long years--\nH.M.Jr:\nYou see, all of this is a closed book. If I\ncan draw on you for the experience--\nStewart:\nWell, I think that this is the time where\nprospective is entirely unimportant. These\npersonalities disappear. But you do find them\nin the action that is taken. I think any\n211\n- 7 -\ncorrespondence or action that is taken has to\nput the Treasury's position in such a fashion\nthat it has the farsighted concern. You can\nput it and say, \"I don't believe that such a\npolicy, viewed in the long run, is a wise thing\nto do because of its implications.\" You can't\never afford to say that you wouldn't do it\nbecause you would pay a low rate. You can't\nafford to do that.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut you see, I am going to let you read this\ndraft of my talk which covers the whole field\nof inflation and it is finished. If you care\nto listen to it, I will give you a chance to\nhear it tomorrow morning, but I want to let you\nknow how serious I am about it.\nStewart:\nHow seriously do you regard inflation in the\nbond market? Prices are higher and yields are\nlower than it will be possible to sustain them\nin the light of the present prospective develop-\nments. That is a definition of inflation, to\nme.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, let me put it this way. The price of the\nbond market has been high and interest rates\nhave been low long before we had national\ndefense. Right?\nStewart:\nYes.\nH.M.Jr:\nSo we can't compare the - I mean--\nStewart:\nBut you introduce a new element of national\ndefense. That is one of the factors in affect-\ning one's judgment, as to the capacity to\nsustain that level of rates.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, let me give you - make 8. statement which\nis not an answer to your question but bears on\nthe point.\n212\n- 8 -\nWhat I was trying to answer you was this: If\nwe are going to do something like this three\nmonths from now or six months from now - in\nother words, you get the bond market to give\nit a shock and see just what will happen to\nit, there will never be a better time than\nright this week. I mean, if we are going to\ndo this thing, I will say I doubt if we will\never have a better time for the rest of my\nterm than right now. Now, it is like the\nPresident - he cancels the cotton bill freez-\ning and cotton goes up, so we might - if we\nare going to do something about reserves, I\nsay for God's sake let's do it now and see\nwhat happens and see whether the bond market\nis or isn't inflated. That isn't reasoning,\nbut it is the old elbow, and I won't have &\nbetter chance, because I have got a working\nbalance of just under two billion, and I can\ntake it in my stride, and I can go on either\nwith bills or notes and see what happens. So,\nas I say, that isn't--\nStewart:\nThe time is appropriate.\nH.M.Jr:\nNothing scientific, but what I am trying to\nanswer you is, I am not afraid to do this\nthing. Now, let's say we do this thing, and\nlet's say that the bond market takes it in its\nstride. Well then, it isn't inflated. If it\ngoes down four or five points, then it is in-\nflated. I don't know. Of course, the last\ntime they did it, it took them eighteen months\nto get over it. They went - it was about\neighteen months that we had & bad bond market,\nwasn't it? Life insurance bought what the\nbanks sold and saved the day. They did it\npractically dollar for dollar. I realize\nperfectly what I am saying, but I feel this way,\nthat if the Fed feels that this thing is an\ninflated market and enough people around here\nfeel it is deflated, and they want to squeeze\nRegraded Unclassified\n213\n- 9 -\nthe water out, now is the time to do it. I\ndon't want - I have got too many things, and I\ndon't want this thing hanging over my head.\nThere has been enough talk. It has all been\nwritten up in the press. I mean, somebody\nin the Federal Reserve System has been talking.\nThe other day I heard this woman, Sylvia Porter,\nin New York with a whole story on it. Gold-\nsmith in the bond letter had the thing, 50 it\nis all out.\nBell:\nEverybody is talking about it.\nStewart:\nIt is hanging over everybody's head.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnd as I say, I realize I am not being very\nscientific.\nStewart:\nThat is the only science I know is to test the\nmarket and what you would do, you would say\nthis is the most convenient time to make 8.\ntest. There isn't any other wisdom possible.\nEveryso often you have to test it to find out\nwhether or not it behaves right.\nH.M.Jr:\nThey can raise it about another billion\ndollars?\nHaas:\nA little over a billion, reducing from five to\nfour the excess reserves. But the market\nwould want to know if that ends it, whether you\nwould want to join with the Federal Reserve is\nto ask for legislation to give them more power,\nyou see, and if they think this is just the\nbeginning of it, that is one thing, or if you\nare going to give assurance that ends it and\nfrom there on you are going to use selective\ncontrols, that is another problem. And if you\ngive it a drastic crack, the Federal's staff\nand the Board feels that the way to handle the\n214\n- 10 -\nbond market is to control it through\ntap security and they handle the whole mar-\nket by buying back and forth.\nA.N.Jr:\nWhat kind of security?\nlinas:\nTap securities.\nM.M.Jr:\nWhat are they?\nlinas:\nIn other words, continue a sale. You con-\ntinue as tap or continue as a sale. They\ncontrol the market. It seems to me that\nif this is artificial, what we have got\nnow, that sort of thing is just making\ntrouble and putting a distinctly artificial\nsituation in where it is not required at\nall.\nBell:\nIt seems to me if we are going through with\nit then we ought to let the market alone\nand let it settle to itslevel and not have\nthe Federal Reserve try to peg the rate\nat two and a half percent.\nS.M.Jr:\nDid you say that in the memorandum?\nhaas:\nOh, yes.\nMurphy:\nThey suggested a memorandum that they wrote\nRegraded Unclassified\n215\n- 11 -\nthis thing, that it would be well to get it\nmarked down in one piece so the climb wouldn't\nhang over, and it simultaneously would increase\nreserve requirements. We should put out & tap\nissue of three to four percent, offer an un-\nlimited amount of it, and thereby cause the\nmarket to drop off like a precipice, after\nwhich it could be stabilized for good.\nH.K.Jr:\nAt three or four per cent?\nMurphy:\nThey say three dash four.\nHaas:\nAnd I question whether it will be an important\nfactor in it - in controlling inflation. In\nother words, if you are going to do this, the\nmemos from the staff - Goldenweiser mentioned\nit in his, but the other - you have got to\nhave these specific controls on top of this\nother one to really control inflation, because\nall the commercial ones they will go ahead and\nthe Board will continue on. An increase in\nrate won't defer them any. People will pay it.\nSo if this solves the problem you could say,\n\"Well, now, inflation is under control. We\nhave it in the bag. We made this sacrfice.\"\nThat is one thing. But if you 20 ahead and\nrun the rates up to three or four per cent\nand then you still have your inflation prob-\nlem on your hands, you will find out, and I\nthink you have got to weigh it very care-\nfully.\nH.M.Jr:\nThe reason I say what I did is, I am willing\nto remove all personal feelings out of this\nthing and just set them aside. I have never\npermitted myself to let personal feelings\ninterfere with our welfare. If I am convinced\nthis is the right thing to do, hell, let's do\nit. You have never heard my--\nRegraded Unclassified\n216\n- 12 -\nBell:\nNo, that is right.\nH.M.Jr:\nIf a fellow has got some deep feeling that this\nis the way to do the thing and this is going\nto end it, and it is right, then do it.\nStewart:\nI am in the same mood. This doesn't answer\nthe problem. The only question is her or\nnot there aren't & multitude of things you will\nhave to do.\nHaas:\nWe might compromise and go the limit if they\ncould give assurances that from then on it will\nbe used for specific controls.\nStewart:\nDo you want that sort of thing?\nHaas:\nThat is it. That practically ties the Federal\nReserve and says, From then on you mean nothing.\"\nH.M.Jr:\nAgain, to get on the personal basis, you\ndon't know who is doing the thing over there?\nIs it one man or is it a group? Is it the Board\ntogether?\nBell:\nI think it is the Board.\nHaas:\nDraper, I think, dissents, isn't that right?\nMurphy:\nI gathered that impression when I was over\nthere. He didn't say 80 in so many words.\nH.M.Jr:\nWere you over there?\nMurphy:\nYes, sir. I met with Draper and Szymozak and\nClayton and Thurston and Thomas and Piser and\nLongstreet. I had intended to meet those\npeople at Mr. Gaston's suggestion. He asked me\nto get in touch with them. I called up Thomas\nand when I came over he had that group assembled.\n217\n- 13 -\nH.M.Jr:\nHere is the thing that isn't clear in my mind.\n1 know there are & great many forces which are\nworking for higher prices and locking up this\nmoney, I just don't see how that stops people\nfrom wanting to spend the money on non-defense\narticles. Now, I wish somebody would explain\nit to me.\nStewart:\nIt doesn't. It deals with one area of\ninflation, to my mind, which is the bond market.\nThe Government bond market is a base line for\nevery other article in the bond market. The\nresult is that if it is inflated it tends to\ncreate the same position all the way through,\n80 that either during or after the war you have\na problem of the readjustment of your base\nline, whether your base line is near enough in\nline with what you expect to be able to carry\nthrough - let's put it the other way around.\nSuppose we say, \"Well, this rate is all right.\nNot merely - I don't mean to test it, but we\nhave & capacity and it is good. Take two or\nthree per cent rate, carry the financing through\non it, and hold that position post-war, so that\nyou say, \"This is a pegged thing.\" Now, my\nown belief is that it is an extremely difficult\nart in the long term money market. I think\none of the weaknesses in currency is the\nmanagement of this long term rate over a long\nand indefinite period. Therefore, I believe\nthe present market to be inflated, but I\nwouldn't go beyond saying that this is a cor-\nrection of one of the places where I think it\nis inflated and therefore do it for readjustment\nat some time, and I would rather have the re-\nadjustment at some convenient stage than I\nwould after I had had another thirty billion\nof debt accumulated and in the hands of the\npublic. I don't think a war of this magnitude\ncan be conducted on a two per cent basis\nor a two and a half per cent basis.\n218\n- 14 -\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, let's say that instead of two and & half\nwe tion? go to three. How does that stop infla-\nStewart:\nOne half per cent better. One half per cent\nless readjustment, which is ten points.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut how does --\nStewart:\nIt doesn't. That puts you into a whole area\nof what we all mean when we talk about inflation,\nwhich is 80 wrapped in mystery and logic and\nsubterfuge.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut let me get this thing straight. If what\nthese people are worrying about is the readjust-\nment after the war, that is one thing. Or if\nit is that they feel that the present price of\nbonds is too high and the price should be\ndriven down, that is something else.\nStewart:\nAre some of them saying that?\nH.M.Jr:\nI don't know. Here is the thing. Supposing\nwe say, \"We will do this.\" All right, we\nincrease the reserves and lock up another billion\ndollars. That is what we do, isn't it?\nStewart:\nYes.\nH.M.Jr:\nMake the banks hold it. And then we go and\nget out what, a long term issue on the new\nbasis? That would be one way. A three per\ncent issue. Or I say I am not convinced that\nthe price of bonds is too high and I don't want\nto sell any more long term issues because I am\nnot sure. Therefore, I get out a five\nyear note. That increases reserves because\nit will go solely to the banks, won't it?\nStewart:\nIncrease the deposits, yes. There is no question\nabout it. You have got a much more difficult\nask here than existed in either of the other\ntwo episodes.\n219\n- 15 -\nH.M.Jr:\nCouldn't you have an in-between thing and say,\n\"All right, instead of giving the bond market\na terrific shock, let's have 8. creeping interest\nrate. Let it go up gradually.\nMurphy:\nNo rate. one likes to buy bonds on a creeping interest\nH.M.Jr:\nOf course the answer is that they will if they\ncan't get anything else. That is the trouble.\nYou have got to be terribly frank with each\nother. The trouble is, there are no new\nmoney bond issues.\nStewart:\nAnybody in the banking business that shows &\nloss on a book value of an earlier issue, that\nslows down a new issue --\nH.M.Jr:\nBut the trouble is, I think if you go through\nthe last - back to the first of January --\njust do it for fun, I mean not now. See how\nmany new issues were brought out as bond issues.\nI doubt if there have been a hundred million\ndollars.\nStewart:\nOf new money?\nH.M.Jr:\nOf new money, Henry. Now, the fellow is faced\nwith this. He says, \"I have got to earn my\nsalary and my payroll and I may take a loss\nbut I am going to buy these Government bonds\nanyway, although everything tells me I shouldn't.\"\nSo he goes against his better judgment and\nwe force his hand.\nStewart:\nHe goes a little longer than he meant to go\nin order to get the yield.\nH.M.Jr:\nIf this is all right, it is too high. We had\nthat fellow from Baltimore, remember? He was\na smart old fellow. What was his name? That\nbank?\n220\n- 16 -\nBell:\nMcAdams of the Baltimore Trust?\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, he just - they tell me he is one of the\nsmartest trading fellows. He spends a lot of\ntime on his three farms, but he sat here and\ntold us - called a spade a spade, didn't he?\nBell:\nYes, he was very frank.\nMurphy:\nThere is quite 8. time factor, though, Mr. Sec-\nretary, while the acquisition of income may\nbe ultimately necessary, you can always\ntemporize with cold cash, and it seems to me\nthat bond buyers generally are much more ready\nto buy on a low market or high market than on\na falling market, and that a falling market,\ngradually falling, creates a very bad environ-\nment for selling bond issues.\nH.M.Jr:\nHere is the way I feel. This thing isn't -\nthe trouble with the damn Federal Reserve\nmemos is that they are 80 long.\nHaas:\nThis is very short. He didn't want to put it\non that level, he said, 80 he addressed it\nto me, but I think he hoped you would read it.\nH.M.Jr:\nIs it short?\nHaas:\nTwo and a half pages.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhere is it? It only came this morning?\nHaas:\nLast night.\nMurphy:\nAbout six o'clock.\nHaas:\nI will give you the whole batch.\nBell:\nWhose memorandum is this?\nMurphy:\nI don't know. It was given to me by Thomas\nas an academic discussion, a rather thorough\ndiscussion of the matter. It was written by\n221\n- 17 -\nthem in the spring. I found it quite interest-\ning. It is in that memorandum that they say,\n\"If you are going to raise the rates, you ought\nto raise them fast.\nHaas:\nI think it comes down to this, Mr. Secretary,\nwhat Walter Stewart mentioned. Is this rate\ntoo low? Do you want a higher rate?\nDoing it isn't going to be an important factor\nin inflation. In fact, these memos that you\nhave there, they indicate that to do this with\ngold inflation you have got to increase your\ntaxes much more. You have got to put in forced\nloans. So what you wind up with, you do this\nas & method of raising the general interest rate\nand then do all the other things that are nec-\ne ssary to control inflation, including these\nselective controls. Isn't that right, Walter,\ndoesn't it come down to that?\nStewart:\nThat is the only thing you can argue, it is\nto diminish the magnitude of your task. You\nsomewhat make your total task easier, though\nyou see by the same methods it won't be easier\nin the long run.\nH.M.Jr:\nA lot of these arguments in the memorandum are\nout of date. There is no criticism today of\nthe banks extending credit. They are doing\na beautiful job. You would think he was writing\nthis two years ago. How much have the banks\nincreased the loans?\nHaas:\nAbout two billion eight hundred million, but\nthat is inflation, too. That has to be\nimproved.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnother thing, I don't like, \"The decision must\nbe made to support the rates selected.\"\nHaas:\nThat is the tap.\n222\n- 18 -\nH.M.Jr:\nThat is just as artificial as anything else.\nHaas:\nI think it is more artificial.\nIt is a rate peg in the market. They look at\nit and the Government's credit is standing on\nits own feet.\nH.M.Jrs\nI don't mind saying I think that is 8. very,\nvery weak memorandum. I mean, I would state\nhis case much better than that. He stated\nit very badly, don't you think so?\nStewart:\nYes, I think the mood to approach this in is\nthat --\nH.M.Jr:\nI think it is terrible.\n(Mr. White entered the conference).\nI am terribly disappointed. I would state it\nbetter than that.\nStewart:\nIt is rather different from the others.\nWhile there were differentials of monetary\nauthority, the real control is here.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt should be, shouldn't it?\nStewart:\nYes, it is all right. And the real borrower\nis here. So you have got & peculiar two-fold\nresponsibility. Entirely apart from the motives\nwith which this sort of recommendation is\nmade and what else they have in their mind,\npersonalities, whether the arguments are good\narguments, all I say is that this is a good\ntime to be aware of this responsibility and\nappraise it in the light of prospective problems\ninstead of the immediate situation.\nHaas:\nMr. Secretary, did you notice the British press\ncomments on the January statement of the Board?\n223\n- 19 -\nH.M.Jr:\nNo.\nHaas:\nI have forgotten whether I sent those in.\nThey came over in a pouch from the British\nEmbassy. That is the type of headline they\nhad. There were several papers of the same\ntenor all the way through.\nH.M.Jr:\nI will tell you what I would like to do, Dan.\nCould you get this group together maybe this\nafternoon?\nBell:\nThis group?\nH.M.Jr:\nYes. and do a little more threshing around.\nI don't think we have done enough of that in our\nown place and --\nBell:\nWe haven't read any of this stuff from the Fed-\neral Reserve. We just got that. Unless\nGeorge read it.\nH.M.Jr:\nI won't have a chance, unfortunately, to touch\nit again until eleven tomorrow, but if anybody\ngets any ideas --\nBell:\nYou have got a conference at eleven.\nH.M.Jr:\nWith these two men, tomorrow.\nI don't mind talking perfectly frankly before\nthem. I think, Walter, - and Viner is here.\nYou might send him - he will be here tomorrow.\nYou might send him a wire to be here at nine\nfifteen tomorrow.\nBell:\nIsn't he coming?\nH.M.Jr:\nHe is coming. He will be here.\nBell:\nI thought he would be here.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat is right, he will be here.\n224\n- 20 -\nBell:\nWho notified him, Mrs. Klotz?\nH.M.Jr:\nI notified him to be here tomorrow. He will\nbe here.\nWell, I just think if you could get this group\ntogether this afternoon - Harry will have to be\nexcused because he is working with Kuhn on\nthis other thing. O.K.? I mean, don't you\nthink - and just remember this. If we are\ngoing to do it, now is the time to do it.\nStewart:\nYes.\n225\n(COPY)\nSeptember 2, 1941\nSecretary Norgenthau\nMr. Heas\nsubject: Excess Reserves, Gredit Controls, and Treasury\nFinancing\nSUMMARY\nThis assereadus 10 prepared at the request of Mr.\nGaston made following a telephone sall which be\nreceived from Chairman Reeles while you were away.\nA copy of Mr. destom's necorandes to you summaris-\ning his conversation with Chairman Recles is at-\ntached herete.\nChairman Ecoles sake that the Treasury consur with\nthe Reserve Board in reising reserve requirements\nto the present statutory limits and in requesting\nfrom Congress a further increase in such limits.\nBe recognizes that such action will depress the\nmarket for Government securities, bet believes it\nnecessary in order to combat inflation. He urges,\ntherefore, that leng-term financing be deferred\nuntil after the announcement of such a program in\norder that both the Treasury and the Reserve Board\nsay be spared any assusation of bad faith.\nExcess reserves nov amount to about 85.0 billions,\na decrease of $1.9 billions since the all-time high\nreached on October 23, 1940. Barring changes is\nofficial policy or the import of substantial amounts\nof gold from Russia, total reserves appear likely to\nfluetuate within a nartow range for the nort year or\nso. Any further decrease in 020000 reserves, there-\nfore, 15 likely so come only free as increase in\nrequired reserves due to continued deposit expansion.\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Morgenthau - 2\nsuch transfermation of ****** PERIFICE into deposits\n- at A ratio of about 85 of Aspecito to $2 of n-\n.... reserves -- would be inflationery. rether than\ndeflationary. in 185 implications.\nwhile the immediate effect of raising reserve require.\nments is to increase interest rates, its stated ob-\njective 18 to combat inflation. This objective would\nbe achieved in soze degree by the more psyahological\noffect of the imerease. In order to be of permanent\nvalue as an anti-inflationary neasure, however, an\nincrease in reserve requirements must result in equees-\ning secie borrowers out of the market. This would be\ndone by making berrowing more expensive and 00 causing\nthe Government and the defense industries to compete\nwith other borrowers on - price basis. This naturally\nleads to the question of whether an increase in in-\nterest rates is the best method of squeezing 000-02-\nsential berrowers out of the market.\nA consideration of this question leads to the cenela-\nsion that the direct exclusion of non-essential bor-\nrowers from the market would be proferable to exclusion\nby rate competition. Selective credit controls -- such\nas control of consumer credit, of housing credit, of\nnew capital issues, of stock exchange loans, and of\nbank loans for non-defense purposes - appear, therefore\nto be superior to the general eradit control proposed\nby Chairman Zeeles.\nIt is consequently suggested that you should not conser\nin Chairean Secles' request that you join with the\nReserve Beard in recommending as insrease is reserve\nrequirements. In such A case there reems to be no\nreason to defer leng-term Treasury financing beyond\nthe time when 11 would otherwise be adviseble.\nI. Chairman reeles' Properal\nOn August 22, Chairman feeles called Mr. Gaston to express\nhis hope that the Treasury would offer no long-term securities\nin September or at any time up to December, but that sech new\nmoney as sight be required in the meantine should be procured\nby ----- of Treasury bills. & copy or Mr. Gasten's monorandum\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Morgenthan - 3\nto you unmarising his telephone conversation is attached\nhereto. Ky. Gasten requested \" to consult with neabers of\nthe staff of the Beard of Governors conserning Chairman\ntooles' proposal and to prepare a necerantus to you.\nChairmas Zeoles' renceming is se follows:\nThe present level of deverment Dest prices is justified\nonly by the existence of & large volume of ****** reserves.\nIt is desirable is the interest of the centrol of inflation\nthat this volume of excess reserves be reduced sharply. No\nwuld like to have the Treasury consur with the Receive Board\nin increasing reserve requirements up to the present state-\ntery limits and in asking Congress to increase these limits,\nthereby giving the Reserve System authority to increase reserve\nrequirements yet further. These actions would probably cause\na substantial deeline in the bond market. He is partieularly\nconserned about this decline in the case of the two new leag-\nterm taxable issues, as he believes that the tax-exempt issues\nand all short-torm issues can take care of themselves. Ee is\nvery anxious, therefore, that no new long-term taxable issues\nbe put out at the present leval of the market. to do se at\nthis time. and shortly thereafter to take the action which he\nconsiders necessary with respect to reserve requirements, would,\nhe believes, subject both the Treasury and the Reserve Board to\njustifiable accumations of bad faith.\nChairess Escles' views appear to present the following\nquestions:\n(1) Is it desirable to increase recerve requirements\nat this time?\n(2) If this is not desirable, should say alternative\nmeasures be taken?\n(3) If reserve requirements are to be raised. should\nlong-term finameing be postposed until such action\nhas been taken or at least recommended 10 Congress\nby the Reserve Board and the Treasury?\n(4) Could the Treasury finance itself for some menths\nentirely by short-term berrowing, as suggested by\nChairman Keelee?\nThe last two questions present mush the ensier problems and\nmay be considered first.\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Morgenthan - 4\nAction of the character propesed would be likely to made\n& substantial deeline in the market. The Treasury would,\ntherefore, be open to a justifiable assucation of bad faith\nIf it should undertake long-term financing while contemplating\njoining in such a recommendation.\nFinancing Treasury needs for the next few months exclu-\nsively by short-term issues would appear to present no special\ndifficulties, except that most of the securities se sold would\ngo into commercial banks and so would result in increasing bank\ndeposits. Such an increase sould be easily justified, however,\nif 18 were morely the first stop in a program which would yes\nsult in the long FUA in the sale of fewer, rather than more,\nsecurities to commercial banks.\nIt would seem, on the other hand, if you do not propase\nto conour with the Reserve Board in recommending an increase\nin reserve requirements, that there is no need for postposing\nlong-term financing lenger than night be indicated by the other\nfactors in the situation.\nThe advisability of adopting Chairman Koolee' specific\nsuggestions with respect to current financing operations, there-\nfore, turns upon the broader question of the advisability or\ninadvisability of consurring with the Reserve Board in their\nproposal to increase reserve requirements.\nII. The Present Situation with Respect\nto Sxeess Reserves\nExcess recerves amounted, on August 27, to $5.0 billions.\nThis is a decrease of $1.9 billions einee the all-time high\nreached on October 23, 1940. The factors accounting for this\ndecrease are shown in the following table:\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Margentham - 5\nFastors Ascounting for Decrease in Excess\nReserves, October 23, 1940, to August 87, 1941\n(In billions of dollars)\nFactors absorbing excess reserved\nIncrease in money in circulation\n1.7\nIncrease in Treasury sash and deposite\nin the Federal Reserve Banks\n.5\nIncrease in required reserves\n.6\nAll other\n.4\n3.4\nFactors creating excess reserved\nIncrease in monetary gold stock\n1.3\nA11 other\n.2\n1.5\nDecrease in excess reserves\n1.9\nIt will be observed from the above table that total 74\"\nserves declined during this period by only 11.1 billions --\nthe remaining 30.5 billions of the decline in excess recerves\nbeing caused by an increase In required recerves resulting\nfrom deposit expansion during the period.\nAbout $0.7 billions of the decrease in total reserves was\ncaused by an increase in Treasury deposits and other more or\nless non-recurring factors. The remaining $0.4 billions of\nthe decrease was caused by the excess of the increase in money\nin circulation over the increase in monetary gold stock. The\nmovements of these two factors are likely to dominate future\nmovements in total reserves for some time to come.\nAs nearly as can be estimated -- barring changes in of-\nfioial policy, or the import of substantial amounts of gold from\nRuesia -- total reserves appear likely to fluotuate within &\nrelatively narrow range for the next year or NO. This menns\nRegraded Unclassified\ncerretary Margenthes - 6\nthat any further substantial decrease in excess reserves 10\nlikely to cose only from as increase in required reserves due\nto continued deposit expansion. Deals & decrease is ******\nreserve would, of course, be inflationary, rather than de-\nflationary, in its implientions, as it would near that some\nof the proviously existing excess reserves had been trans-\nformed lato deposits - at a ratie of about $5 of deposits\nto $1 of ****** reserves -- and had no noved one stop further\ntoward the spending streem.\nIII. Probable Consequences of an Increase\nIn Reserve Requirements\nThe objective of raising reserve requirements 10 to and at\nin preventing inflation. The immediate effect of euch as in-\norease would be to reduce the available supply of bank credit\nand so to make banks less ready to lend and to purchase securi-\nties. It night also incline sany of them to sell securities\nalready held. This would be especially true as as increase in\nreserve requirements weuld hit the New York City banks the\nhardest and other banks are inclined to follow the lead of the\nNew York City banks is handling their security portfolios. 1/\nThe following table indicates the distribution by classes of\ncities of ****** reserves or June 25, 1941, and the amounts\nto which they would be reduced if reserve requirements were\nincreased to the present statutory limits:\n:\nI\nExcess Reserves if\n(Actual Excess\nRequirements Increased\n# Reserves\nto Statutory Limits\n1\n(In millions of dellars)\nCentral reserve cities 2,612\n1,976\nReserve cities\n1,750\n1,398\nCountry banks\n869\n604\nTotal\n5,231\n4,058\nThe above table sakes no allowance for withdrawals of\ninter-bank balances incident to increasing receive 70-\nQuirements. The staff of the Beard of Governors ostimates\nthat such withdrawale would not exceed #75 millions.\n(This footnote continued on next page)\nRegraded Unclassified\n201\nSecretary Morgenthau - 7\nAB increase in reserve requirements would consequently\nincrease interest rates and put down bond prices. This was\nagreed to by all members of the staff of the Reserve Heard\nwith whom the matter was discussed.\nThe extent of the increase in interest rates - and de-\ncrease in bond prices -- would depend whom the character of\nthe action taken and in difficult to prodict. An increase in\nrequirements to the present statutory limits, coupled with a\ndefinite assurance that no further increase was contemplated,\nsight have very little market effect, A contemplated increase\nin requirements above the present statutory limit, however,\nwould be bearish to an indeterminate degree depending upon its\nimnact upon banker psychology. An increase in reserve require-\nsents sufficient to reduce excess reserves below $1 billion\ncould very easily put new long-term borrowing on A 3 percent\nbasic and put down the price of the new taxable 2-1/2's of\n1956-58 by 89 much as 10 points. (This is about the same as\nthe average deoline in the prices of long-term Treasury bonds\nbetween the high reached in June 1939 and the low after the\noutbreak of the war.)\nAn increase in reserve requirements would also put down\nsharply the prices of all outstanding partially tex-exempt\nsecurities. It is true, of sourse, that such securities, be-\ncause of their growing soarcity, would have a better chance\nof staging a. recovery than would texable securities, the supply\nof which is being constantly increa ed, but such a recovery\naight be a matter of years.\nIf reserve requirements worm raised substantially, it\nwould also probably be necessary to start new series of savings\nbonds at substantially higher rates than those now being of-\nferred and to refund into much new series many of the outstanding\nbonds which whould be presented for each redemption in order to\ntake advantage of the higher rate. It might even be necessary\n(for reasons of public morale) to make the higher rates retro-\nactive on savings bonds already sold.\n(Pootnote 1/ continued from preceding page)\nIf reserve requirements were increased to 25 percent above\nreserve city banks w ula have been reduced as of June 25 to about\nthe present statutory maximum, the excess reserves of central\n1712 millions and the aggregate reserve deficiency of all banks\nhaving reserve deficiencies would have been about $600 millions.\naggregate excess reserves of all member banks have decreased\nSince June 25, the date to which the above figures apply,\nsbout $241 millions.\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Morgesthes + 8\nIncreasing the coat of horrowing to the Government would\nnot in itself help solve the problem of inflation. It should\nbe considered rather as a disadvantage of the proposed method\nof attack and should be weighed against its supposed advantages.\nThe first benefit in the fight against inflation likely\nto be derived from increasing reserve requirements is payche-\nlogical. Increasing reserve requirements is a traditional\nmethod of combating the inflation insident to business booms\nand its use at the present juncture would probably be inter-\npreted as a token of sincerity. The annoumcesent of such a\npolicy night tend, therefore, to dames speculation in the\ncommodity markets.\nSuch a psychological advantage would be short-lived, have\never, unless the increase in requirements had more fundamental\nconsequences also. The primary consequence of the increase\nwould be, as we have seen, a stiffening in interest rates,\nThis stiffening would apply to all borrowers - governmental\nand non-governmental, assential and non-wesential alike. It\nwould be effective in controlling prices, however, only as 11\nactually reduced borrowing and hence spending. In order for\nthe action to be effective, come borrowers would have to be\naqueesed out of the market. The Government and the defense\nindustries would not be among the borrowers 00 squeered out.\nThey would have to pay whatever rate was necessary in order\nto obtain the requisite credit. This leads naturally to the\nquestion of whether an increase in rates is the beet method\nof aquaesing non-essential borrowers out of the market. This\nis the fundamental problem of the relative desirability of\ngeneral ve. selective credit controls and will be considered\nin the next section.\nIV. Relative Merit of General and Selective\nCredit Controls in the Present situation\nIt is the purpose of all credit controls to reduce borrow-\ning and hense spending, and so to restrain price increases\nJudged to be undecirable. Credit controls my be alaceified\nan general and selective.\nGeneral credit controls operate by cousing an all-around\nscareity of lendable funds, thereby putting a general pressure\non all borrowers to reduce their borrowings and honce their\nmendings. General credit controls to be effective must bring\nRegraded Unclassified\n233\nSecretary Morgenthan - 9\nabout an increase in the rate of interest, since it 1s through\nsuch an increase that general pressure is brought to bear MORE\nborrowers. An increase in member bank reserve requirements is\na general credit control. Open market operations (selling\nGovernment securities) by the Federal Reserve Banks constitute\nanother.\nSelective credit controls operate by wholly or partially\nshutting out a given class of borrowers from access to the\nexisting supply of lendable funds. In this way, total borrow-\ning -- and hence total spending -- is out down without any\nnecessity for a rise in the rate of interest. Relective credit\ncontrols already in operation consist of some limitation of\nstock market borrowing (by means of margin requirements) and\ngome limitation of consumer credit. Other selective controls\nwhich might be availed of at the present time would be limits-\ntion of housing credit, restriction of now capital issues, and\nrestriction of bank loans for other than national defense pur-\nposes.\nThe relative appropriateness of the application of general\nor selective credit controls to any situation showing evidences\nof incipient inflation, depends upon the character of the situs-\ntion. If a more or less uniform contraction of borrowing all\nalong the line is desired, general credit controls are more\nappropriate. If, on the other hand, it is desired to contract\nborrowing only in certain fields, selective controls APO in-\ndieated. It 10, of course, by no means barred that the appro-\npriate remedy for some situations might be the application of\nboth general and selective controls of verying dogrees of 10-\ntensity.\nThe present situation appears to call for the application\nof special and not general controls. The reasons for this con-\nclusion are simple. The application of general controls would\nplace a pressure (reflected by higher interest rates) upon bor\nrowers all along the line. There are two very important classes\nof borrowers, however, who will not contract their borrowings a\ncent under this pressure, nor is it socially desirable that they\nshould. These borrowers are the Federal Government and the\nnational defense industries. Between them they will probably\naccount during the current fiscal year for st least three-quarters\nof total borrowing, and they will have to pay whatever rate is\nnecessary to secure the needed funds.\nThe pressure engendered by general credit controls, there-\nfore, can be effective only with respect to the remaining\nRegraded Unclassified\nSecretary Morgenthau - 10\n234\nborrowers who together will probably account for not over\nmore, under present incipient been conditions, will be very\none-quarter of total borrowing. Even these borrowers further-\nhard to dissourage by means of rate increases. The net effect\nof applying stringent general credit controls at the present\ntime, therefore, would be to increase greatly the ocet of bar-\nrowing to the Federal Government and to the national defense\nindustries, in order to effect a relatively small contraction\nwould have & less drastic effect on interest rates, but by the\nin borrowing for other purposse. Mild general credit controls\nsame token, would be even less effective in combating inflation\nsince it 18 only through the medium of all increase in interest\nrates that general credit controls are able to effect reductions\nin borrowing and spending.\nSelective credit controls, on the other hand, may be GOA-\ncentrated solely on those areas of the esonomy where contraction\nis desired. Borrowing may be wholly or partially blooked out\nin these areas, thereby increasing the proportion of the total\nsupply of funds available to the Government and the national\ndefense industries. This seens more desirable than tightening\ncredit conditions generally and foreing the Government and other\ndefense borrowers to compete on a price basis for an expanding\nproportion of a limited supply of credit. The use of solective\ncredit controls might be compared in this respect to the present\npolicy of probibiting the use of aluminum for pots and Dans and\nmoderate price. The use of general credit controls could, by\nno permitting its purchase for national defense purposes at a\nthe same tokan, be compared with & policy of out-bidding the pot\nand pan industry for the available supply of alusinum. Either\npolicy night be nade to result in a diversion to defense needs\nof any given proportion of the total supply of aluminum - but\nat very different costs.\nV. Conclusions\ncontrols appears should be relied upon for use in the present situation.\nIt that colective, rather than general, credit\nmay be applied without increasing the gost of borrowing to\nSuch controls will be more effective is einecking inflation the and\nGovernment and the defense industries.\nmarket Selective loans and to consumer credit. Stock market leans at the\ncontrols AN already being applied to stock\npresent time constitute no problem. If at some time in the\nRegraded Unclassified\nDecretary Morgenthau - 11\n235\nfuture they should give signs of doing so, the existing con-\ntrols should be tightened as mush as necessary. The Reserve\nBoard has just commeneed the regulation of consumer credit.\nThe initial regulations are very mild and will have to be\ntightened very considerably if the volume of such credit is\nto be substantially reduced.\nother fields in which solective credit controls may be\nnecessary are housing, new capital issues, and bank loans for\nother than national defense purposes.\nHousing credit could be reduced very substantially by the\napplication of selective controls. AS the present time the\nexpension of such credit is being actually promoted by adver-\ntising campaigns by the THA and other agencies.\nNew capital issues do not present an important problem at\nthe present time, but should be regulated by selective controls\nwhen and if they do.\nPerhaps the most fruitful and immediate - all well all the\nnost complex - field for the operation of solective credit son-\ntrole is that of non-defense leans by banks. Member bank loans\nexpanded by $2.8 billions during the fiscal year 1941 - a great\ndeal of which must have been for non-defense purposes. If this\nexpansion is in whole or part undesirable -- a necessary premise\nfor the adoption of general credit controls -- some sttempt should\nbe made to get at it directly. The British have attempted to do\nthis and their in this regard has been an important fastor\nin accounting for the lew rate at which they have been able to\nfinance the var. British banks have been instructed to relax\ntheir standards for defense borrowers, but to exercise rigid con-\ndespite over the increase in leans for defense purposes, total \"Advenes\"\ntrol all credit for non-defense purposes. AS & result,\nof the London Clearing Banks have declined by about 1126 millions\nsince the beginning of the war, and an equal our has consequently\nbeen placed at the disposal of the Government without an\nincrease in bank deposits.\nthe Reserve Board in a recommendation to ralse reserve require-\nIf, as suggested above, you should decide not to consur with\nments, there would appear to be no necessity to defer long-term\nfinancing longer than night be indicated by factors in the situs-\ntion other than the proposed increase in reserve requirements.\nRegraded Unclassified\n236\nCOPY\nAugust 22, 1941.\nKENORANDER\nTO:\nSecretary Morgenthau\nFROM:\nMr. Gasten\nMarriner Keeles called me today to say that he\nwas leaving tomight to be gone for three or four weeks\nand he would like to give us his thoughts on September\nfinancing, If there should be any, a subject on which\nbe had not had an opportunity to talk to the Secretary\nalthough he had mentioned it briefly to Mr. Hell.\nMr. Coolee hopes there will be no long term securi-\nties offered in September or at any time up to December,\nbut that such new money as ve may require may be pro-\ncured by cesns of bills. His reason was that the\nmarket today 10 based on a large volume of 830050 reserves.\nThere are few lang term taxable bonds outstanding. The\ntwo issues out are both selling on a two per cent yield\nbasis. If there should be any how long term finansing in\nSeptember it would naturally be priced at near today's\nmarket. This would mean in effect freezing of the present\nsituation. By that be meant that OUR hands would be\ntied as to any action to change reserve requirements. We\nhave not yet used the present power to increase reserves,\nwhich amounts to about a billion and a quarter. He thinks\nFederal Reserve should consider with the Treasury an in-\ncrease in the reserve requirements up to the limit of\nexisting power. Not only should this be done before any\nnew long term securities are issued, but he thinks that\nthe Treasury and the Federal Reserve should Join in ear-\ning that it coens advisable to get further powers for\nincreasing reserve requirements and that both these things\nshould be done so that the market can absorb their effect\nwise he thinks the Administration, including the Federal\nbefore any new long term securities are put out. Other-\nReserve as well as the Treasury, would be open to charges\nof bad faith.\nCopy tol\nMr. D. W. Bell\nRegraded Unclassified\nBOARD OF GOVERNORS\n237\nOF THE\nFEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM\nOffice Correspondence\nDate September 2, 1941\nM. George Hans\nSubject:\n\"re S. À- Goldenweiser\nyou\nThis memorandum is for the purpose of raising the question of\nthe advisability of deferring long-term Treasury financing until after\nn. decision has been reached in the matter of raising member bank reserve\nmirements.\nIn the light of developments in the last few months, it is\nclear that, from the monetary point of view, it would be in the public\ninterest at this time to raise reserve requirements of member banks to\nthe extent authorized by law. This would fix the requirements at double\n11.0 ratios stated Ln the law and would reduce excess reserves by about\n:1.25 billion to about 13.8 billion. Consideration should also be given\nto the advisability of seeking additional authority over reserves to be\navailable for use when the occasion arises.\nAn increase in reserve requirements would be in line with\nother nessures undertaken by the Government to prevent inflation, such\nas, for example, the request for authority to control prices and the\nadoption of restrainte on instalment purchases. An increase in bank\nreserve requirements would reinforce the public's confidence that the\nGovernment is determined to control inflation. Such an assurance to the\npublic would in itself reduce the danger of inflation which is accentu-\nated by B. widespread tendency to buy goods in excess of needs \"before\nprices go up\".\nAn increase in reserve requirements would also diminish the\n-ressure on banks to find outlets for their funds and would strongly\nreinforce the policy pursued by the Treasury to place its issues with\npurchasers other then banks in order to tap existing funds rather than\nto create new ones. So long as the banks have unlimited reserves it\nwill be difficult to limit their purchases of United States Government\nobligations. During the fiscal year 1941 banks absorbed an amount equal\nto nearly all the open-market securities offered by the Treasury. If\nAccurities issued are not available to banks, they will be in a position\nto buy outstanding securities from other investors who will, in turn,\nbuy the new issues, The banks will also be under pressure to extend\ncredit in other directions.\nRegraded Unclassified\n238\n- 2 .\nSelective credit controls, such as regulation of instalment\ncredit, have a place in the program. They cannot, however, take the\nplace of general controls, for several reasons. So long as banks have\nunlimited funds and there is active demand for credit, the banks will\nfind outlets for their funds, If one field 10 restricted, they will\nmove into another field, No matter what kinds of loans or investments\nbanks make, there is an expansion of deposits available for spending by\nthe public. Also the problems of selective controls are new, complex,\nand there has been little experience in handling them, They also raise\nproblems of discrimination, Selective controls are useful in directing\nthe flow of credit out of undesirable into desirable channels, but they\nare not an adequate means of restricting the total growth of bank credit\nand deposits.\nIn connection with the problem of reserve requirements, it\nis recognized that in present circumstances ooordination of all financial\npolicies is essential to the public interest and that nothing should be\ndone that would conflict with the Government's defense effort. Agreement\non a policy with regard to reserves 10, therefore, necessary before ac-\ntion is taken,\nIn this connection the question arises whether it would be\nfeasible for the Treasury to defer amouncement of any contemplated long-\nterm new financing until, say, October 15, when the question of increas-\ning reserve requirements will have been explored. It would not seem\ndesirable to issue a long-term security in September, and immediately\nafter that to raise reserve requirements, In view of the volume of\navailable funds in the hands of banks and other investors, raising re-\nquirements to the limit authorised by law should not result in any\nmaterial change in money rates, though there may be some temporary re-\naction in the market, In that case, the purchasers of the new issue may\nfeel that it was not fair of the Treasury to sell the bonds under now\nprevailing market conditions without letting the public know that action\non reserves was under consideration. It would seem to be far better to\nhave the question of the course of action to be pursued with respect to\nreserve requirements decided before the Treasury makes another long-time\noffering to the public.\nThe Treasury and the Federal Reserve System are in a position\nto establish and maintain any rate on Treasury borrowing that they may\ndetermine as the most desirable, and it would be the System's duty, when\nthe decision has been made, to support the rate selected. But it is a\nlegitimate question whether a slightly higher cost for borrowed money\nwould not, in the long run, be cheaper for the Government, which is the\nlargest purchaser, se well as more consistent with the public interest\nthan a slightly lower cost achieved at the risk of a general rise in\n- 3 -\n239\nprices of defense and other commodities. Besides, an interest rate de-\nclining constantly to lower and lower levels, which is the tendency\nunder present conditions, raises many far-reaching problems for the\neconomy as a whole,\nSales of savings bonds and tax-anticipation certificates have\nexceeded expectations, and it is believed that the Treasury has ample\nfunds with which to meet its current requirements for some time to come,\nso that it would be entirely practicable to defer new financing to the\nmiddle of October.\nE.b. goldenweing\nKPT\n240\nARE\n3/26/41\nRegraded Unclassified\nThe Role of the Danks is Preasury Financing.\nin Relation to Froblems of Credit Control\nla neeleting the Treasury to raise whatever funds are re-\nquired. supplementary to tax revenues, to place purchasing power la\nthe hands of the Government during the next few years of val-\nfare, the banks have two functions 10 perform. One of those functions\nis that of dealers in outstanding Lesues. The other is absorption of\npart of the increasing Deverament debt in their investment pertfelies.\nLittle discussion of the dealer function is required. No\nmatter what credit policies are adopted, the Government can arrange\nto have this function adequately performed. & brief analysis of this\nquestion is given in an appeadix.\nThe basic issue at the present time, both for Treasury\nfinancing and for credit control, is this: bev seriously should the\nGovernment take the senventionally respectable idea that participation\nof the banks in Government financing should be hald down to a sinimm\nin time of vaz or economic way?\nThe Issue my be expressed is three more 07 less equivalent\nforms. Should the grovis of bank assets and deposite be held down?\nshould interest rates be increased? Should come attempt be made to\nreduce the Adle funds of investors? (Is vill be shown balow that\nactually it will be impossible to reduce idle funds - spart from\ntheir activation by an inflationary development - except by a complete\nimediate ourtailment of bank credit. Such dractic action is not pro-\nposed or considered in this nonorandes.)\n241\n- 2 -\nArguments an the negative side are very poverful. Streng\naction to hold devs the growth of bank assets eight seam a breaklews\nof the defense effort through interference from the\nside of finance. It would involve a collapse in market values of\nthe present assets of banks and other institutions. These and other\narguments are outlined in the first main section of this memeration.\nOn the other side there are arguments for early and fores-\nful action to hold the participation of the banks in Government fl-\nnancing to an absolute sistem. These arguments are legically coherent,\nbut 11 is not likely that they will find general acceptance. They are\npresented in the second section of this\nSome sort of a compremise solution is pessible. Issuatial\nelements of this program would include: (1) stability of interest\nrates: (2) unilization of all possible devices short of restriction\nof excess banking reserves to test out and stimulate the absorptive\npowers of the non-bank investment market; (3) full exploitation of\ntaxation and selective credit centrols to moderate the feree of -\nnumer demande. The 1dea of decisive astion to prevent inflation through\ncredit controls would be abandened, the banks would M alleved to 002-\ntribute as fully as Recessary to the may moress of Treasury financing\nin doing its part is \"visaing the oceasmic var\", and the Government\nwould hope to avoid the choice between inflation and rigerens regula-\nvion of consumption by carrying out a broad program of fiscal and\nother controls.\nRegraded Unclassified\n242\n- 3 -\nthe present commanie situation is is may vays very dif-\nforent from that to which va have become habitasted in the past overal\nyears. There is Lew saly & small and gradually disappearing margin\nof everonpacity in basic unafastering, transportation and electric\npower industries. We are assured of a powerful street of effective\npurchasing demand for sees time to come. to long M the Government's\nexpenditures under the defense program continue to increase, and pos-\nsibly for a while thereafter, the Federal Reserve System seed not have\nthe alightest fears that my notion of credit control vill be followed\nby a serious researion is business activity. Although the conditions\nwhich limit Federal Reserve policy have been tightened by the necessity\nof \"Vianing the - they have been relaxed in mother direction as -\nresult of this certainty of prosperity.\nAcceptance of Government centrels of economic life during a\nperiod of economic varfare is wash more general new than twenty-five\nyears age. In the first World Var our Government imposed as centrels\nuntil 1917; under the stimulus of a becaing export trade with the Allies\nand as a result of other events in the world at var, the wholesale\nprice index had already risen W 75 per cent and the cast of living\nby 25 per cent. Marlier recognition of the problem of preventing\ninflation raises the hope that we may avoid inflation this time.\n(A doubling-and-s-hulf of the price level, such as occurred beliver\n1915 and 1920, mit be regarded as tree inflation.) Revever, there\nis no more intention nov than there was in 1915, 1916. or even 1917\nand the first half of 1915. of imposing rigoreus centrols upon Number\nRegraded Unclassified\n243\n-\nbuying. 1/ Depend this, there is - faster MM process, not present\ntventy-five years ago, which seriously threatens the INCROSE of price-\n1evel stabilization. this is unprecedented ench liquidity in the\nbanking eyelem and - - and investors.\nMajor uncortainties is the present citention, which make\ndecisions on credit policy difficult, are (1) the creatual sine and\ntiming of defense expenditures and (2) the - and distribution of\nslack still remaining in the country's productive expecity. These\ntwo uncertainies are related sinee espacity to not absolute but is\ncapable of growth at a limited rate. It is only natural that these\nuncertainties will continue to be reselved is favor of decisions be\nsvoid for-reaching controls - stem consumption taxes and price-fising\nand retioning of consumers' goods - at least until use neasure of\ntrue inflation of the cost of living has already taken place. Shalls\nCorms of control are is themselves still abherrent to a. democracy.\nDate imposed, their reneval after the VAP would have serious scenomie\nreperduasions values performed with eare.\n21 \"Price fixing on consult goods was limited to the regulation of\nprossessre' and distributors' mrgins on feed and cool. This Vall\nof limited effectiveness because 11 we not provible to centrol\nthe farm prices of Regal was the only consumers'\ncommodity subjected to rationing. Only w the -\nof 1918 were plans belog más to fix the prices to constitute of\ncome other articles with as shoes.\nRegraded Unclassified\n244\n- , -\nAgreements against proventing banks from greatly increasing their\nholdings of servicities\n(1) The new powerful argment 10 the fear that 11 would prove\nquite impossible be dispose of the Treasury's eubput of an securities\nwithout calling upon the banks to absorb a considerable part. This\nArgument is consult weakened If 10 is proposed only to reluse 020000\nreserved, my to $2,000,000,000 in that case this problem would not be\npressing at first. vithin a fairly limited time, havever, it weld\nnesers itemlf. and my plane made nov must look above for enveral years.\n(2) The next mest powerful argument Le that & rise is 10mg-\ntarm interest rates would result is a tremmious drop of noticet values\nof bonds MM held by the beaking system and other institutions. Insi-\ndentally. while the question at issue La whather of not a growth is bank\nholdings oughts to be substantially provented, this could not be -\nplashed without - elisination or substantial retustion of emerge 10-\nserves. (For even if banks were flatly prohiMited from to\nnew 1 newse they could by - outstanding ascurities.) There is differ-\ncode of opinion about the impliate offert - lang-tem interest rates\nof the imposition of a \"colling\" plan suiting - reserved say to\none-third their prosent values. It seras evident, hoverer, that leag-\ntarm interest rates would neek a higher level all the remining -\nreserves vere absorbed and - 1010 depesite of Investore vere drown\ninto the Treasury either W tenation of terroving, oven though M neb\ndecline is ide funds would occur. fush as eventual rise of leng-term\nTates sight If might not be discounted by the make the the outsor.\nRegraded Unclassified\n6 -\n245\na program for the prevention of make\nfurther growth is bask investments would include action w the Treasury\nto insure that this insvitable visa in Interest rates took place Imail-\nat are for all. this could be accomplished very effectively w\nthe Treasury offering leng-term ml internatiate corrities on tap in\nmilmited quantities at par with & 4-3 per cent range of rates. (This\nis approximately 1 per east above the presently enticlpated yiside on\nfully terable bonds.) this notion, is conjunction with - out is -\nreserves, would lead to a impliate end fairly presise readjustemt of\nbond prices. The fersed visa in yields on the new top Issues, and there-\nfore on all Lesses competing with them, wild be greater than any former-\nable future rise flowing only from the at is emoss recerves. It is -\nlikely that the tap terms would be unacceptable to investore, that these\nissues would - to & discount, of that the general level of yiside wold\nrise beyond the rate stracture cavisaged w the expense - those isease.\nSubsequent flastuations of bend prices word.de be mush maller then these\nVS have become normatemed so.\nthat notion to faree a impliate readjuctment of bond prices\nand yields has mush to - $1 as part of & realistic progres of\nrestricting bank investments. 2018 the prospert of a 15-point decline\nin market values of partfolio bands would be classing both to bankers\nand the deverament.\n(3) The rise in interest Issues accompanying mish & shift in\nyielde would be of as - advantage to the base if they viti to be\norbstantially deprived of the opportunity to by the selv high-rate bonds.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 7 -\n246\nloan rates world visa, and M lease termst - the bealth'\nprose enrolage workd Insurance.\nyrea the Trustly's point of view, haverer, the higher rates\nworld sppear very cestly. On thirty OF furty billies dollars of BOV\ndate, & difference of 1 per omt in rate vould calarge the -\ninterest changes w three of four Instred million dollars. Added to\nthis there would be the extra charges an Lewse to refund materities\nduring the years the high rates remained in affect,\n(4) Finally. argumate my be advanced an comminio gremial\nthe rise is rates would acceptants the unequal distribution of nation-\nel incomes it would be injurious to cometries and Ininstry and perhaps\noven to the defense offert class 10 werld inhille expension of Inbit-\ntrial and bearding expecity: higher rates would be is\nthese andern days what industrial productivity has returned the dename\nfor capital far below the supply.\nThese argments. unlike the others, my be wislly dismissed.\nThey indicate too - habituation to the economic climate of research\nyears, of they assume, fullaciously. that the higher lord case 100\nposed would be permanent. liversion of issue from to\ninvestore. undecirable in normal times, will be desirede in \"ver-time\"\n(provided that the extra income paid to investors can be receptured,\nby texation preferently, or at least w terroving) because & temperary\nreduction in consumption will be nacessary. A reinction is BOV boundng\nconstruction will be particularly desireMe at a time when durside\nautorials and labor will be source. Industrial expansion, unlike\nRegraded Unclassified\n- I -\n247\nhousing construction. is almost totally insousitive to interest rate\nchanges] and profite (even after high corporation taxes), supplemented\nby misrate we of the new-security markets and of bank lease - 10mg\nas they remain availaMe, and further supplemented W direct twen-\nnet financing, will provide sufficiest funds for all expeasion -\npenditures which prove nationally for defense of otherwise perulacible.\nFinally, the opportunity of - again lowering interest rates and\nof making loan funds fresky available veaid be of positive value in\ncombatting post-ver resortion.\nIn summary, three powerful obstadles oppose my therough-\ngoing effort at present to restrict the organsion of bank assets and\ndeposites fear of a brothim of Treasury finance, fear of a great\ndrop in institutional neest values, and dislike of an increase in the\nTreasury's costs of financing. Marcever. these obstactes vill persict.\nThe seesnt and third my - to som less Expertent if inflation of\nthe cost of living gots under way. but the fear of a breakdown is\nTreasury fluense will be greater. not loss, if restriction of the\ncredit have is propesed later, at a time when the Treasury will have\nbecome theroughly habituated to relying - the banks for a substantial\npart of its an may.\nRegraded Unclassified\n- , -\n248\nArguments is favor of proventing banks free greatly Increasing\ntheir holdings & permittion.\nTo make a case against the powerful arguments which have just\nbeen considered, 11 10 first to establish a rensonable pre-\nsumplies that the economic wall SM be financed vithout the activitance\nof the banks, sessont be bring forward pesitive argumsts for the acces-\nsity of limiting bank expension, and third to show that other objections\nare immaterial.\nThe conductions which can be reached are by no neas irresis-\ntible. They como out something like this.\n(1) Treasury financing can get along without such assistance\nfrom the banks. If taxes are relead sufficiently and are supplemented w\nforced loans in the event that the defense progres is materially is-\ntreased beyond present amportations, if the outlook for future interest\nrates is clarified and the Deverment's determination to prevent inflation\nis made obvious, if a rise in interest rates 10 not only permitted but\nauthorised w the Treasury, and if a \"seiling\" plan of bank reserved is\nadopted compled with a plan for the Federal Reserve Banks be absorb 100-\nporary or persistent Treasury shartages without at the - time emplying\nthe member banks with an additional bace for multiple deposit expension.\nFor a - of reasons, if Treasury financing is over to get along without\nB great deal of assistance from the backs during this period of\nvar, the measures which wald make this possible met be undertaken very\nDOGE, The outleek for future interest rates will remain hasy and there\nwill be resurring expectations of inflation DE long all credit restriction\nremains a fature possibility and ast & present fast. This - that\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 10 -\n249\ninvestore will centinue to duy any from the bond market. On the other\nhand, the Treasury's pleas for fature interest rates will not be santly\naltered case they are nade, and they would underbiedly have to be altered\nat a time of obstaining from bank flamse. The total morato to be raised\nby taxation as over against terreving can be adjusted only manually, and\nfor a period lying several manths is the future. No solden increase in\ntaxation will be possible at the memost that credit restriction becomes\ndesirable.\n(2) If 11 An assemed that inflation of the cost of living and\nof real estate values comparable with that which courred in the last\nvar must be prevented this time, ni if 10 is believed that this con\nbe done with the aid of massary controls, preparation must be made\nnow to utilise monetary centrols at the appropriate nonest. Fiscal\narrangements must help to keep (mml in lime with available\nsupplies of basic comedities and Geveranent pelicy must continue to\nbe directed at increasing supplies and seeing that they are fearly die-\ntributed more the defense and man-defense infustries at reasonable\nprices. But rigorens regulation of the seaseme? hinself as in Germany\n(or of the purchaser of real estate) 10 neither desirable MP likely\nto be adopted is time. Therefore, almost assuredly, will m-\ntuelly have to be taken, and perhaps vithin a year, that will sharply\nreduce the availability of many to consumers and speciaters and to\nbusiness firms and corporations trading in inventories, at the meal\nwhen M A result of pressure free affective consumer deramá the viclous\ncycle of price-sest-price inflation begins. Unfortunity, because of\nthe unpresedented each liquidity of individuals (as wall as banks).\nRegraded Unclassified\n- 11 -\n250\nthis action to far free cortain to accomplish I'm purpose. Merely to\nclose the private less market at that future menant vill not necessarily\nmffice. for idle funds vill your tuto the real setate market, the steek\nmarket, and - no far as possible - into purchases of consumption goods.\nThe most that can be said is that the chances of vill be graster\nthe more nearly idle funds have been hold to their prosent level instead\nof heing allowed to increase at a rapid rate, with the help of stock\nmarket regulation, perhaps the psychological sheck of n complete cleetage of\nthe loan market vill be enough to prosipitate a temporary reversed of the\nboom peychology. despite the proseure of consumer demands, Net\nIf idle fuste are allowed to continue to pile mp before this time casse,\nand it 1s hard to see how this one be avoided, the chances of uncesse will\nbe negligible.\nTetimates are given below which suggest that demand deposits\nand currency now held for Investment purposes by individuals or hearded\namount to something like 17 billies dollars, an compared with perhape\n7 OF 8 billions in 1929. It to farther suggested that If stability of\nthe price level CAR be maintained during the news two years vitimat 10-\nstricting hand arpansion, and If in fact the Treasury berrows $15 billions\nfrom the banks out of & potential two-year total financing of close to\n#30 billions, V the growth of deposite is excess of the requirements of\ngovernments, comporations and consumers sight 1 to smother 017 billion,\nbringing the total of individuals' 1810 fends to vell over 130 willioms!\n11 This 10 on en assumption that annething hamena to eten - defense\noutlays free . now probable $30 billions to the billions during the\ncalendar years 1941 and 1947.\nRegraded Unclassified\n251\n- 12 .\n& very early restriction of besir expansion - ne Pap employee\nby the use of the celling reserve plan with 010000 reserves out to a\nthird - 1s therefore If any reliance at all to to be placed\non the nower of closing the private lean market completely. that the\nvirtue of this settem new would not he solely is its supech of pro-\nparation for other netton later. Is a must more consrete and certain\nvary it would help to estatels the conditions that would make the later\naction never necessary. The Treasury is agreeing to this program would\ncomait itself to an extremely heavy schedule of taxes and forned leans,\nfor only is this way seald 11 get along without mush help from the\nbanks. Returning to the figures eised in the proceding paragraph, If\nthe Treasury were to expect only $5 instead of #15 billions from the\nbanks out of prospective two-year berrowing requirements of say $29 bil-\nItems, while other institutional searess wight he created on for 05 MI-\nlions of the most, 10 would have to mayo to get no billions tastead\nof $9 from individuals. In M esnecivable any could 11 get ansk a -\nwithin . two-year period vithout reserving to storp Issue and payroll\ntaxes and fereed leass. And nothing could more antiefactorily perform\nthe task of transferring purchasing power from consences to the Gevera-\nnext in a very that would avoid price inflation.\nThe central argument for restricting bank expansion therefore\nhas tve On the one hand this policy weald diminish the notes-\ntial further growth of 1410 funds (but not stop 19): on the other hand\nIt would neconsitate staff texasion and forced lease which offer the\nRegraded Unclassified\n252\n- 13 -\nonly were against inflation - short of completely affective\nprine-fixing and rationing - If the defense progress is to be colarged\nbeyond present expectations.\nIf the defense program does not exceed the propertions\nthat nan new be enviuaged - if defense entlays in the salendar years\n1941 and 1942 are not to exceed say $30 billions, and financing 70-\ncuirements in the GAME period are not to exceed any 121 billiems w\ncording to tax plans now expected - a more rigorous termina schome\nmy not be required. But in this case the higher interest rates, and\nabove all the fixed internet rates, which the plan outlized on pages\n5 and 6 would bring, would certainly be of assistance is disposing of\nsavings bonds and long-term issues.\n(3) If inflation is almost ineritable in the absenes of ofther\nricorons control of the consumer or foresighted neastary controls, and\nIf inmediate monetory controls are remove the necessity for future -\ntrols by permanding consumers to part with their may OF by seasing the\nTreasury to force them to part with 14, them it 10 easily verth the cost\nto the Treasury of - astra interest hurden of a few hundred million\ndollars a year to take its share of lendership is planning ench monotary\ncontrols.\nThe temorary shook to the bookkeepers of bead values, 1a-\nplieft in my plan which relses interest rates, Le of ne real -\nmisse, There to no need for any bank to sell boads before enturity,\nmeh less for any bank to fail AR a result of doing 66, New high-rate\nbonds vill be mis more not lass attractive since there vill be -\nRegraded Unclassified\n253\n- 14 -\nexcellent change of their appreciating in the years imediately fol-\nlowing the mP when interest rates are levered.\n10 will be observed that these enselvations have been been\non a series of three assumptions rirst, that the industrial and fiscal\ncontrols likely to be undertaken is the abornes of Imediate credit\ncontrol are not likely to prevent the assergence of the visions aycle\nof inflations second, that the in lationary eycle when 11 cameges my\nconsibly he killed by clostag the private leas market, but certainly\nnot If investors' 1410 funds have continued to increase at a rapid rates\nthird, that \" 10 politically and administratively feastble to undertake\nthe proliming credit controls and the additional fiscal planning which\nvill be necessitated (and which, in from will be the most valuable pro-\ndues of the gradit enstrols). Without arguing these sesuritions, the\nreasoning unterlying the conclusions - be developed with the help of\ncome figures,\nThe two charte attenhed show the extimated ownership of 100\nposits and currency over the past donade, There estimates are fairly\naccurate for the years 1934-1938. screwhet 1000 - for earlier and later\nyears. In the second shart the each of \"individual\" (tatended to -\nclude is AS approximate very the cash of unincorporated bustnesses) to\nbroken down into (1) sevings deposits, (2) \"consumption cash\" arbitrarily\ntolten equal to half a month's \"national Income payments*. and (3) other\ncash. Changes in the last calegory rengly represent changes is reserve\ncash of investore and heards. As an Inter of heards OF \"1410 повид\" is\nRegraded Unclassified\n254\n= 4 e\nthe sense of unsturally large investment reserves, 100 variations\nfrom STORES probably understate the real situation w # or 13 billion\nis 1931 and 1938 and may everstate 10 w #1 or $2 billion is recent\nyears. As of the at of 1935 \" to indicated that\nmoney was about n billion greater than in 1929, w the end of 1940\nthe excess was $9-1/2 billions,\nthe table brings together s number of significant faste -\nInting to the distribution of Government dabt and of each heldings\nsince the end of 1935, along with four sole of hypothetical statements\nfor the years 1941-42. The first two of these represent developments\nwith the defense program and tax strusture approximately as assumed is\nMr. Edulaton's assorandes of March 24, 19411 the first selum\nadoption of the program en pages 5 and 6 of this and no rise\nin the price level, while the second - a to per eent rise is\nprices over the two years. Sinilarly, the assent of the last pair of\ncolumns assumes a to per cont price vise under s considerably enlarged\ndefense program, As will be shown later. the construction of a table\nlike this for fature partods involves the hiddem accumption that the\namount of surrent saving (or increases is individual assets) implied w\nthe figures is constatent with the assumptions made shout national Income\nand the price level, and measures taken to enforce seving.\nOne more column wight have been asset to illustrate the -\nample that vas effed on page 11 above. This examle constmed the -\nsupption as to price level of solumn A-2 with the accumption as to\nRegraded Unclassified\n255\n- 16 -\ndistribution of Government dabs of estumn n-?, The empropriate \"tenree\nPAY he derived by accise $10 billion to lines 8. \" 5. and 13 or solum\nA-2. and demoting no billion from Itme 1ᵗʰ, the other \"tgares in that\n00/100 reasining anchanged.\nA brief consent may be name upon each of the main items. In\n1011 and 1942, Government financing with the banks and while will be\net a rete from 10 to 15 times the EVERAge rate of the 1net five years.\nConnercial bank holdings will increase at least twice as fast, perhaps\nE OF 6 times as fact. The growth of deposits and mereney outstanding\nwill erened the growth of compercial bank investments as in past years,\nthough this vill MY he the NOTO to expansion of loans than to gold\ninflove. Holdings of \"nonindividuals\" my either increase or decrease,\ndepending most importantly upon the effect of price changes 2002 non-\nfinancial business holdings. The figures for the latter understate the\nchanges in total business each am aquivalent (from on estimated level\nor about $13 billion at the and of last year) because 11 has been assemed\nthat 12 billion of 6. special offering of Government amegrities vill be\npurchased by corporations.\nUnder any circumstances short of en estaal decline in handr\nmeants, 11 sonsare cortain that individuals' cash holdings vill In-\nthe rath of increase All he granter then even in\n1239 and 1940. The - will he true of the growth of individuals⁴\neach, descite the probably 2078 ranté increase in\ncovings Amounts and in each needed for surrent\nsurnover.\nRegraded Unclassified\n256\n- 17 -\nthe amounts of Government securities to be absorbed w\nindividuals is 1941 and 1942 under the various accurptions, se shown in\nthe last line of the table, are derived \" deducting the assemed increases\nin bank and other institution heldings from the figures is line 1. is\nevery .... these anounts are well-migh astronemical as compared with\nindividuals' net absorption of Severances securities is resent years.\nIndividuals have been buying several hundred millions a year of sevings\nbonds, and disposing of other issues on belance. that 18 required,\nthem, is as increase is the absorption of savings bonds and a reversal\nof the aggregate position of individuals toward the marketable issues.\nThe Treasury hopes that the now sevings bonds will bring in free $2-1/2\nto the billions a year. If other issues ean be sold to the noninstitutional\npublic is annual volume of say $2 or 03 billions a year, 11 would be\npossible to fulfil the conditions of thyse of the hypothetical colume.\nThat 10, with a defense program not exceeding $21 billions in 1941-\n1942 (or $15 billions is fildal 1942) it should be possible to got aleas\nvithout solling 2570 than $5 billions to the consersial banks (colum\nA-1), and If there vas se restriction of bank credit the financing\nproblem would be still easier (column B-1). Likevise if there 10 a\nsubstantial expansion is the defense program as assumed is solum 1-2\nthe financing problem visi not be too difficult, If $15 out of $29 bil-\nliene to be borroved are obtained from the banks. In each of these\ncases foreed leans would presumsbly not be necessary during the period\nconsidered, but 11 would be a great help la obtaining the marginal $1\nor $2 billions to be able to offer higher interest rates then nov\nRegraded Unclassified\n257\n- 18 -\nprovail and to be able to assure investors that the rates offered would\nbe the maximum ever 10 be available. This will be particularly Laper-\ntest If a positive offert to limit bank expension is undertaken through\nan imediate out in ****** reserves.\nIf the defense effort 10 yet to be enlarged again is the near\nfuture, 10 as expenditure total of say #20 billions is fiscal 1942, .\nthoroughgoing and successful program to prevent inflation w reducing\n#XC009 receives and restricting bank expansion would require the sale\nof perhaps $19 billion of securities to individuals 1/. or also equiva-\nlest assures of extre texation and forced lending. this is the example\nshown is column A-2, and already emationed on page 12 above. To repeat\nwhat was said there, nothing could accomplish the purpose of preventing\ninflation mN satisfactorily then this kind of a fiscal progres to\nkeep Government dobt out of the banks.\nAre the hypethetical figures for \"individuals\" heldings* is\nthis table, especially is column A-1 (presently estimated defense program\nwith centrol of bank expansion), consistent with other applicable date\nsuch as the estimated sverage national Income of about 890 billion over\nthe ive-year period ahead? And can figures arrived at M these are\nby a calculation of residuale be taken to represent B probable or\npossible situation? the extimation of change is total holdings of\ncash offere no difficulty, case accumptions have born asdo as to the\nnovent of change in bank assots. The figures for other holdings\n1/ The taxes assumed in deriving this figure already include com\nadditional levies to become effective immediately during the\nfiscal year 1943.\nRegraded Unclassified\n258\n- 19 -\nmay be in error, but they reflest as for as BAG be ontimated\nthe probable desires of the various greeps to hold cash; considere-\ntion 10 also gives to such fasters as volume of capital expenditures\nor investments and availability of funds from earnings or berrovings.\nThere 10 nothing inherent is & great increase is bank deposits which\nautomatically forees enyone OF any group to hold its proportionate\nshare of the increase. But can similar reasons be offered to explain\nvhy individuals are likely to hold just the amount of cash that the\nresidual calculation has allotted to them? Is there not something\nparadoxical in the expectation that individual cash holdings will\nincrease se sharply while at the same time the assumption 10 being\nsade that individuals will aboorb a very large volume of new courtry\nofferings?\nThis question is pased is . most violent way by the figures\nin column 1-2, where individuals are expected to absorb a total of\n030 billion of each and Government securities (or perhaes submit to\nheavy taxation), and in column 1-2, where they are expected to aboorb\n124.5 billion (the total of figures in fifth and bottom lines). Cel-\num A-2 offers the lesser difficulty. because 11 was assumed in this\ncase that price stabilization suscess. It supprede only through\nvery drastic taxation, as a substitute for part of the assumed borrow-\nlag. or through forced leans. The very same thing that maintains\nprice stability - and thereby justifies the settantes nade for non-\nindividuals and the vhole residual calculation - will forms individuals\nRegraded Unclassified\n259\n- 20 -\nto absorb Deverament dobt (or be further taxed) on top of a rather\nlarge normase is their aggregate cash holdings, especially is those\nheld 141e by investors or as heards.\nThe case of seless M to conorbat different. The assemptions\nhere are: ao restriction of bank expansion, and a 40 persont price\nrise by the end of 19421 national income will therefore average about\n$110 billion. The greater rise is national money income calls for a\nconsiderable increase is eash turning over free week to veek, and this\nincrease is individuals' average holdings will no doubt be in the\nnature of as addition to whatever other increases in individuals'\nassets might occur as the result of what 10 ordinarily called saving.\nThere vill also be & secordst greater them ordinary increase is savings\ndeposite, and a very considerable increase in business sach holdings,\npermitted by larger profise end required by the higher price level of\ncommedities and labor. These the final residual of \"individuale\"\ninvestment and idle each\" (8.5) when added to the assumed absorption\nof Government securities by individuals (9.0) address to a total no\nlarger than that accused is column A=1 (6.9 + 11.0). This is iteelf\ndone not necessarily validate the 1.1 ever If the 1-2\nestimates are acceptable. Despite the probably higher level of in-\ndividual sevings is case 3-2, 11 La probable that under been conditions\n5. part of these savings would be placed is real estate ml stocks\nrather than is each and bonds. If, is the final analysis, 11 should\nbe decided that the residual optimate is column 1-2 does net correspond\nto the probable facts of the situation as defined, then the vaole\nRegraded Unclassified\n260\n- n\nsituation met be redefined. It micht be that with Government supendi-\ntures as large as here assumed, and with to restriction os bank\nvion, that the price increase would be even greater, that business\ncash would be built up still more, and that a revised residual calse-\nIntion of individuals' holdings would finally check with a direct\nand independent estimate.\nFinally, ve return to the case presented in column 1-1\n(presently estimated defense program wish centrol of bank expansion).\nThe residual calculation of increase is total individual heldings\n(including savings deposite and turnover each) 10 $11 billion, and\nthe assumption of individuals' absorption of Government securities\nis another $11 billion for the two-year period. Can ve conclude,\non independent greends, that these are reasonable figures and that\nthe basic accumption of avoidance of price inflation is therefore\nvalidated?\nLes us first compare the yearly average total increase of\ncash sad Government dobt holdings of individuals, $11 billion,\nwith the corresponding average for 1936-1940, 03 billion & year.\nThis is not encouraging at first sight. on the other hand, the rate\nof individuals' saving (abstention from consumption or increase in\nnot worth), will average considerably higher in 1941-1942 than in\n1935-1940, some estimates would seem to place the probable differ-\nsace as high as $4 or 05 billions. Bev sevings placed is life insurance\nwill apparently continue at mash the same rate as in the earlier period.\nIn the earlier period the not aggregate change is individuals' ascete\nRegraded Unclassified\n261\n- 22 -\nother them each, Government securities, and insurance appears so have\nbeen rather small and perhaps negative, according to the rough esti-\ncates that are available, In the carlier part of the period seme\nnet saving vas probably applied to repayment of dobta: in the latter\npart some my have gone into home equities: individuals appear to\nhave been net sollers of private securities on balance. If ve can\nsecure that the part of BOW saving coing into these and other sis-\ncellameous forms will continue to be small or even negative en bal-\nance is the coming period - and the restriction of credit vill help\nby reducing residential construction activity - we still Ha to\nbe sbout $3 or 14 billions a year short of the necessary $11 billions.\nThe following alternative conclusions AN indicated: either the\nadditional necessary new eaving w individuals can be induced w\nstabilizing and increasing interest rates, with the help also of\nsa intensive promotion campaign for savings bonds, or the original\nconclusions that the price level could be stabilised without more\ndrastic increases in taxation appeare to be invalidated.\nOne other angle of the problem decerves attention. New\nare the changes is eash holdings and in hand holdings likely to be\ndistributed as between the rich sall the less well-te-do? It 10\nprobable that the major part of presently existing \"investness and\nidle funds\", perhaps twe-thirds of 11 or note at a guast, belengs\nto the group who reported taxable incomes ever $5,000 is 1936 and\n1937 and who had as aggregate taxable income of about \" billion a\nyear out of national income payments to individuals of about\nRegraded Unclassified\n262\n- 23 -\n470 billion in those years. Wash of the aggregate net saving of\nrecent years that vest into each and sevings boads vas probably\nperformed by these people, but 11 door not coom likely that even\nwith their total incomes after taxes reaching say $12 billion a\nyear they are likely to GATE 2070 then a half, let M say, of the\nrequired 011 billions a year. Time, not only wast total -\nenving of individuals be increased, but new saving of the large\nlower-inceme greep met copecially be stimulated. The lever group\ncan be expected to \"save\" - 1.0., add to its holdings -- most of\nthe $1/2 billion a year increase in active consumption cash. 10\nvill also acquire a siner part of the added savings deposits and\nidle eash. Beyond this, 11 mut be stimulated or If necessary\nformed to lend to the Government, or be taxed, if we 470 to pass\nthrough 1942 vithout the beginnings of price inflation.\nIn conclusion, the one point which decerves nest emphasis\nis & discussion of general credit restriction so that the chief\nvirtue of such a policy lies is the Treasurys' adherence to 10,\nimplying a determination to at down, w taxation, voluntary seving\nor foreed saving, the effective consumer denamão which compate in\ntime of sconomic var with the Government's WE demands for relatively\n\"CATOO supplies of labor and goods.\nRegraded Unclassified\n263\nE\nADML\n3/27/41\nAmendia\nThe Banks as Dealars la Government Securities\nThe attractiveness of Government securities as investants\ndepends not only on the perfect certainty of receiving interest and\nprincipal payments when due, but also en their liquidity - the\npossibility of disposing of them at any time at a fair price.\nCoverament securities my be either negotiable or Ma-\nnegotiable. Liquidity is given securities -- such\nas the outstanding savings bonds and the proposed nov Lessee of\nsavings bonds - by the Government's promise to redeem on denand\nor after a specified notice period. The Treasury would flad 10\nundesirable to have a very large part of its dobt redeemable upon\nnotice 02 demand. It will therefore continue to issue marketable\nsecurities, even If it adopts the tap mothod of sale for come of\nthem.\nMarketable securities ml have a market. the banks are\nnov as indispensable part of this market. Individual transactions\nin Government securities frequently reach a meh larger sise then\nis ever reached by individual transactions in stecks on the archanges,\nor over by 'secontary distributions\" of stock holdings through syndi-\ncates of underwriters and dealers. The half-dosen non-bank dealers\nin Government securities reald provide, by themselves, as utterly\ninadequate market. or course, may of the large sales come free\nbanks. but even if ve imagine the banks seasher forced to hold\nRegraded Unclassified\n- I -\n264\ntheir Government securities to naturity, never solling my part of\ntheir holdings, the nen-bank dealors would provide M Inadequate\nmust for other offerings.\nThere are three vage is videh this inadequate earlist 4dd\nbe supplemented. Cas 10 the present ver. vhareby banks is general\nbuy and sell and seas banks in particular operate special trading\ndepartments. Be long as other arrangements are net note to provide\nas adequate market, 10 would be entirely inadvisable to prevent\nbanks frem buying and solling my Government securities that are to\nbe otherwise negotiable. Iven If 620000 recerves vere greatly N°\nduesd or eliminated the banks could be freely allowed to carry out\nthis function of noting as dealers. The Federal Recerve System\nnight provide special discount facilition, at a low rate, to finance\ndealer transactions on a insurer basis.\nA second var of providing as adequate market 10 to let\nboth the neuber banks and the Federal Receive Banks deal is securi-\nties. The Federal Receive Banks sight enter the market parely as\nbroker-dealers, accepting the bide and offers of others, or they\nnight operate as tradere initiating transactions. the more they\noperated as traders the nore nearly the market could be pegget.\nIt my be desirable to pag the market during a poried is which s\nvast quantity of securities are to be cold. One usual objection\nto the Federal Reserve Banks' operating is this vary is that their\noperations vould affect the reserve position of the nomber basks.\nRegraded Unclassified\n265\n- 3 -\nThis objection my Loss its force is the present situation. On the\none hand, if a program of credit restriction is adopted it night\ninclude the \"coiling\" reserve plan, under which multiple expension\non newly acquired reserves 10 not possible. Not only could the\nBeserve System safely pos the market; 10 could safely stand\nready to abserb my persistent shortage of funds. This would net\nat rest fears that credit restriction sight cause a real breakdown\nin Treasury finance. On the other hand, if a program of credit\nrestriction is not adoprod, changes in excess recerves due to\nFederal Receive trading operations would be of little consequence.\nThe third vay of providing a adequate market is for the\nFederal Receive Banks to supplant the member banks entirely. In\nthis case 11 would be pessible to prehibit banks free purchasing\nany Government securities during the emergency and to prohibit them\nfrom ever solling Government securities before naturity. but as\npurpose would be served by this drastic innovation that could not\nbe well served in some other var.\nRegraded Unclassified\nNotimated and Hypethatical Changes is Cash Moldings, 1936-1942\n(excluding deposits at Federal Reserve Banks and Interbank deposite)\nAnd Hypothetical Amount and Distribution of Increase la Government Debt\n(in billions of dollars)\n2\n: Hypothetical, Tad 1940-Thad 1942\nNationated Changes\n:\n2 years\ndel 1935- and 1938- 1 Nat'l defense = Vat'l defense\n: M 1938 : Red 1940 exp. = 30 : exp. = 40\nI 3 years : 2 years : A-1 2. 3-1 : 1-2 : w\nCov't public securities, 1as1. estings bands 3/\n+5.9\n+4.2\n+21.0\n+21.0\n+29.0\n+29.0\nGor't securities of commercial backs\n+1.4\n+2.7\n$5.0\n+5.0\n+5.0\n+15.0\nTotal heldings of deposite and currency B/\n47.3\n+10.7\n+20.5\n+13.5\n+10.5\n+20.9\nHoldings of \"monintividuale\"\n$2.2\n+2.8\n-0.5\n+1.0\n-0.5\n45.0\nReldings of \"Individuals\"\n$5.1\n+7.9\n+11.0\n+12.5\n+11.0\nCLASS\nHoldings of \"megindividuals\":\nU. 1. Deverament\n-\n-0.2\n40.8\n+1.0\n+0.8\n+1.2\nOther public bedies\n+0.4\n+0.4\n+0.1\n40.2\n40.1\n+0.2\nForeignare\n40.5\n+0.7\n-0.3\n-0.4\n-0.3\n-0.4\nFinancial corps. and bask trust depts.\n¥\n40.2\n+0.5\n-0.4\n-0.4\n-0.4\n-0.5\nNonfinancial business, eary. and other\n$1.1\n+1.4\n-0,7\n+0.6\n-0,7\n4.5\nHeldings of \"individuals\":\nSerings deposits\n+2.1\n+1.9\n+3.1\n+3.5\n+3.1\n+4.0\nCurrency and demand deposite held for\nconsumption s/\n+0.2\n+0.6\n+1.0\n+2.0\n+1.0\n+3.0\nDenand deposite al current) hold for\nInvestment # hearded 6/\n+2.5\n+3.6\n+6.9\n+7.0\n+6.9\n$8.5\nCovit securities to be absorbed Y \"Isti-\nRegraded Unclassified\nviduals\" if additional tenties\nwere mt Imposed 1/\n+1.1\n+0.7\n+11.0\n+8.0\n+19.0\n49.0\nReta: It is assumed that actional Income at present prices, restive $160 William w the el of 194e.\nOrder A-1 at A-2 \" Le assemed there is 20 price rice, univer 3-1 20 persons, usier w be\n266\nperson.\n1/ Includes guaranteed debt. Excludes adjusted service bonds and securities hold by trust funds\nand agencies. Under columns A-1 and D-1 the amount is fiscal 1942 would be 11.5, under column\nA-2 and B-2, 16 billions. Tax revenues are assumed as is Mr. Eduiston's assorandum of March 24,\n1941, except that under 4-2 and B-2 still other additional taxes are assumed in fiscal 1943. to\nyield 14 billions incodiately.\n2/ Holdings are the Board's figures for \"Total deposits and surrency in the United States\", with as\nadditional deduction of float to allow for checks is transit between payers and receivers. (The\nusual adjustment for flest is for Items in transit between banks.) the hypothatical figures in\nthe last four columns assume, is addition to the increase is commercial banks heldings of Gerera-\nsest securities shown is the line above, M increase in other leans at Investments of 40 at\ncommercial and savings banks and an increase is currency and/or bank reserves of 3.1; also as\nincrease is flost between depositors of 1.6.\n3/ The hypothetical decreases are minly for life insurance companies.\nby The hypothetical changes come is all casse that 2.0 of Government securities AFO purchased.\nCash and marketable securities is assued to increase 10 persent under A-2 and 4-2, 20 percent\nunder D-1 and no percent under D-2.\n5/ IN is assumed that may held for consumption purposes is equal to me-half month's 'sational\nincome payments'. See Note below table.\ns This is a residual Item.\nV The 1936-1938 figure excludes 0.7 of adjusted service bonds. The hypothatical figures for\nsecurities to be absorbed by individuals are computed by subtracting line 2 free line 1 and further\nsubtracting $5 billion for securities sold to life insurance companies (2). antual savings banks\nand other finencial institutions: (1), and nonfinancial corporations (2). The unit absorbed w\nindividuals is the fiscal year 1942 would be about half the figure is each of the last four columns.\nSee fectuate 1 for the taxes that have been correct.\n267\nRegraded Unclassified\n268\nConfidential\nB-1259\nAugust 11, 1941\n(Revised)\nANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF 'D'SER BANKS,\nveek ENDEC WEDNESDAY, JUNE 25, 1941\nby\nJohn E. Horbett,\nAssistant Chief, Division of Bank Operations\nMember bank excess reserves during the week ended June 25, 1941\namounted to approximately 5.2 billions. If reservo requirements were increased\nto twice basic statutory requirements (the meximum allowable under present law)\nORDORS reserves would be reduc be by approximately 1.2 billions. If the law\nword amended and requirements wor. increased to two and ono-hnlf times the\npresent basic statutory requirements, excess reservos would be reduced by 3.4\nbillions and would then amount to 1.8 billions. The summary figures by classus\nof are shown in the following table:\nEXCUSE\nRoduction which would rosult if\nresurvos\nrequirements Were increased to--\nClass of banks\non prosent\nTwice basic\n2-1/2 timos basic\nbesis\nrequirements\nrequirements\n(Millions of dollars)\nAll arti banks--total\n5,231\n1,172\n3,423\nDeserve city banks\nNo York\n2,202\n531\n1,588\nChicago\nLao\n105\n311\ncity banks\n1,750\n352\n1,031\nCountry brice in places vith a\nregulation of--\n111,000 or more\n230\n47\n127\n19,000-100,000\n326\n72\n193\n15,000\n313\n65\n173\nAn analysis has noon mndo of the reserve position of individual member\nwring the rock unded June 25, 1941, and the results are shown in the\nvin at tements. The analysis is brand on information supplied by the\nMiserve Banks in response to the Board't telegram of July 11. One part\niffect of nn incroase in reserve requirements to twice basic statutory\nnts: th. other showe th offoct o of on incruase to two and ono-half times\ntutory requirements.\nRegraded Unclassified\n269\n- 2 -\n1. If reserve requirements were increased to twice basic statutory\nrequirements== 26% 20, and 110% on demand deposits nd 6% on time deposits--\nAll but 43 member banks could meet such an incroase in requirements\neither out of their present excess reserves or by converting up to\none-half of their belances with other banke into reserve balances.\nThe 43 banks would have an aggregate deficiency of\n$782,000 after converting one-half of their bank\nbalances into reserve balances; 23 of them would\neach have a deficiency of $5,000 or loss.\nThe largest of thoso 43 banks had total assote of\n27 millions, the scoond largost 14 millions, and\nthe third largost 6 millions.\n35 of the 43 banks word country benks located in\nplaces with E population of less than 15,000. The\naveragd ratio of loans and investments to total\ncasots of those 35 banks was els. compared with\n645 for all country banks and 62% for all mar.ber\nbonks. Over eno-half of these 35 banks wore in\nthe three eastern Foderal Recorvo districts.\nA statement listing these 43 banks and showing their\nloans, investments, deposito, oto., on June 30 is\nattached. It will he observed that in nearly all\nonses the ratio of bank balances to deposits of these\nbanks wes considerably below that of the average bank.\n1,141 banks with rusorvo bulances less than twice basio statutory\nrequirements could moot such an incroase by converting up to cno-\nhalf of thoir belanous with other banks into reserve balanoos;\ntheir aggregato doficiencios before such conversion would be 67\nmillions.\nAbout throe-fourths of the banks whose reserve balances were not\nsufficiont to most an incronse to twice basic requirements would\nhave sufficiont ruserves after convorting not more than 10 por\ncent of thoir bank balanous into reserve balances. Thore word a\nf-w banks, however, that would not have enough reserves even after\nconverting all of their bank balances into reserve balances. The\naccompanying table distributes the member banks according to the\npercentage of bank balances that would have to be converted into\nreserve balances.\nB-1259\n(Revised)\n- 3 -\n270\nDISTRIBUTION OF YEARER RAYKS ACCORDING TO THE PERCEPTAGE\nOF BANK B..LANCES THAT VOULD HAVE TO BE CONVERTED INTO\nRESERVE BALANCES TO NEET AN INCREASE IN RESERVE\nREQUIREMENTS TO THICE BASIC REQUIREMENTS\nNumber\nNumber of banks that rould have to convert\nTotal\nwith\nthe following percentages of bank balances\nnumber\nsuffi-\ninto roservo balancos--\nClass of banks\nof\nciunt\n10%\n11-\nbanks\n21-\n31-\n51-\n71-\nOvor\nroserves\nor\n20%\nloss\n30%\n50%\n70%\n100\n100%\n..11 nomber banks\n6,549\n5,065\n1,105\n216\n61\n59\n7\n17\n19\n1.594\nControl reservo\ncity binker\nNow York\n36\n26\n10 2\n3\n1\n3\n--\n--\n1\nChiorgo\n12\n8\nJ --\n2\n1\n1\n--\n--\n--\nROBERTE city banks\n345\n265\n40 60\n14\n4\n1\n--\n1\n--\nCountry hinks in places\nwith o population of--\n-\n3\n100,000 or moro\n199\n138\n45\n9\n3\n3\n--\n--\n1\n15,000-100,000\n1,001\n733\n219\n32\n5\n7\n1\n2\n2\nUnder 15,000\n4,956\n3,895\n779\n156\n47\n44\n6\n14\n15\n1,061\nB-1259\n(Rovised)\n4 -\n271\n2. If reserve requirements word increased to two and ono-half\ntimes bario statutory requirements -- 32-1/2%, 25%, and 17-1/2% on\ndonand doposits and 7-1/2% on time doposits--\n261 nomber banks would have to provido additional rosorvos after\nconverting one-half of their balances with other banks into\nreserve balances. These banks would have an aggregate deficiency\nof 180 millions after converting one-half of their bank belances\ninto recerve balances.\n2,977 banks with reserve balances loss than two and ono-half\ntimes basic statutory requirements could meet such an increase\nby converting up to one-holf of their balances with other banks\ninto resorvo balances.\n3,311 banks--about half the total number of member banks--had\nreserve balances sufficient to meet an increase to two and one-\nhalf times the basic statutory requirements.\nB-1259\n(Revised)\nCann'T 1\n273\nHypothetled,\nDISTRIBUTION BOLLINGS\npresent\nOF Virusits AND CURRENCY\n1929-1943\nme restriction\nof bank LICENSE Lon\n32\nBO\n70\nTOTAL HOLDENGS\nOF CASH\n60\n60\nto\n\"Toke1 hoposits sad\ncurrency Ld U.S.T\n50\n$5\nhers\n2:010\n40\nThis\n30\nIndividuals\n20\n10\n1329 1930 1931 1932 1933 1334 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1943 1341 1862\nRegraded Unclassified\nCHART 2\n27:5\nHypothetical\n(see chart 1)\nCASH HOLDINGS DE\n1929-1940\nSuvings deposite\n20\n00\n\"Invertment nhe idite deposits one currendy\"\nis\n10\n\"Currancy und deposits for purposes\"\n0\nCO\n$0\n50\n40\n4\n22\nRatings Deposits\nto\n20\nConsumption\ncash\n10\n10\nInvestment and Idle cach\n270 1971 1979 1965 1334 1388 1336 13:7 1338 1033 1343 1941 1342\nRegraded Unclassified\nCOMPIDENTIVE\nMACKIN TO RESERVE POSITION or DATES, ...ET ENDED WEDNESDAY. JUNE 25, TORO\nThink Instruction AR increase in PRODUCTION requirements to twice tasle statuing reserve requirements\n(Basod on averages of drive Claures: amounts in thougands of Gollars)\nControl Reserve\nCountry bruine\nAll\ncity bonks\nReservo\nIn places with a population of--\nmember\ncity\nTotal\nbanks\nNew York\nChioago\n100,000\n15,000-\nLoss than\nbanks\nand over\n100,000\n15,000\nReserve percentages, if incressed to\ntwo basic statutory requirements:\nOn demand deposits\n26\n26\n20\n14\n14\n14\n34\nOn time deposits\n6\n6\n6\n6\n6\n6\n6\n1. Banks with reserve belances sufficient to neot the increase\nin reserve requirements:\nThribor of banks\n5,065\n26\n8\n265\n4.766\n138\n733\n3,895\nExcoss reserves if roquirements wore incroased\n4,127,300\n1,673,301\n307.908\n1,432,567\n713,524\n189,143\n266,422\n257,999\n2. Banks that could noot the increaso by convorting not more\nthan mlf of their back belances into reservo belance:\nNumber of banks\n1,443\n9\n4\n79\n1,349\n60\n263\n1,026\nDeficiency in reservos before converting bank balances\n-67,408\n-1,974\n-2,325\n-34,695\n-28,414\n-6,566\n-12,432\n-9,416\nExcose reserves after converting half of tank\nbalances into reserves\n540,973\n2,402\n2,893\n213,423\n322,255\n80,692\n151,272\n90,291\n3. Banks that would have to provide additional reserves aftor\nconverting half of bank balancus into reserve beloness:\nNumber of banks\n43\n1\n:\n1\nW\n1\n5\n»\nDeficioncy in reserves before converting bank belancos\n-1,230\n-567\n--\n-52\n-611\n-18\n-135\n1888\n-Doficioncy in roservos after converting half of bank\nbalances into resorves\n-782\n-463\nI\n-25\n-294\n-14\n-\n=56\n-224\n4. All member bankas\nNumber of banks\n6,549\n36\n12\n345\n6.156\n199\n1,001\n4,956\nExcess reserves on present basis\n5,230,447\n2,201,546\n410,160\n1,749,663\n869.078\n229,634\n526,163\n313,281\nExcess reserves if requirements wore increased to\ntwice basic statutory requirements\n4,058,662\n1,670,760\n305,583\n1,397,820\n684,499\n182,559\n253,855\n212,085\nRote: Due to the fact that balances due from banks are deductible from domend doposits subject to reserve, - withdrawsl of such balances results\nIn some increase in required reserves. If allowance is mado for this, two banks would MOVE from group 2 to group 3 and yould have mill\ndeficionsiss in reserves after converting ono-half of bank belance into reserve balances,\nB-1259\n(Ruvised)\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nANALYSIS UT RESERVE POSITION OF \"E'DE Stard. FEW\nTable an Increase àn reserve requirements to twine Indio statutory reserve requirements\nDistribution of mmber of banks, tv classes.\nNumber of banks, by Federal Peserve districts--\nTotal\nNew\nPhila-\nCleve-\nRich-\nAtlenta\nChicago\nSt.\nMines-\nRecess\nassuming an increase in reserve requirements to\nDellare\nSen\nnumber\nBoston\nYork\ntwice basic statutory requirements*\ndelphia\nland\nmond\nLouis\napolis\nCity\nFrancisee\n1. All sumber banks-total\n6,549\n346\n787\n655\n667\n437\n317\n880\nLes\n452\n731\n570\n276\n4. Recerve balances sufficient\n5,065\n249\n655\n501\n558\n344\n245\n735\n337\n334\n521\n1,30\n176\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank belances sufficient\n1,441\n94\n118\n145\n106\n91\n72\n144\n88\n114\n214\n155\n100\n0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n43\n3\n14\n9\n3\n2\n-\n1\n-\n4\n2\n5\n-\nLB\n36\n:\n-\n12\n-\n-\nI\n-\n-\n2. Central resorve city banks--total\n:\n-\n-\n34\n-\n26\n-\n-\n:\nI\n8\n-\n--\n-\n-\n:\nas Reserve balances sufficient\nbe Reserve balaness plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont\n13\n-\n9\n-\n--\n-\n-\nL\n-\n--\n--\n--\n-\nOz Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n1\nI\n1\n-\n-\n-\n--\n-\n-\n-\n-\n:\n-\n1\n20 Reserve city banks-total\n345\n10\n11\n22\n33\n34\n21\n65\n24\n9\n50\n36\n30\n4a Reserve balances sufficient\n265\n9\n8\n19\n30\n31\n12\nLE\n17\n6\n36\n29\n23\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n79\n1\n3\n3\n3\n2\n9\n20\n7\n5\n14\n7\n7\nC. Rosorve balances plus 1/2 bank belances insufficient\n1\n1\n-\n-\n-\n-\n1\n--\n-\n-\n-\n-\n-\n1.0 Country banks, population 100,000 and over-total\n199\n36\n40\n19\n26\n3\n11\n14\n17\n16\nó\n2\n9\nBe Roserve balancos sufficient\n138\n24\n26\n17\n20\n2\n10\n9\n12\n9\n3\n1\n5\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont\n60\n12\n14\n2\n6\n1\n1\n5\n5\n6\n3\n1\n4\nas Rosorve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n1\n--\n--\n-\n-\n-\n:\n--\n1\n1\n-\n-\n--\n5. Country banks, population 15,000=100,000~total\n1,001\n106\n163\n92\n113\n13\n72\n151\nlate\n50\n51\nlib\n40\nas Reserve balances sufficient\n733\n72\n130\n69\n95\n50\n54\n112\n34\n31\n27\n34\n25\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n263\n34\n30\n21\n18\n23\n18\n39\n10\n19\n24\n12\n15\n0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank belances insufficient\n5\n-\n3\n2\n-\n-\n--\n-\n-\nI\n-\n-\n-\n6. Country banks, population loss this 15,000-total\n4.956\n194\n537\n522\nLOS\n327\n213\n638\n340\n377\n630\n466\n197\n3,895\n144\n465\n396\n43\n261\n169\n561\n274\n268\n455\nas Reserve belances sufficient\n346\n123\nb. Roservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n1,026\nLa\n62\n119\n79\n65\nE\n76\n66\n86\n173\n135\n74\nOs Reservo balances plus 1/2 benk balances insufficient\n35\n3\n10\n7\n3\n1\n-\n1\n-\n3\n2\n5\n-\n\"The groupines a, b, and 0, under each min classification, show-\n(a) the mmber of banks that had reserve balance sufficient to most in incroase to twice belances besic statutory roquirements,\n(b) the mmber that could have not such an Increase by convorting mlf of their bank balances into reservo belances, and\nB-1299\n(0) the nator that could not have not such on incroase by converting H.lf of their brak into reserve belances.\n2\n275\n:\n5\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF MEMBER BANKS, WEEK ENDED MEDNESDAY, JUNE 25, 1941\nTable 2--Assuming an increase in reserve requirements to two and one-half times basie statutory reserve requirements\n(Basod on averages of daily figuros: amounts in thousands of dollars)\nContral Reserve\nAll\nCountry banks\nmember\ncity banks\nRoacrve\nIn places with - population of--\nbanks\ncity\nTotal\nNew York\nChicago\n100,000\n15,000-\nLess than\nbanke\nand over\n100,000\n15,000\nInservo percentages, if increased to two and\none-half times basic statutory requirements:\nOn dessind deposits\n32-1/2\n32-1/2\n25\n17-1/2\n17-1/2\n17-1/2\n17-1/2\nOn time deposits\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n7-1/2\n1. Barden with reservo balances sufficient to most the increase\nin reserve requirements:\nNumber of banks\n3,311\n16\n7\n147\n3,241\n90\n409\n2,562\nhouse reserves if requirements were increased\n2,391,655\n738,454\n114.538\n1,002,968\n535.695\n142,896\n199,217\n193,582\n2. Banks that could moot the incroase by convorting not more\nthan half of their bank balances into resorve balances:\nNumber of banks\n2,977\n6\n$\n180\n2,788\n99\n481\n2,200\nDeficiency in reserves before converting bank balances\n-340,992\n-5.437\n-9,463\n-179,867\n=146,225\n=38,209\n-61,200\n-46.736\nExcess reserves after converting half of bank\nbalances into reserves\n928,826\n1/-551\n16,150\n396,075\n515,152\n124,372\n207.406\n163,372\n3. Banks that would have to provide additional reservos after\ncorrerting half of bank balances into reserve balances:\nNumber of banks\n261\n14\n2\n18\n227\n10\n31\n186\nDeficiency in reserves before converting bank balances\n-242,785\n-119,601\n-6,181\n-104,386\n-12,417\n-1,998\n-14.457\n-6,368\nDeficiency in reserves after converting half of bank\nbalances into reserves\n=180,202\n-109,695\n-3,767\n-61,224\n-5,516\n-615\n-2,016\n-2,365\nAll mmber tanks:\nNumber of banks\n6,540\n36\n12\n345\n6,156\n199\n1,001\n5,230,447\n2,201,546\n410,160\nW/A\nRccess reserves on present basis\n1,749.663\n865,078\n229,634\n320.103\n315,252\nRcooss reserves if requirements were increased to\ntwo and one-half times basis statutory requirements\n1,507,878\n613,216\n96,894\n710,715\n377,053\n105,009\n133,560\n110.600\nNotes Due to the fact that balanges due from banks are dedoctible from domand duposits subject to reserve, 5 withdrawal of each belance results in\nincruase in reserve requirements. If allowance is más for this, a cumber of the banks in group 2 would novo into group 3 and rould\nhave scas deficionsius in reserves after converting cao-half of bank balances Lato reserve balances.\nThis aggregate net deficiency is due to the increase in reserve requirements which results from a. withhouse!\n94%\nInlances\n-\nfrom\n0-1299\n27.6\nbanks.\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nANALYSIS OF RESERVE POSITION OF MEMBER HAVES. YEAR ENDED 201 SDAY, JUNE 25, DAA\nTable 26--Assuming an incrusse in reservo requirements to two and ono-helf times brain statutory reserve riquirements\nDistribution of number of tanks, by classes,\nNumber of banks, by Federal Roserve districts--\nTotal\nassuming 6D increase in reserve requirements to two\nNew\nPhila-\nCloru-\nRich-\nAtlanta\nChiongo\nSt.\nMinno-\nKansas\nDillas\nSAN\nnumber\nBoston\nand ono-half times basic statutory requirements*\nYork\ndolphia\nland\nmond\nLouis\napolis\nCity\nPrancisco\n6,549\n346\n787\n655\n667\n437\n317\nBBO\n425\n452\n737\n570\n276\n1. All member banks-total\n194\n304\n280\n84\n3,311\n158\n468\n325\n381\n235\n141\n530\n211\n\" Reserve balances sufficient\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont\n2,977\n162\n256\n275\n265\n195\n173\n338\n208\n240\n416\n268\n179\n261\n26\n63\n55\n21\n7\n3\n12\n6\n18\n15\n22\n13\nas Reserve belances plus 1/2 bank balance insufficient\n12\n-\n--\n-\n-\n48\n36\n-\n:\n--\n--\n-\n--\n2. Contral reserve city banks-total\n16\n--\n-\n-\n7\n-\n-\n-\n-\n-\n23\n-\n--\na. Roservo balance sufficiont\n3\n-\n-\n-\n-\n-\n6\n--\n--\n-\n-\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n9\n-\n14\n-\n2\n--\n-\n:\n-\n-\n16\n-\n--\n:\na. Rosorvo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n-\n345\n10\n11\n22\n33\n34\n21\n65\n24\n9\n50\n36\n30\n30 Reserve city banks--total\n8\nLe Reservo balances sufficient\n3\n12\n21\n19\n5\n28\n5\n2\n15\n17\n12\n147\n180\n1\n5\n8\n12\n14\n15\n34\n16\n7\n34\n19\n15\nbe Reserve balances plull 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n2\n1\n1\n3\n3\n-\n1\n-\n3\nde Reservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n18\n1\n3\n-\n199\n36\n40\n19\n26\n3\n11\n14\n17\n16\n6\n2\n9\n1+0 Country banks, population 100,000 and over-total\n90\n14\n18\n10\n16\n2\n5\n9\n4\n2\n1\nAX\n\" Resorve balances suffisiont\n21\n9\n9\n1\nZ\n9\nB\n8\n4\n1\n7\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficiont\n99\n18\n1\n--\n-\n-\n4\n--\n-\n--\n6a Reservo balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n10\n4\n1\n--\n-\n1,001\n106\n163\n92\n113\n73\n72\n151\nWe\n50\n51\n40\n40\n5. Country banks, population 15,000-100,000-total\n489\n46\n103\n48\n66\n31\n29\n75\n21\n18\n20\n15\n13\nto Roservo balance sufficient\n31\n20\n481\n55\n47\n39\nLA\n40\n43\n76\n23\n31\n20\nbe Resorvo balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\n31\n13\n5\n3\n2\n--\n-\nt\n1\n-\n1\n1\n5\n4,956\n194\n537\n522\n495\n327\n213\n630\n340\n377\n630\nLF6\n197\n6. Country banks, population less than 15,000-total\n100\n415\n176\n170\n267\n243\n2,562\n90\n328\n255\n278\n183\n57\n4. Recerve balances sufficient\n2,208\n88\n177\n219\n200\n140\n111\n216\n161\n194\n310\n222\n131\nbe Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances sufficient\n186\n16\n32\n48\n17\n4\n2\n7\n3\n13\n1/4\n21\n9\n0. Reserve balances plus 1/2 bank balances insufficient\nThe be and 0, under each main classification, show->\n(a) the number that sould have not such an increase by converting half half of of their bank balances into belance.\ngroupings a, of banks that had reservo balance mfficiont to meet an increase thoir bank to two balances and one-half into ruservo time balanoos, basic statutory and requirements,\nB-1259\n(b) (o) the the manber number that could not have not such an increaso by converting reservo N\n(Revised)\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nASSSTS JED LIABILITIES OF 10:38 BUICS VHICH, AFTER CONVENTING HALF 02 THEIP DATE BALANCES INTO RESEIVE DALUMES, LOULD HAVE TO PICVIDE\nADDITIONAL RESERVES IN ORDEP TO VEET AN INCREASE IN RESERVE REQUIRD/ENTS ,0 A ICE BASIC STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS\n(The figures of assots and liabilitics are ns of Juno 30, 1941, but the resurve analysis was based on averages\nof daily ficures for the wook endod Juno 25, 1941)\nRatios\n(per oent)\nP.R.\nAddi-\nTotal\nU.S.Govt\nOther\nBalances\nDo-\nLoans and\nU.S.Govt.\nOther\nBank\nDist,\ntional\nassets\nLoans\nsecur-\nsecur-\ndue from\nLoins\nName of bank\nities\nposits\ninvest-\nsecuri-\nsecuri-\nbalances\nCity and State\nreserves\nities\nbanks\nto\nBo.\nconts to\nties to\ntics to\nto\nneeded\nasseta\nIn thousande of dollars\nassots\nassets\nassets\ndeposits\nCENTRAL RESERVE CITY BANK\n2\nFor York, Befo\nSohroder Trust Company\n463\n27,128\n4343\n12,093\n3,619\n270\n23,375\n73.2\n15.3\nWhite\n13.3\n1.2\nRESERVE CITY BARK\n5\nBoltimoro, Ed.\nCalvort Bank\n25\n13,908\n2,723\n3,836\n2.776\n148\n12,630\n67.1\n19.6\n27+6\n20.0\n1+2\nCOUNTRY BAHK IN A PLACE ITH á POPULATION\nOF 100,000 OR MORE\n9\nMinnespolis,Minn. Pidolity Stato Bank\n14\n2,636\n1,870\n205\n259\n9\n2,467\n88.5\n70.9\n7.8\n13.6\nall\nCOUNTRY BANKS IN PLACES LITE A POPULATION\nOF 15,000-100,000\n2\nOrucuwich, Conne\nFirst Intional Bank\n13\n4,886\n2,212\n1,7Le\n53\n77\n4,468\n62.0\n45-3\n35-7\n1.1\n1.7\n2\nHackensack, Red.\nBargon County National Bank\n6\n3.541\n1,504\n723\n667\n35\n3,095\n61.7\nLe.5\n20als\n16.8\n1.1\n2\nMiddletown, N.Y.\nNational Bank of\n15\n4,607\n1,342\n1,927\n470\n110\n4,034\n61,2\n29.1\n41.8\n10m2\n2.7\n3\nShamokin, Pa.\nRest End Entional Bank\n5\n1,659\n423\n263\n628\n55\n1,309\n79.2\n25-4\n15.8\n37.8\n4-0\n3\nShamokin, Pa.\nNational-Dino Bank\n17\n4,838\n1,563\n1,038\n975\nle\n3,864\n73+9\n32.3\n21.5\n20.2\n1.3\nTotal, 5 country banks in placos with c.\npopulation of 15,000=100,000\n56\n19,531\n7.044\n5.693\n2,793\n326\n16,850\n79.5\n36.1\n29.1\n1/1-3\n1.9\nCOUNTRY BARKS IN PLACES TITH 2. POPULATION\nOF LESS THAN 15,000\n462\n251\n60\n30\n854\n71.6\n12.8\n21.4\n7.4\n1\nLebanon, N. He\nNational Bank of\n10\n1,080\n3.5\nEnosburg Fulls Intional Bank\n5\n454\n305\n8\n76\n10\n369\n05.7\n67.2\n1.8\n1607\n1\nEnoshurg Falls,Vt.\n2.7\nPoultncy National Bank\n11\n769\n575\n27\n35\n16\n610\n82.6\n74.5\n3.5\nhas\n1\nPoultncy, Vt.\n2.5\n5\n606\n402\n74\n69\n6\n511\n89+9\n66.3\n122\n11.4\n2\nCato, H. T.\nFirst National Bank\n12\nDolaware National Bank\n17\n1,883\n1,067\n388\n106\n9\n1,650\nR2.9\n96.7\n20+6\n5+6\n-5\n2\nDolhi, N. T.\n5\n714\n452\n92\n35\n25\n605\n79+7\n63.3\nNational Bank of Florida\n12.9\n4.9\nLI\n2\nPlorida, N. T.\n7\n630\n435\n26\n50\n3\n481\n81.1\n69.0\n41\n2\nFirst National Bank\n7+9\n&\nHeadon, n. Y.\n4\n362\n174\n54\n78\n2\n292\n04.5\n60.1\n14.9\n21.5\n2\nFirst National Bank\n=7\nHarrisvillo, N.Y.\nB-1259\n2\n(Revised)\n7\n8\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF 1'52'RED RATES HICH, AFTER CONVE TINO R/LF OF THLIR PARK SALANCES INTC RESERVE BALANCES, 100LD we TC PROVIDE\nADDITIONAL RESERVES IN ORDER TO FEST AM INCREASE IN R_SERVE REQUIREMENTS TO TWICE BASIC STATUTORY REQUIRE/ENTS\nFare 2\n(The rigures of assote and liabilities are as of June 30, 1941, but the reserve Analysis was based on avorages\nof daily figures for the work ended June 25, 1941)\nRatios (por cent)\nF.R.\nAddi-\nU.S. govt.\nOther\nBalances\nTotal\nDo-\nLoans and\nU.S.Govt.\nOther\nBank\nDist.\ntional\nLorna\nscour-\nsocur-\ndue from\nCity and State\nName of bank\ninvest-\nLoans\nassots\nposits\nsocuri-\nsocuri-\nbalances\nNo.\nreserves\nities\nitics\nbanks\nto\nmonta to\ntios to\nties to\nto\nneeded_\nassota\nIn thousands of dollars\nassets\nessets\nassota\ndeposits\n(Contimed)\n2\nHermon, J. Y.\nFirst National Bank\n2\n124\n222\n51\n59\n2\n319\n78-3\n52.4\n12.0\n13.9\n-6\n2\nHicksvillo,N.Y.\nLong Island National Bank\n8\n2,412\n1,143\n4\n53\n31\n1,151\n83.1\n79.2\n.3\n3-7\n2.7\n2\nLiborty, y. Y.\nNational Bank of\n21\n2,878\n1,372\n516\n631\n37\n2,495\n87.5\n47.7\n17.9\n21.9\n1.5\n2\nBosson, X. T.\nFirst National Bank\n3\n701\n118\n292\n203\n11\n620\n87.4\n19.2\n41.7\n29,0\n1.8\n2\nWarronsburg, K.T.\nEmoreon Intional Bank\n8\n1,366\n893\n75\n244\n11\n1,197\n81.4\n65.4\n5.5\n10.5\n«9\n3\nTeam River, H. de\nFirst National Bank\n13\n5,604\n3.136\n672\n984\n53\n4537\n85.5\n56.0\nLc.0\n17.5\n1.2\n5\nBakorton, Pa.\nFirst National Bank\n4\n529\n154\n218\n68\n13\n436\n83.2\n29.1\n41.2\n12.9\n3.0\n3\nCateriana, Pc.\nCatawises National Bank\n14\n912\n715\n28\n45\n2\n690\n86.4\n78.4\n3+1\n4.9\n+3\n3\nDouphin, Pa.\nDouphin National Bank\n1\n270\n168\n25\n28\n4\n223\n81.9\n62.2\n9+3\n10.3\n1.8\n3\nMartinsburg, Pt.,\nFirst National Bank\n1\n264\n130\n25\nLe\n4\n225\n746\n10.2\n9+5\n15.9\nLf\n3\nUlstor, Pa.\nFirst National Bank\n2\n506\n169\n39\n219\n15\n419\nBlacks\n33.4\n7=7\n43.3\n3.6\n3\nWontharly, Pa.\nFirst Intional Bank\n2\n706\n329\n64\n140\n12\n583\n75.5\n46.6\n9.1\n19.8\n2.1\n4\nGoorgotown, Ry.\nFirst National Bank\n4\n643\n255\nlle\n43\n&\n545\n69.5\n39.7\n23.2\n6.7\n*9.5\n4\nMasontown, Pa.\nScoond National Bank\n2\n1,035\n277\n268\n317\n32\n913\n83.3\n26.8\n25.9\n30.6\n3.5\n4\nStoystown, Po.\nFirst National Bank\n1\n299\n174\n17\n57\n2\n218\n82.9\n58.2\n5+7\n19.1\n+9\n5\nLoxington, Va.\nRookbridgo National Bank\n4\n1,978\n1,240\n293\n105\n75\n1,702\n62.8\n62.7\n14.8\n5+3\n44\n7\nBettle Ground,Ind.\nButtle Ground State Bank\n3\n347\n245\n40\n2\n25\n291\n82.1\n70.0\n11.5\n.6\n8.6\n9\nLosion, 8. D.\nFirst National Bank\n6\n681\n319\n236\n19\n18\n607\n843\n16.8\n3407\n2.8\n3.0\n9\nManistique, Nicha\nStato Savings Bank\n8\n808\n124\n121\n122\n20\n723\n82.5\n52.5\n15.0\n15.1\n2.8\n9\nUtophen, Winn.\nFirst National Bank\n1\n372\n237\n55\n36\n5\n327\n88.1\n63.7\n14.8\n9.7\n1.5\n10\nSt. Marys, Kans.\nSt. Marys State Bank\n2\n998\n377\n107\n25\n30\nL98\n85,1\n63.0\n17.9\n42\n6.0\n10\nGranito,Okla.\nFirst National Bank\n1\n283\n138\n20\n84\n5\n237\n85.5\n48.8\n7.1\n29.7\n2.1\n11\nAmona, Tox.\nFirst National Bank\n3\n109\n84\n-0-\n3\n6\n70\n79.6\n77.1\n:\n2.8\n0.6\n11\nCemoron, Tax.\nCitizons National Bank\n30\n6,030\n598\n908\n3,914\n121\n5.787\n89.9\n9.9\n15.1\n64.9\n2.1\n11\nDodson, Tex\nFirst stato Bank\n1\n192\n136\n25\n1\n6\n120\n843\n70.8\n13.0\n.5\n5.0\nP=1259\n279\n(Revised)\nRegraded Unclassified\nCONFIDENTIAL\nASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF FEMBER BATS WICH, AFTER CONVERTING PALF OF THEIR BANK BALANCES INTO RESERVE BALANCES, WOULD AVE 16 GAVIDE\nADDITION'I RESERVES IN ORDER TO MELT AN INCREASE IN RESERVE REQUIREMENTS TO TWICE RASIC STATUTORY\nPage 3\n(Thu figuros of assots and liabilition are as of June 30, 1941, but the reservo analysis who based on avers HE\nof daily figures for the week ended June 25, 1941)\nU. 8.Govt\nRatios (per cent)\nF. Rs\nAddi-\nOther\nBalances\nDist.\ntional\nTotal\nsecur-\nDo-\nLoans and\nU.S.Covt.\nOther\nBank\nLoans\nsecur-\ndue from\nCity and State\nName of bank\nreserves\nassets\nitics\nitios\nbanks\nposits\ninvest-\nLoans\nsecuri-\nsecuri-\nbalances\nNo.\nneeded\nments to\nto\nties to\nties to\nto\nIn thousands of dollars\nassets\nassets\nassets\nascete\ndeposits\n(Continuod)\n11\nDuma, Tex.\nFirst Stato Bank\n13\n543\n364\n38\n26\n56\n489\n78.6\n67.0\n7.0\n46\n11.5\n11\nOgloohy, Tox.\nFirst National Bank\n2\n143\n87\n7\n7\n24\n106\n70.6\n60.8\n4+9\n49\n*22.2\nTotal, 35 country banks in places with &\npopulati n of loss than 15,000\n224\n36,163\n17.372\n5,193\n7,906\n773\n30,941\nBlue3\n48.0\n1404\n21.9\n2.5\nTotal, la country banks\n294\n58,330\n26,286\n11,091\n10,958\n1,108\n50,258\n62.9\n45.1\n19.0\n11.F\n2.2\nAverage ratios for all country banks,Apr.4,1941\n64.3\n31.3\n20.0\n13.0\n19.5\nGrand Totr.1, 43 banks\n782\n99,366\n33,152\n27,020\n17,353\n1,526\n86,263\n78.0\n33.4\n27.2\n17.4\n1.8\no\n280\n0-1299\nAfter converting ops-hnlf of bank br.lanoos into roserve balances.\n(Rovised)\nAverage balances due from banks, as reported for the wook onded Juno 25, 1941, word considerably bolow the amount shown in the June 30 c:11 report.\n280\nRegraded Unclassified\n281\nSeptember 3, 1941\n2:30 p.m.\nHMJr:\nHello.\nOperator:\nMrs. Klotz is back now.\nHMJr:\nWhere's Mr. Henderson?\nOperator:\nI have him right here. Go ahead.\nHMJr:\nHello.\nLeon\nHenderson:\nHello. Did you have a good rest?\nHMJr:\nYes, I did. Is this Leon?\nH:\nYes.\nHMJr:\nHow are you?\nH:\nI'm in pretty good shape.\nHMJr:\nSay, Leon, this is something that normally\nI'd rather talk to you about across the\ntable, but I'm sure it was an oversight\non your part. Remember you and I had sort\nof a gentlemen's agreement as to that\nbusiness of Ways and Means, that if you\nwere going to do anything on taxes, you'd\ntalk to me first?\nH:\nYeah.\nHMJr:\nWell, Senator George has sent me down this\ncorrespondence from you on joint returns\nH:\nYeah.\nHMJr:\nand calling 8 spade & spade - I mean,\nI Just think it - that waen't the understanding\nyou and I had.\nH:\nOh, why then - then that's my fault, Henry.\nI meant about testifying.\nHMJr:\noh.\nRegraded Unclassified\n282\n- 2 -\nH:\nAll we did was this. We did some work on\njoint returns\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nand I had spoken about it and the\nfellows worked it up and came in here one\nmorning\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nand asked me whether it wouldn't be a\ngood thing to send it on down to him.....\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nand I didn't think - I was busy, and\ndidn't think anything more about it.\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nThat's the only thing we've sent down. I\nthought - I meant about\nHMJr:\nWell\nH:\nI had in mind testifying. It never occurred\nto me on this thing.\nHMJr:\nWell, frankly George didn't seem to sort of\nlike it and\nH:\nWhat?\nHMJr:\nhe didn't kind of like it, see? And\nI thought I'd - normally I'd eit down, but\nI didn't want to take up your time.\nH:\nWell, you can rest assured on that. That's\nthe only thing we've done\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nand I won't do any more of them - even\nwhat seems as harmless as that. It looked\nto me as just a little technical work.\nRegraded Unclassified\n283\n- 3 -\nHMJr:\nWell, you know how hard it 18 keeping your\nown stable.\nH:\nSure. It was.....\nHMJr:\nI'm not making A.....\nH:\nIt was absolutely an oversight on my part.\nHMJr:\nI'm sure it was.\nH:\nAnd.....\nHMJr:\nNow, in return, Leon, that price statement\nwhich they wouldn't let me give before the\nCommittee\nH:\nYeah.\nHMJr:\nI'm going to give it Tuesday night in Boston.\nH:\nYou're going to be called as a witness one\nof these days.\nHMJr:\nI know. But I'm going to say all the things\nup there that they wouldn't let me say. And\nsometime - hello.\nH:\nThey didn't get to you.\nHMJr:\nI know, but\nH:\nThey haven't finished with me yet, you know.\nHMJr:\nNo. But sometime I'll tell you why I think they\ncalled me off.\nH:\nWell, I don't think there - there wasn't any -\nthere wasn't anything back of that. It was\njust they had not - they wouldn't let go of\nme.\nHMJr:\nThey wouldn't?\nH:\nNo. There was - there's no hidden reason\nthat I can see.\nRegraded Unclassified\n284\n- 4 -\nHMJr:\nWell, I personally - I don't know. Maybe\nit's just suspicion, but I think - I showed\nthe thing to three fellows from the Depart-\nment of Agriculture\nH:\nUh huh.\nHMJr:\n.....and within the same day Ed O'Neal got\nvery interested in what I was doing.\nH:\nUh huh.\nHMJr:\nHello.\nH:\nYeah. Well, I don't - this had nothing - it\nmay have.\nHMJr:\nThen the next thing I knew was they didn't\nwant me.\nH:\nWell\nHMJr:\nBut anyway, I'm going to give this; and I'd\nlike very much if Ferdie Kuhn could come\nover and show it to you tomorrow.\nH:\nAll right\nHMJr:\n.....and get\nH:\nWell, it better be in the morning, because\nin the afternoon I'll be before the Maloney\nCommittee on this oil business.\nHMJr:\nWell, then he - it won't be ready, 80 maybe -\nwould you want to take it home or would you\nwant it Friday morning?\nH:\nWell, when - I'll tell you. When Ferdie\ngets it done - when you get it done, why\ndon't he call me and we'll decide then.\nHMJr:\nAll right. I'll send one copy to you and\none to Miss Elliott.\nH:\nAll right.\n285\n- 5 -\nHMJr:\nBecause she was very helpful when you were\nup on the Hill.\nH:\nAll right.\nHMJr:\nBut I'm sure there's nothing in there but\nwhat you'd like, but there might be, and\nyou might have some good suggestions.\nH:\nAll right. Well, then, consider that I've\napologized for violating.\nHMJr:\nWell.....\nH:\n.....as I say, the boys had been working on\nit\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\n.....and I didn't - they brought it in one\nmorning and said, \"How about sending this\nto George?\" I sat thinking about it and I\nsigned a note and out it went and out of\nmind even.\nHMJr:\nI - well, 80 much for that. I mean, there's\n80 much to do you and I can't afford to have\nany squabbles.\nH:\nThat's right. That's right.\nHMJr:\nLet me ask you this. Are you happy over the\nnew setup?\nH:\nI'm happy in that it's - we - you've got a\nspirit of working.\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nand Don has taken hold, and I'm happy\nabout that\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nI'm not - I would rather have had a full-time\nworking Board\n286\n- 6 -\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\n.....\nthat 1s, it's & full-time job, as I\n800 it.....\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nnot something for busy people to do.\nHMJr:\nNo.\nH:\nI'm not 80 happy with the prospect of three\njobs that I've got when price is about enough\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\nbut we were short on material, Henry, for\nthese civilian supply jobs\nHMJr:\nI see.\nH:\nAnd it's going to mean an extra load for me,\nbut it's got more promise in it than anything\nwe've ever seen.\nHMJr:\nGood. Good.\nH:\nSay, if you've got your pencil there - if\nyour girl's on I've got & new number.\nHMJr:\nNo, the girl's not on.\nH:\nWell, that's all right. Republic 0154.\nHMJr:\nWait a minute. Republic.....\nH:\n0154.\nHMJr:\nSay it again.\nH:\nRepublic\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nH:\n01\nHMJr:\n01.\n287\n- 7 -\nH:\n54.\nHMJr:\n0154 - Republic.\nH:\nYeah. That's my desk's private number.\nHMJr:\n0154 - I'll give it to her.\nH:\nAll right, Henry.\nHMJr:\nTake care of yourself.\nH:\nAll right, fella.\nHMJr:\nGood-bye.\nH:\nGood-bye.\n288\nMEMORANDUM\nSeptember 3, 1941.\nTO:\nSecretary Morgenthau\nJLS\nFROM:\nMr. Sullivan\nAt noon today the Senate Finance Committee took up the\ntax bill and before recessing at three o'clock this afternoon they\nhad tentatively agreed on everything in the bill except the follow-\ning items, which were passed over because they were controversial\nand will be taken up when the Senate meets tomorrow forenoon at\neleven o'clock:\nLowered personal exemptions,\nRepeal of the special 10% excess profits tax,\nCommunity property,\nEstate and gift taxes,\nAdmissions tax,\nCoin operated devices,\nSocial Security tax amendments.\nThere is a possibility that the wine tax may be reopened,\nalthough it was tentatively agreed to this afternoon.\nI talked with Senetor Barkley about wiring absent senatore\nto return and he said everyone had been wired last night. He agreed,\nhowever, to wire them again this afternoon.\nRegraded Unclassified\n289\nSeptember 3, 1941\n3:30 p.m.\nRE DEFENSE SAVINGS STAFF\nPresent:\nMr. Sloan\nMr. Buckley\nMr. Kuhn\nMr. Callahan\nMr. McCarty\nMr. Pulte\nMr. Olney\nMr. Duffus\nMr. Mahan\nMr. Edward\nMr. Sparks\nMr. Graves\nGraves:\nHave you anything particular you would like\nto ask me about?\nH.M.Jr:\nOh, as we go along I have got a little - I\nhave got no list.\nGraves:\nTo start off with?\nH.M.Jr:\nNo list of complaints.\nGraves:\nI think we might begin, then --\nR.M.Jr:\nI have got one little one. I never heard\nfrom Cole Porter. Did you write him a\nletter?\nKuhn:\nAfter you left, Mr. Secretary, Jerome Kern\nwrote saying that he was doing a song and\nhe was going to get together with Gershwin,\nbut I never saw a letter from Porter.\nRegraded Unclassified\n290\n- 2 -\nCallahan:\nI think we asked Mr. Gershwin first and he\nsaid that he could work much better with\nJerome Kern and we couldn't very well tell\nhim that we insisted on Cole Porter. I\ndon't know whether there is anything between\nthem or not.\nM.S.Jr:\nWho is going to do the song now?\nCallahan:\nGershwin and Kern.\nS.H.Jr:\nThat is all right.\nKuhn:\nCouldn't get anyone better.\nH.M.Jr:\nHow about a follow up on it?\nCallahan:\nWhat do you mean?\nH.M.Jr:\nWrite Gershwin how he is coming.\nCallahan:\nBoth of them wrote in the other day and said\nthey were getting together on it and they\nhoped to give us a report in a week or ten\ndays.\nM.C.Jr:\nWonderful. That is all I have got. I will\nthink of some things as we go along.\nCraves:\nYes, sir. Then Mr. Mahan might tell us\nabout postage. You asked me the other day\nabout the status of that and I told you\nand I will let Mr. Mahan confirm that.\nMahan:\nMr. Secretary, we have been concentrating\non the distribution --\nN.P.Jr:\nWhere is Sloan?\nGraves:\nSloan stayed outside for a minute to take\ncare of some other business.\nK.M.Jr:\nAll right.\nRegraded Unclassified\n291\n- 3 -\nMahan:\nWe have been concentrating on the retail\nposters. It has been probably the greatest\ndistribution of display material that has\never been made. There have been around\nthree million pieces distributed and\narrangements made for those pieces to be\npicked up and actually delivered to retailers,\nas Mr. Pulte will tell you later. Now, as\nyou know, there were a million and a half\nof the Minute Man posters distributed.\nThere have been ten thousand of the \"Buy &\nShare in America\" posters and there is\nanother hundred thousand on order that will\nbe distributed in about ten days, approximately.\nH.M.Jr:\nDo they like that poster?\nMahan:\nLike it very much.\nH.M.Jr:\nI mean the \"Buy a Share in America\".\nMahan:\nWe have had very good comments on it and it\nshows up very well. I saw one in Mr. Sparks'\nbank. He stole one of the first that was\nissued and it looked very well in the frame.\nIt looked better than the other poster, I\nthink.\nWe have ordered a hundred thousand more of\nthose in the large size and a hundred thousand\nin the small size. Both of those are due\nin ten days. We have ordered ten thousand\nof the prize winning poster as a pilot\nquantity for distribution to the states and\nto get the comment on that poster, and then\nwe are going to order a quantity of those\nfor payroll allotment posting. That is a\nparticularly good one with the two hands and\nso forth.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat is all right. It is very good.\n292\n- 4 -\nGraves:\nYou mean, Mr. Mahan, to be put out in the\nfactories and plants?\nMahan:\nYes, in connection - ask about our payroll\nallotment plan. That is & particularly good\nposter for that. I think the important\nthing is the three million pieces that have\nbeen distributed ready for this September\nfifteenth show. Now, we might cover albums\ntoo.\nH.M.Jr:\nWe don't begin to have anything like the\ncoverage they do in Canada, for instance.\nI mean, you can't go anywhere in Canada but\nwhat you are conscious all the time of their\nsavings posters. It is the only poster they\nhave but you bump into it every where you\ngo, which you don't with ours.\nMahan:\nThat is the best distribution we will have,\nis this three million. That will mean\npractically every retail store of any size\nis covered, not with one but with several.\nOn the ten cent album which we wanted to\nhave ready at the opening of school, ten\nmillion of those are now on their way to\npost offices and fifteen million additional\nhave been ordered so that as that supply is\nused up we will have a new one coming and\nand we think that is very important as a\npart of this retail activity, to have it -\nas many children as possible with albums.\nGraves:\nI might say this. I don't know whether you\nknew, but when we ordered stamp albums to\nbegin with we did not order anything for\nthe ten cent stamp.\nH.M.Jr:\nYou did not?\nGraves:\nWe did not, and we have had great demand\nfor the same kind of album in the ten cent\nstamp that we have had all the time for\n293\n- 5 -\nthe other denominations and this represents\nthe initial supply of ten cent albums.\nMahan:\nThat is right, first album. There was\none other activity this morning on - the\nCunningham Drug Stores want to print two\nhundred thousand copies of the song\nthemselves at their own expense and\noffer it both through full page newspaper\nads and also over the radio.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhere are those stores?\nMahan:\nIn Detroit and Michigan. They have stores\nthroughout Michigan. They were very very\nhelpful.\nH.M.Jr:\nGot any more whiskey ads?\nMahan:\nI don't know about the whiskey situation.\nH.M.Jr:\nWho put that field over?\nGraves:\nDo you know about it, Sid, the Seagram ad?\nMahan:\nNo, I don't know about it. I have simply\nseen it. I don't know what the circumstances\nare. As a matter of fact, the representative\nis going to be down tomorrow.\nGraves:\nThey did that on their own, I assume, without\nany --\nMahan:\nI think SO. We will know tomorrow. But\nI think --\nSparks:\nThey phoned for a meeting for tomorrow to\ntalk over a plan that they had but at that\ntime they said nothing about publishing an\nadvertisement.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt is not too good.\n294\n- 6 -\nMahan:\nI think we are perfectly agreeable to this,\nthough.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat is all right.\nMahan:\nFine. I think that is everything, Mr. Graves.\nGraves:\nIs there anything further about the distrib-\nution of the song that you know about, Sid?\nMahan:\nNo.\nBuckley:\nI have a record on the total number\ndistributed, if that is what you mean.\nGraves:\nYes, that is right.\nH.M.Jr:\nThe last I heard it was a hundred and seventy-\neight thousand. That is the memo you (Sloan)\nsent me, is that right?\nBuckley:\nWe have sent out so far about a hundred and\neighty-five thousand but there are forty-five\nthousand cards that haven't been counted\nyet. They sort of pile up on us. That\ngives us a total of about one hundred and\nseventy-five thousand cards received and a\nhundred and eighty-five sent out, not\nincluding the forty-five thousand that\nhaven't been counted. If there was just one\napiece it would bring it up to something\naround about two hundred thirty thousand.\nH.M.Jr:\nThere is something wrong with our mailing\nlist. He tells me that twenty thousand\npostal cards have been returned on account\nof the wrong address.\nBuckley:\nEighteen thousand five hundred ninety-five,\nup to this point.\nGraves:\nIs that disproportionate?\nRegraded Unclassified\n295\n- 7 -\nBuckley:\nIt is out of two million. One percent of\ntwo million would be twenty thousand,\nwouldn't it?\nGraves:\nYes.\nBuckley:\nI don't think that is out of line.\nH.M.Jr:\nOne percent of --\nBuckley:\nIt is out of line of a customers' list.\nIt wouldn't be out of line of a prospects'\nlist. This isn't quite one percent. But\nit isn't - ordinarily that wouldn't be\nconsidered out of line.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut that list is supposed to be kept up to\ndate.\nGraves:\nBut no closer than that. I doubt if it\never would be any more nearly correct than\nthat one percent that this is developing.\nH.M.Jr:\nAll right.\nBuckley:\nThis of course gives us a chance to check\nour list, too, which is a good thing, and\nbring it up to date automatically.\nGraves:\nI think Mr. Pulte should tell you some\ndetails about this Retailers for Defense\nWeek.\nH.M.Jr:\nGo ahead.\nPulte:\nWell, the Retailers for Defense Week, Mr.\nSecretary, is opening on September fifteenth,\ncontinuing until the twentieth. We expect\nby that time to have five hundred thousand\nretail stores cooperating in the selling\nof Defense Savings Stamps. Every one of the\nRegraded Unclassified\n296\n- 8 -\nforty-eight states now has material that\nis being distributed through various sources\nto the retail merchants. In connection\nwith that, President Roosevelt has issued\na proclamation for the week reading,\n\"Retailers for Defense Week, to aid in\nthe sale of Defense Savings Stamps.\"\nH.M.Jr:\nDid he issue that?\nPulte:\nHe issued that proclamation. It appeared\nin the Sunday morning Times, the New York\nTimes, it appeared in papers all over the\ncountry. Where we have Defense Savings\ncommittees, that is, local committees,\nthey have handled the contact with the\nmerchants through the merchants associations,\nvarious trade associations, Chambers of\nCommerce, and other groups. They have\nmade arrangements for the distribution of\nmaterial and arrangements for the retailers\nto obtain Defense Savings Stamps from\ntheir post offices or having wholesalers\nbuy the stamps and re-sell them to the\nretailer for sale to the consumer.\nWhere we are not organized, Chambers of\nCommerce and merchants groups have worked\nhand in hand with the retailers and with\nthe newspapers in arranging for the\ndistribution of material and also working with\nthe postmasters very closely in the towns\nfor distribution of the Defense Savings\nStamps and we are - there is an indication of\nhow close their cooperation is being\nextended. Chambers of Commerce are\ncontacting the post offices to find out\nhow many stamps they have got on hand before\nthe drives open so the post offices can\norder sufficient stamps. As an example\nof distribution, also, large companies -\nfor instance, the Standard Brands Corporation\nRegraded Unclassified\n297\n- 9 -\nof New York - have you heard about that?\nH.M.Jr:\nMr. Sloan wrote me a very excellent\nmemorandum and brought me up to date on\nall this stuff.\nPulte:\nThen I am just reiterating.\nH.M.Jr:\nI read it and I guess I remember it.\nPulte:\nWell, then, I will sum it up by saying\nthat --\nH.M.Jr:\nYou have really got to give me something\nthat is pretty new because Sloan did a\ngood job.\nPulte:\nThen I will give you something that is new,\nI hope. In Michigan the retail stores\nfrom a period of July tenth to July thirty-\nfirst averaged about a dollar per day in\nsales of stamps. That is, the chain stores,\nthe records we have.\nH.M.Jr:\nA dollar a day?\nGraves:\nPer store?\nH.M.Jr:\nDo you think that is good?\nPulte:\nWe think it is because it has a cumulative\neffect. It starts people off buying stamps.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat period?\nPulte:\nJuly tenth to July thirty-first, a twenty\nday period.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt sounds terrible to me.\nPulte:\nWell --\n298\n- 10 -\nGraves:\nI don't think it is. The sales of\nstamps - we have of course no report\nyet for August, but sales of stamps in\nMay, June and July ran roughly three\nmillion dollars per month. Is that\nright?\nPulte:\nThat is right.\nGraves:\nNow, suppose you have five hundred\nthousand outlets and suppose that average\nshould be maintained. I doubt if it\nwill, but suppose it should be. That is\na half illion dollars a day or twelve or\nfifteen million dollars a month as against\nthree million, which has been the rate of\nsale, or was the rate of sale for the\nfirst three months.\nH.N.Jr:\nSay that again.\nGraves:\nAssume that this dollar a day that Mr.\nPulte says was the average in Michigan -\nassume that dollar & day is attained by\nthe five hundred thousand outlets that\nwe will have selling stamps from the\nfifteenth of September. That would give\nus a half million dollars a day, or from\ntwelve to fifteen million dollars a month\nfor stamps, compared with three million\ndollars a month which was the rate of sale\nof stamps during May, June and July.\nH.M.Jr:\nNow let me give you a few figures, see.\nHere is my problem. You might as well get\nmy problem. The Bureau of the Budget says\nwe are going to spend twenty-two hillion\ndollars. The tax bill may raise twelve\nbillion dollars. It leaves ten billion\ndollars I have got to raise and the thing\nthat I have got to figure is how much I am\ngoing to raise through this organization\nRegraded Unclassified\n299\n- 11 -\nplus Tax Anticipation certificates and\nhow much I have got to go out and borrow\nfrom the banks, 80 that is the thing that\nI have.\nGraves:\nWell, on the stamp thing, I view it this\nway, that --\nH.M.Jr:\nWe can't do it all by stamps.\nGraves:\nNo, no, it is cumulative. That lays a\nfoundation for the purchase of bonds which\nwill become increasingly effective as\ntime goes on. I think people will get in\nthe habit of buying their stamps at the\nstores. You are going to find that dollar\na day --\nH.M.Jr:\nOh, I am for this. You and I hoped we\nwould have fifty thousand stores by the first\nof September.\nGraves:\nI guess we had them.\nMahan:\nI am sure we have them.\nPulte:\nOh, we have more than that.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut when you say a dollar a day per store,\nit seems awfully little, that is all.\nGraves:\nThat is right. It does.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt seems awfully little.\nMahan:\nI think that is partly accounted for, Mr.\nSecretary, by the fact that a great many of\nthem were not selling right from the outset.\nThey probably - there was probably a lag\nin there of several days in the case of many\nstores.\nH.M.Jr:\nI wouldn't have raised the point except it\nRegrade Unclassified\n300\n- 12 -\nwas said as though it was to impress me\nand the only way it impressed me was as to\nhow little.\nGraves:\nI don't think he intended to impress you,\njust inform you.\nPulte:\nThat was all, inform you.\nH.M.Jr:\nO.K. I was impressed if you have fifty\nthousand stores and I will be overcome if\nyou have five hundred thousand stores by\nthe first of October.\nGraves:\nMerely putting stamps on sale in retail\nstores doesn't by any means insure the sale\nof stamps. We have got to get going with\nthése local community committees every-\nwhere before we can expect to have the\nmaximum possible result. Does that finish\nyou up, Mr. Pulte?\nPulte:\nYes, I think it does, Mr. Graves.\nGraves:\nSupposing Mr. Buckley tells us about the\nmail order thing.\nH.M.Jr:\nDon't misunderstand me. I wouldn't have\nsaid anything about the dollar. If you have\ngot your fifty thousand by the first of\nSeptember, I am delighted. If you have\ntwo hundred fifty thousand by the first of\nOctober, I will be very much pleased, and\nif you get your five hundred thousand by\nthe first of January, I would be very much\npleased.\nPulte:\nWell, the cooperation has been so splendid\nthat - and the pledges of cooperation from\norganizations of retailers all over the\nUnited States indicate that five hundred\nthousand or more merchants by September fifteenth\n30:\n- 13 -\nwill be selling stamps.\nE.I.Jr:\nWell, if it is, it is amazing, an amazing\nachievement.\nTaves:\nBy the way, Mr. Sloan or Mr. Mahan, what\nis this invitation to the Secretary to\nappear at the - at B. meeting of these\nretail people again?\nMahan:\nThat is September fifteenth, a clinic to\nbe held at the Mayflower Hotel from two\nuntil five o'clock and we will have on\nexhibit there everything pertaining to\nstamps and there will be speeches made\nby several of the prominent retailers,\nin which I hope they will indicate. we\nare going to have our five hundred*\nthousand and quite & program has been\narranged preceding the Don Nelson dinner\nand the committee would very much like\nto have you open that shindig if you\nwould, Mr. Secretary, and say a few\nwords of welcome to them.\nH.K.Jr:\nWhat is the Don Nelson dinner?\nMahan:\nThat I do not know much of in detail.\nIt is a dinner, I believe, given by the\nNational Retail Dry Goods Association\nto their honorary president. It is\nentirely a merchants --\n...,Jr:\nIf I am here on the fifteenth I will do it.\nChhan:\nThat would be fine.\nKuhn:\nIsn't that the day you testify on the Hill?\nM.M.Jr:\nSupposedly. I won't be here on the sixteenth.\nThis would be in the afternoon?\nRegraded Unclassified\n302\n- 14 -\nMahan:\nYes.\nH.M.Jr:\nThey will still be sober at two, won't they?\n(Laughter)\nMahan:\nWe would like to, of course, have you open it,\nif you will. That would please the boys very\nmuch.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, if I am here, Harold, I will do it.\nGraves:\nFine.\nMahan:\nFine.\nGraves:\nNow, Mr. Buckley.\nBuckley:\nThis report, Mr. Secretary, is based on a complete\npicture of what has been accomplished in the\nMail Order Division of the Defense Savings Staff\nsince its inception last spring. The chart of\nactivities includes:\n\"(1) Regular Purchasers - those who, B the\nresult of previous solicitation, are buying at\nregular intervals. To this list (approximately\n100,000 at the present time), we are S tarting\nthis month to send a special le tter and three\norder forms, asking their cooperation in bring-\ning the bonds to the attention of others.\n\"(2) Customers - all those who have bought but\nwho haven't agreed to buy regularly. To this\nlist (approximately 2,000,000 as of July 31st),\nwe are sending a letter urging adoption of\nthe Regular Purchase Plan, a colorful folder and\na Regular Purchase order form. These start\ngoing out this Friday, September 5th.\n\"(3) Prospects - large investors - taken from\nthe Customer and I. R. files. To this list\n303\n- 18 -\n(375,000 corporations, partnerships, associa-\ntions, etc.), we have just sent a special mail-\ning consisting of a letter, order form and folder\nfeaturing F and G bonds.\n\"(4) Prospects - smaller investors. These\nare the 1. R. names (approximately 4,874,000\nas of July 31st) that we are testing - in 8\nvariety of different ways - in order to find\nthe formula that will produce maximum results.\n\"Before we discuss the results of our testing\nto date, let me raise one point that seems to\nme to be vitally important. In one\nsense, this mail order campaign - including all\nof our mail selling efforts - is different\nfrom practically all others. In any commercial\nmail order business, the product is available\nonly by mail and results are measured in but\ntwo ways - the mail orders that come back and\nthe repeat business that follows.\n\"In this mail order campaign of ours, results\nshould be determined by :\n\"(1) The number of people who are induced\nto send their orders direct.\n\"(2). The amount of money received in\nrelation to the cost of getting it.\n\"(3) The amount of potential repeat\nbusiness that becomes available at\na very low selling cost.\n\"(4) Equally important - the educational\nwork done on the entire list.\n\"Thus, from Test Series No. 1 for instance,\nwhich went out June 21st, It should be remembered\nthat in addition to getting 300 people to buy\nover $140,000 worth of bonds at a cost of\n85/100th of 1 percent, the mailing called on\n94,256 other people - told them the entire\n304\n- 16 -\nSavings Bond story, and provided one more link\nin the chain of publicity and advertising being\nused to raise money for national defense.\n\"From Series One, relative returns mean more than\ntotal orders or dollars received. We put these\nten tests in the mail, with existing material,\nto find out things and from that standpoint,\nthey accomplished their purpose.\n\"We learned, for instance, that it was safe for\nus to circularize on Defense Savings Staff\nstationery; that a mailing on E bonds was as\ngood, if not slightly better, than a mailing\non all three bonds; that there was an extreme-\nly small demand for F bonds. We also learned\nthat if our best test had been sent to the\nentire list, the selling cost would have been\ndown to 73 cents for each $100 worth of bonds\nsold.\n\"That should represent 8. maximum selling cost\nfor future mailings, since none of the assemblies\nin Series No. 1 contained specifically pre-\npared mail order material, and had the further\ndisadvantage of being sent out during one of\nthe poorest mail selling seasons of the entire\nyear.\n\"From Series Two, which went into the mails\nJuly 19th, we are likewise getting some useful\ninformation. While returns are incomplete, it\nseems safe to conclude that the best test, both\nfrom the standpoint of orders and dollars\nreceived, will be an E mailing - thus confirm-\ning what we discovered in Series No. 1. We\nhave also learned that with all other factors\nbeing equal, our new folder \"How to Buy a Share\nin America\" is outpulling the blue and white\nDefense folder used in the first tests; that\nthe State of Massachusetts produces twice as\n305\n- 17 -\nmany orders as the State of Michigan; that 8.\ncombination of letter, folder and order\nform.\n\"From Series No. Three, which went into the\nmail last Saturday, August 30th, we will get a\ncomparison between the pulling power of I.R.\nnames with incomes over $5,000, incomes under\n$5,000 and a mixture of the two. This list check-\nup is being made in California, Georgia and\nMaryland. Also being tested are several new\nletters; an advertising message on the envelope\nversus a plain window envelope; and as another\nconfirmation, the pulling power of E bends ersus\nall three.\n\"This third series is going out at a very favor-\nable time. In a comparatively short while it\nshould give us an indication of the returns\nthat can be expected from the approximately\n2,000,000 new over $5,000 names that have just\nbeen put on plates, as compared with the greater\nnumber of under $5,000 names that are available\nif it is found desirable to circularize them.\nII.M.Jr:\nI have no comment.\nGraves:\nMr. Duffus?\nH.M.Jr:\nOnly where the hell is the movie on \"Any Bonds\nToday?\" for the newsreels?\nDuffus:\nWell, it was my understanding, sir, that that\nwas discontinued. I will contact Mr. Dietz\ntomorrow morning and find out about that, but\nI thought that was dropped because of that one\nof Barry Wood. I thought they were letting\nthat go. I will follow through on that\ntomorrow.\nH.M.Jr:\nHe said he was going to do us a good one,\nRegraded Unclassified\n306\n- 18 -\nDuffus:\nI will find out about that right away.\nH.M.Jr:\nHe said that song track was all right and for-\nget about the photographer.\nDuffus:\nI will check on that in the morning and give you\nan answer on that tomorrow.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat was what I heard.\nDuffus:\nThat was my understanding from Mr. Dietz, that\nit was discontinued after his talk.\nH.M.Jr:\nMaybe that - he said, now, was the sound track\nall right? It was fine. He said, \"Forget\nthe photography and let me take care of that.\"\nThat is the last I heard.\nDuffus:\nI will find out about that. We opened Treasury\nHouse in New York this noon at Rockefeller Plaza\nwith Colonel Patterson introducing. First they\nhad a band and then Colonel Patterson introduced\nMr. Willkie, who introduced Mrs. Hull, who cut\nthe ribbon. I talked with them two hours after\nit was opened. They have had 8. continual sale\nof stamps, the crowd was so big. We open a\nsimilar House tomorrow in Boston.\nH.M.Jr:\nWho is responsible for putting it in Rockefeller\nPlaza?\nDuffus:\nThe Esso people.\nH.M.Jr:\nWouldn't they go to Fourteenth Street or\nTwenty-third?\nDuffus:\nWe told them it was our wish that it be at\neither Fourteenth Street or Twenty-third,\nbut in a meeting in Colonel Patterson's office\nthey said they wanted it there at Rockefeller\nPlaza, where of course the Rockefellers are\ninterested and where they have been having\nthese shows like the penguins and the seals\n307\n- 19 -\nall year, and they have been building up the\npublicity and attractiveness of it. They\nhave guide tours through it and it was close\nto the N.B.C. radio broadcasting studios, from\nwhich we will draw a lot of talent.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, can they get an airplane in there?\nDuffus:\nYes. They don't have it in. It goes in\non the fifteenth, the same type of plane\nthat we had over here, right in the center of the\nPlaza where they had all the Mexican cactus\nand all. It is spotted in there and goes in\nthe fifteenth of September. They have now\none of the biggest searchlight anti-aircraft\nunits with twelve men on it, so that any time\na plane flies over New York City the crowd\ncan gather around and they can detect & plane\nthat is out of sight and see it when it flies\nover. They can pull in something, I have for-\ngotten, it is thirty or fifty miles away, they\ncan hear 8. plane from that base. It is & very,\nvery fine show. Then I thought you might be\ninterested on the sixteen millimster film of\n\"America Preferred\". We had two hundred prints\nmade of that. We talked with Chief Wilson of\nthe Secret Service and figured out the best\nway to handle that, which was to turn over ten\nprints to him, which he in turn fastened to\nthe end of \"Know your Money\", so that every time\n\"Know your Money\" is shown any place in the\ncountry, they also see \"America Preferred\".\nNow, we are along with the retail store plan\nhaving additional copy written saying that stamps\nare on sale at the stores, which will be tacked\non to the end of the film because right now we\nare starting to show it in schools and colleges\nand mass meetings, and the unions are starting\nto use it in their union meetings all over the\ncountry.\n308\n- 20 -\nH.M.Jr:\nHow is the sales picture of me telling the\nretail fellows?\nDuffus:\nWe will have that in tomorrow afternoon, 30\nthat we can look at it Friday. Have you\nseen the new room downstairs?\nH.M.Jr:\nNo. Is it finished?\nDuffus:\nThe seats will be in the first of the week,\nand then it will be - it is all ready to use\nnow, but the new chairs aren't in.\nH.M.Jr:\nI will go down there.\nDuffus:\nIt is very fine.\nH.M.Jr:\nIs it?\nDuffus:\nWe will have the other one over here, and if\nyou are free we will see the retail film.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat all sounds good.\nGraves:\nIs that all you had?\nDuffus:\nThat is all I had.\nH.M.Jr:\nMr. Callahan can review the radio situation.\nCallahan:\nWe have \"America Preferred\" resuming on the\nair Saturday night. The following Saturday\nnight we have Suzanne Stem and under\nyour name and in your absence last week we\nwired some eighteen outstanding artists. We\nhave received sixteen replies, all favorable,\nall very enthusiastic.\nH.M.Jr:\nThe seventeen who have the income tax examinations?\nCallahan:\nWe have one from Rio de Janeiro. Melchoir,\nJosef Hoffman, out in Hollywood and says his\n309\n- 21 -\nknee is bad and he is awfully sorry, but he will\ndo anything in the world. He wished he could\nplay, but he can't. A flock of them. They\nare very favorable. I mean, not only accepting\nthe invitation, but expressing thankfulness\nthat you invited them.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat program do they go on?\nCallahan:\nOn the \"America Preferred\".\nH.M.Jr:\nThat Saturday?\nCallahan:\nAn artist each Saturday night.\nKuhn:\nThat is the Deems Taylor one.\nH.M.Jr:\nDid Deems Taylor pick these?\nCallahan:\nHe and Alfred Wallenstein, who got together and\npicked all these people. Then Deems Taylor\nand Wallenstein meetavery week and discuss\nthe music.\nH.M.Jr:\nWho meets with them?\nCallahen:\nRainey. He acts in the same capacity as Mr.\nMonroe in the Treasury Hour. We have a new\nprogram going on Saturday, September 16, called\nthe \"Brush Creek Follies\".\nH.M.Jr:\nBrush?\nCallahan:\nBrush Creek Follies. (Laughter)\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat is this? You know, I am going to have\nto travel with a radio to listen to all the\nprograms.\nCallahan:\nThat is a sort of a hill billy program which\nhas been on the air for the past several years\nfrom Kansas City. It has been over the Columbia\nnetwork. We had a man out there last week,\n310\n- 22 -\nand they said beginning that Saturday, that\nthey wanted to devote the program to bonds\nand farmers. stamps. It is a program that appeals to\nH.M.Jr:\nIs it coast-to-coast?\nCallahan:\nCoast-to-coast. Twelve o'clock on Saturdays\nand I think eleven o'clock our time.\nH.M.Jr:\nWonderful.\nCallahan:\nOf course you know we first had the Treasury\nHour.\nH.M.Jrs\nI congratulate you on that. I showed that to\nthe President Saturday. He was very much pleased.\nCallahan:\nI think that is about all. Bendix is all set.\nThey have signed a contract with the National\nBroadcasting Company.\nH.M.Jr:\nWho is going to run that show?\nCallahan:\nMr. Monroe will be in the picture. I don't\nknow. Now, I have talked with Mr. Dietz --\nH.M.Jr:\nCould you come tonight and be fifteen minutes\nearlier, get there about 8. quarter past seven?\nCallahan:\nYes, sir.\nH.M.Jr:\nI would like to talk a little bit about that\nbefore Mr. Dietz comes.\nCallahan:\nThat is all I have.\nGraves:\nMr. McCarty is Mr. Callahan's man who handles\nthe press and magazines and publications and\n80 on. Suppose you tell the Secretary something\nabout what you are doing, Mr. McCarty.\nMcCarty:\nAll right, sir, Mr. Graves.\nRegraded Unclassified\n311\n- 23 -\nWe have a few late results, Mr. Secretary, on\nBaseball Defense Bond Day, which originated\nin the Press Section, and you have already,\nthrough Mr. Sloan's report, heard about how we\nset that up nationallyand I think there were\nsome of the results in there from the leading\ncities of the country, but since then we have\ngotten in more results to give us an idea of\nthe way it went all over, and now there was\nscheduled that day 8. hundred and forty-two\ngames over the country, professional baseball\ngames, both the major and the minor leagues.\nThe results show that a few of those were rained\nout. There were one or two - & few others we\nhaven't heard from yet, but we have had definite\nword that a hundred and twenty-one of those\ngames did see a celebration of the defense\nprogram, of Defense Bond Day, that there were\nbands marching, that local celebrities appeared\nand sat in boxes behind the home plate, and\nthe players pledged themselves to buy bonds,\nall of which resulted in a good bit of\nattendant publicity in the newspapers and on\nthe radio.\nIn New York, for instance, there were pictures\nin the New York Sun and the Brooklyn Eagle.\nhere were whole columns given over to it.\nI just had 8. late report this morning that a\nhundred and ten stations reported that there\nwere over five hundred announcements over\nBaseball Defense Bond Day on radio stations.\nThese were good results and pleased us 8\ngood bit. Now we are hearing from the\nteams who were away from home that day that\nthey would like to have a Baseball Defense\nBond Day in their own home town when they go\nback, 80 we want to help them with that\nenthusiasm and are sending out additional\ntranscriptions of your speech and of the intro-\nduction by High Commissioner Landis, as well\n312\n- 24 -\nas the literature which will be handed out by\nthe Boy Scouts to these teams, additional\nones who are coming back home and want to have\ntheir own day, and among those of course is\nincluded Washington, which unfortunately was\naway from home when we had the big Baseball\nDefense Bond Day, and the Washington club is\nvery anxious to have their day here on Septem-\nber 13, which is a week from Saturday. So\nthat will take care of our local team.\nCallahan:\nThe Secretary might come to the game if he is\nin town.\nMcCarty:\nWe would like very much to have you at the game,\nMr. Secretary, if you are going to be in town\non that day.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhat day?\nMcCarty:\nA week from Saturday, the thirteenth.\nH.M.Jr:\nI won't be here.\nMcCarty:\nWe will miss you.\nH.M.Jr:\nAll right?\nMcCarty:\nJust one other thing I might mention, which is\nthe addition of several new lists of publication\nmedia, including labor publications and the\nshipping newspapers. We have just made out a\nrather comprehensive list of almost a hundred\nlabor publications which are now going to\nreceive material regularly as well as shopping\nnewspapers. I don't believe there is a shopping\nnewspaper in Washington. I know there are\nnone in New York. But over the country there\nare about B. hundred and eighty shopping\nnewspapers. They are give-aways, but they are\nvery important in some cases.\nH.M.Jr:\nWe get one in Washington. They throw one at\nmy front door.\n313\n- 25 -\nMcCarty:\nOh, they do have one here?\nH.M.Jr:\nI am familiar with it.\nMcCarty:\nIn Los Angeles, for instance, the Downtown\nShopping News, has a million circulation.\nWe are also going to cover the Negro press,\nthe rade publications, the dailies, the week-\nlies and the foreign language groups.\nH.M.Jr:\nI thought you might like to know, Harold,\nthat coming down on the train Harry Hopkins\nsaid that in the eight years he has been in\nthe Government, he thought the best public\nrelations job that has been done by any Depart-\nment is the one that you people are doing, and\nhe said it in front of - what is the fellow from\nTime Magazine?*\nKuhn:\nBelair?\nH.M.Jr:\nHe said it in front of Felix Belair, so it\nwasn't just something for me, and strictly in\nthe family, the President said the worst job\nhas been done by Harold Ickes on gasoline\n(Laughter).\nMcCarty:\nAnd Mr. Secretary, just a couple of magazines\nI picked up on the way over because they have\njust come off the press and both carry 8.\nvery nice Defense Bond Message. One is\nLiberty, which of course has 8 very wide\ncirculation, and then a woman's magazine,\nHarpers Bazaar, which gives us four pages,\ntying it up with fashions. And then there\nare two more pages on the other side.\nH.M.Jr:\nThis is interesting. National City Bank\nhas something in here.\nMcCarty:\nYes, several banks.\n314\n- 26 -\nH.M.Jr:\nIt is just where they are turned down?\nMcCarty:\nThere are four pages in all, sir. They have\na series.\nH.M.Jr:\nBanking people, is that the ones who take care\nof the girls?\nMcCarty:\nWell, that is to sell clothes and also bonds.\nH.M.Jr:\nDoes he pick the girls?\nMcCarty:\nHarpers Bazaar picks the girls.\nH.M.Jr:\nI thought South Carolina there picked the girls.\nI thought he was doing a good job.\nMcCarty:\nYou have probably been seeing some of the\ncomic results that have been appearing over\nthe country, those that have been mentioned\nover the reports.\nH.M.Jr:\nDo you want this back?\nMcCarty:\nNo, you may keep that. I brought it to you.\nH.M.Jr:\nI got that comic stuff from Sloan. In that\nflier did you call it --\nMcCarty:\nThose were initial results. Just this morning\nin the Post there were two additional ones, and\nI believe we can be assured that they will keep\nup like this for an almost indefinite time, be-\ncause we have the support of practically all the\nsyndicates in the country who have gone to their\nartists and given them the material we prepared\nfor them.\nH.M.Jr:\nThat helps.\nMcCarty:\nI think we can keep that up.\nH.M.Jr:\nGood. That is good work.\nGraves:\nDoes that finish you, Mr. McCarty?\n315\n- 27 -\nMcCarty:\nYes, sir.\nGraves:\nI think you might want to hear from Mr. Edward.\nH.M.Jr:\nI don't think you know what I mean. Come\nhere, Edward, and look at these pictures.\nEdward:\nI know what you are talking about, but that\nis twenty years ago. (Laughter)\nH.M.Jr:\nAll right.\nEdward:\nMr. Secretary, during the month of August\nwe have had the wholehearted cooperation of\nmy friends down at the Federal and the state\nsuperintendents of banks throughout the\ncountry, and with the state secretaries, and\nthe result is that there are quite B. number of\nother banks who are not qualified to sell\nbonds, but have lately qualified. The reports\nare not available 8.8 yet except from three of\nthe Reserve Districts. Atlanta, Kansas City,\nand Dallas have sent in their reports. The\nothers will probably be in within the next three\nof four days. In these three districts during\nthe month of August forty-one additional\nnational banks and & hundred and fifty-nine\nadditional state banks qualified. This per-\ncentage holds good with the other nine districts.\nIt is reasonable to predict that some seven\nhundred or eight hundred additional banks will\nqualify during August. Including these two\nhundred above mentioned, we now have approxi-\nmately ten thousand two hundred banks quali-\nfied, and these figures do not include approxi-\nmately a thousand branch banks. The head\noffice is the only one counted in the calcula-\ntion. Therefore in the banking fraternity\nwe have about eleven thousand two hundred\nagents of issue for Series E Bonds.\nH.M.Jr:\nHow are we coming along with fixing up these\nbanks to carry the E Bond without collateral?\nEdward:\nMr. Bell has that on his desk now. I worked on\n816\n- 28 -\nit last week with Mr. Batchelder ann some\nof the fellows and We have made some sug-\ngestions for you, and I think you will\nprobably see it in the next three or four\ndays. I talked to Danny about it today, and\nhe is about ready to bring it to you. We are\nnot having a great deal of complaint from\nbanks about putting up collateral, although\nthe trouble is, I think, as Harold said\nseveral times, we are afraid that 8. good many\nbanks are not stocking the bonds as they\nwould if they didn't have to put up collateral,\nand therefore run out of bonds. For instance,\nout of this eleven thousand two hundred banks\nthat have qualified, only about twenty-two\nhundred of them have actually pledged collateral.\nThe other ones are just getting the sixty-\nfive hundred dollar maximum amount of bon\nand the result is that they have been running\nout of bonds. It probably would help some if\nthey were allowed to have more bonds, and\nwhile we are on the subject, my recommenda-\ntion, my suggestion to Mr. Batchelder was\nthat banks might have these bonds up to the\noxtent of - that is, insured banks, up to fifty\npercent of their canital in surplus with &\nmaximum of five hundred thousand dollars to\nany bank, subject to some provision by the\nFederal. Mr. Batchelder sent out a questionnaire\nto the Federal Reserve Banks in all the\ndistricts asking their experience and their\nrecommendations about this collateral. Ten\nout of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks recom-\nmend that we withdraw it, that we furnish\nthe bonds without collateral.\nGraves:\nDoes that apply to all agencies or exclude\nbuilding and loan, for instance?\nMdward:\nWell, the banks, of course - the Federal\nReserve didn't make any reference to the banks,\nbut my suggestion or recommendation was that -\nRegraded Unclassified\n317\n- 29 -\nMr. Sparks was in on this conference with the\nbuilding and loan people. Our recommendation\nwas to furnish the bonds to insured banks\nand also to insured building and loan associa-\ntions on the same basis, In other words,\nif they have insurance, let them all come\nunder the blanket. Let the insurance feature\nbe the determining factor as to whether or not\nthey could have bonds without collateral.\nNow, about the sale of E Bonds, I was talking\nto Mr. Sloan today and the statistics seem to\nindicate that August was not as good AS July\nthroughout the country, but I am very happy\nto tell you that I think we sold more bonds in\nSouth Carolina in August than we did in July.\nIl.M.Jr:\nIs that right?\nEdward:\nI know my bank did, and I believe that we are\nactually going to sell more bonds in the state\nin August than in July, although the Nation\nshows a decrease, I think, of around twenty\npercent, isn't it?\nGraves:\nEighteen, I think, of the E Bond.\nTell the Secretary where South Carolina stands\nin the roll of states on this thing.\nEdward:\nRight square on top. (Laughter).\n.1.1.Jr:\nI congratulate you.\nGraves:\nOn the basis of its proportionate share of\nnational income.\nR.M.Jr:\nThat is wonderful.\nEdward:\nWe sold in South Carolina in July twice as\nmany bonds as were sold in North Carolina,\nRegraded Unclassified\n318\n- 30 -\nand North Carolina is twice 25 big 8 state\nwith three or four times the wealth.\nmindr:\nIt is amazing. It shows what can be done.\ntraves:\nThat is right.\nEdward:\nAnother thing, throughout the Nation the banks\nhave sold approximately twice as many E Bonds\nas the post offices have sold. South Carolina\nbanks in July sold six times as many bonds LS\nthe post offices sold. You don't mind ay\nbragging a little bit, do you?\nI would be disappointed if you didn't.\n(Laughter) Mile we are on that, harold, I\nwish you would take un with Danny Bell - I\nwish we could ret a little more publicity on\nthe twelve hundred dollar tax certificate. I\ndon't think we are getting enouch publicity on\nthat. If you could nour on n little bit more\npublicity on the twelve hundred dollar one,\nGraves:\nYes, sir.\nEdward:\nMy bank is e taxpayer. I bought two hundred\ntwelve thousand two hundred dollars worth of\nthose things last week.\nL. .Jr:\nAll right?\nGraves:\nMr. Sparks has the renort of the Field Division.\nI think you mi nt begin, Sob, if you don't mind,\nby showin\" the Secretary that map.\n20arks:\nI brou int this down with the Idea of leaving it\nwith the Secretary if he would like to Leep\nit. je hope it will be & little bit neater\nnext week. It is the first experiment at\npresenting nictorially the picture of the\npresent status.\nR...Jr:\nPennsylvania looks awfully bi- to me.\nraves:\nKentucky and llebraska and Iowa and Utah and\nRegraded Unclassified\n319\n- 31 -\nWyoming have people in contact with the folks\nin those states and we hope within the next week\nor so to have the beginning of on organization.\nthere are only about, I think, six or seven\nstates where we absolutely have done nothing.\nSparks:\nThat is right.\nGraves:\nAnd maybe in another month--\nH.L.Jr:\nOh, we have got to clean those up, Harold, in\nSeptember. By the first of October there can't\nbe any white states. No whites by the first of\nOctober. We have just got to. I don't want\nto see any white spaces by the first of October.\nWe have just got to fix that, that is all.\nRegraded Unclassified\n320\n- 32 -\nGraves:\nWe have had some killing luck in some of\nthese cases, You remember I told you General\nWestervelt had accepted the chairmanship in\nIllinois. I just talked with him on the\nphone before I camein here and the Vice Presi-\ndent has asked him to come to Washington to\ntake part in all this new organization, and\nhe wants to be excused.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, no whites in October.\nGraves:\nI think that is reasonable.\nH.M.Jr:\nBy the first of October.\nGraves:\nAnd we will make every effort--\nH.M.Jr:\nHere is New Hampshire. What is the matter\nwith John Sullivan?\nGraves:\nJohn and I have talked about that a good many\ntimes. He has a man in mind.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnd Mrs. Ed Foley from Montgomery, Alabama.\nI bet you she could find somebody for you.\nAlben Barkley certainly could recommend some-\nbody.\nGraves:\nThat is the trouble, Senator Barkley has\nrecommended a man in Kentucky that won't do,\nand we have got to struggle with that situa-\ntion.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnd you ask the head of the Civil Aeronautics,\nHinckley. He is an awfully good man. I bet\nyou he could find somebody. lle won't recommend\nanybody who won't do.\nGraves:\nWe have a man in Utah today.\nH.M.Jr:\nBob Hinokley is an awfully good man.\nRegraded Unclassified\n321\n- 33 -\nGraves:\nI think we will have Utah and Nyoming. I\ntalked to Senator O'Mahoney today about\nWyoming. He has recommended a man to us for\nadministrator there. I think we will clean\nup those western states.\nH.M.Jr:\nDid you ask Senator Norris about anybody in\nNebraska?\nGraves:\nNo. We have 8 chairman for Nebraska, a man\nnamed McDermott, who I think is--\nSloan:\nVice president of the First National in Omaha.\nGraves:\nI was going to say he hasn't accepted but is\nexpected to accept.\nH.M.Jr:\nGentlemen, by September 30 you have got to\nclean up the United States. That is May,\nJune, July, August, September, five months.\nI don't say they have all got to be red.\nOh yes, that is the first color.\nSparks:\nThere should be some color in them.\nGraves:\nWell, I think we can very nearly guarantee\nthat.\nSparks:\nI think SO. We will do everything under the\nsun.\nH.M.Jr:\nI have been patient. Five months. All\nright now, what else?\nGraves:\nOf course I would like to say on that point\nthat I am the fellow, myself, that has held\nback on this state organization. It isn't\nMr. Sparks that is in any way in default on\nthat.\nH.M.Jr:\nI know. You shouldn't give me a map though,\nwith white states on it.\nRegraded Unclassified\n322\n- 34 -\nSparks:\nWe wanted to let you set the goal for us,\nMr. Secretary. We will do everything we can\nto make that the zero hour for you.\nH.m.Jr:\nSeptember 30 is the zero hour.\nSparks:\nWe have sent out for more detailed information\non this entire picture. We have received the\ninformation from twenty-eight states so far\nthat report that they plan & total number of\nfive thousand and twenty-seven state and\nlocal committees in those twenty-eight states.\nThat is the number planned. The number\norganized in those twenty-eight states so far\nis three thousand four hundred and ninety,\nwhich represents about seventy percent of the\ngoal in those twenty-eight states. Of that\nthree thousand four hundred ninety, seventeen\nhundred and sixty-seven are city committees\nalready organized and seventeen hundred and\ntwenty-three are county committees already\norganized. The total membership actually at\nwork on these state, county, and city commit-\ntees in the twenty-eight states that have\nreported amounts to forty-three thousand\neight hundred and fifty persons on these com-\nmittees in twenty-eight reporting states.\nWe have been trying to gather factual informa-\ntion on the salary allotment plans as per your\ninstructions, and we have on actual record,\nhaving reported to us 50 far, the names of\nfour thousand three hundred and sixty-seven\ncompanies that have actually reported a salary\nallotment plan and most of them have sent\ncopies of their plans. The total personnel\nin these four thousand three hundred sixty-\nseven companies amounts to one million four\nhundred nine thousand eight hundred fifty-\nsix employees. The percentage of participa-\ntion is our main headache. We are still wor-\nrying with it and doing everything possible--\nRegraded Unclassified\n323\n- 35 -\nH.M.Jr:\nIt is very few people.\nSparks:\nWell--\nH.M.Jr:\nIf you have got thirty-six million people\nat work - it is somewhere between thirty-\nsix and forty million people that work.\nGraves:\nIf you will permit me, Bob, on that point\nwe don't feel that we should attempt to cover\nany except the large and responsible employers\nwith a payroll allotment plan sponsored by\nthe Treasury.\nH.M.Jr:\nHarold, as many people as we have got, God\nthat is nothing.\nGraves:\nI know, but it is a beginning. What I am\ntrying to say is that we have got to leave\nout side this plan the persons who work in\nbeauty parlors and stores and so on where\nthere are only two or three or four. We can't\nencourage the establishment of payroll allot-\nment plans in institutions of that kind.\nH.M.Jr:\nI am not sure that you are right.\nGraves:\nWell, there is the risk of default, the risk\nthat employers will not turn in the money\njust as we have a certain fringe of de-\nfaulters in Social Security taxing where\npeople don't pay it over to the Internal\nRevenue.\nH.M.Jr:\nHave we got & group that is doing nothing but\npayrolls?\nGraves:\nRight.\nH.M.Jr:\nHow many people are there in that group here\nin Washington?\nRegraded Unclassified\n324\n- 36 -\nSparks:\nTwo.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt is not enough. You see, what you fellows\nforget, I am standing off a forced - a plan\nfor forced payroll deductions by telling them\nthey can do it this way. Here you have got\ntwo people.\nSparks:\nIn addition to that, Mr. Secretary, we have\neight field representatives, all of whom are\nwell trained in salary allotment, but they\nare not concentrating their entire time on\nthat.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, if you don't mind my saying it, you\nshould have a thousand people in the field.\nSparks:\nWell, all of these volunteer workers are be-\ning trained in that also.\nH.M.Jr:\nIt isn't enough. I am terribly - you ought to\nhave a thousand people going after the factories.\nMy God! a thousand people can't cover this\ncountry. I mean, your publicity is way ahead.\nand you follow up on a thing - it is very\ndisappointing. How can two people look after\nthe business of the United States? I mean,\nhere you have a - I don't know, the last I\nheard, Opacs had a thousand people here in\nWashington with all the business in the\nUnited States, and we have got two.\nGraves:\nWell, Mr. Morgenthau, I don't think that is\na fair analysis. Our--\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, Harold, I don't know whether it is thir\nor not, but the statement is fair that you\ncan't look after the business of the United\nStates with two people in Washington.\nCraves:\nI am not so sure. That is the point that I\nhad in mind when I said what I did. Our\nRegraded Unclassified\n325\n- 37 -\nreliance in this whole thing is on these\nstate and local committees and the two people\nthat we have specializing on this are largely\npeople who go around and instruct our state\nand local committees to do this work. Mr.\nSparks just told you that we have got--\nSparks:\nEight field representatives.\nGraves:\nTwenty-five thousand members of state and\nlocal--\nSparks:\nForty-three thousand eight hundred and\nfifty.\nCraves:\nThere is the agency we have got to count on\nin the long run to do this job. The two\npeople are merely going about from territory\nto territory advising with these state and\nlocal committees.\nH.M.Jr:\nNow, look, I make this flat statement. Now,\nI have been around long enough. Whether it\nis fair or not, I will make it. That you\nhaven't got one one-hundredth enough people\non this payroll thing, and you will never get\nit done with these three thousand committees\nor not. Here we have been going four months\nand the people we have got to count on to do\nthe saving are the factory workers, and you\ncan't do it with eight field people paying\npart of their attention to this thing and two\npeople in Washington looking after eight.\nWe can get all the money we want, and I haven't\nput the pressure on you in this thing, but\nfrom now on I am going to. The people we\nhave got to reach Are in the big factories.\nTake a corporation like Chrysler. It would\nbe worth while to have a half dozen people\njust working with Chrysler to put the thing\nacross.\nRegraded Unclassified\n326\n- 38 -\nGraves:\nWell, our principle has been to induce the\nunion people to do that work for us.\nH.M.Jr:\nBut supposing you had - I don't know how\nmany branches Chrysler has got. Certainly\nthey have got a lot, all over the United\nStates, and if there was one Treasury man with\nevery branch and with every factory who could\ngo to every union meeting and everything else\nto follow the thing up until the thing was\ngoing - you can't do it with the organization\nyou have got and it isn't lack of money.\nEdward:\nMr. Secretary, the bankers are sponsoring this\npayroll plan also. They are working on it.\nK.M.Jr:\nIt isn't enough, Harold.\nGraves:\nWell, it isn't that we haven't had the money\nas you say. We have done it the way we are\ndoing it because we have supposed that in the\nend that was the most effective way to work\nthrough these state and local committees in-\nstead of through salesmen that we would send\naround to contact the management directly, and\nwe have avoided that.\nH.M.Jr:\nAfter four months the net result is that we\nhave a little over a million people, I take\nit, with each one setting aside their savings.\nGraves:\nNo, it isn't even that good. As I understand\nwhat Mr. Sparks has said--\nSparks:\nNo, that is right, it is not that good. A\nmillion four hundred is the total personnel\nin those companies. We don't know what the\npercentage of participation is.\nK.M.Jr:\nThen I say it is even worse than I thought it\nwas. It has got to be better, Harold.\nRegraded Unclassified\n327\n- 39 -\nGraves:\nWell, I still feel that our proper approach\nis through these state and local committees.\nH.M.Jr:\nI agree with you.\nGraves:\nAnd not through paid people out of Washington.\nH.M.Jr:\nI don't care how you do it, but I am 8 aying\nto you that if there is only 8. million four\nhundred that are signed up and of those we\ndon't know what the percentage is, who are\nsaving systematically each month, I am saying\nthat after four months it isn't enough.\nGraves:\nThat is right, I agree with you.\nH.M.Jr:\nAnd last month the national defense ran over\n& billion dollars and we are not keeping up\nwith it. We have got to find some way of\ndoing it and getting more people because if\nwe don't I can't stand off this pressure for\nforced savings.\nGraves:\nLet me just sum up the way I feel about it.\nIt all goes back to the slow progress that\nwe have been making in setting up our state\nand county and city organizations, and once\nwe are able to bridge that gap, I think we\nwill make much more rapid progress.\nSparks:\nI think the progress is going to be very\nrapid as we fill in those white spaces and as\nthe yellows turn to blue. You will find\nmost of these in the red states.\nH.M.Jr:\nNow Michigan is really organized.\nGraves:\nThat is right.\nH.M.Jr:\nCan't you put in there some kind of a plan\nof payrolls the way you have on retail and let's\n328\n- 40 -\nwork it out in Michigan and let's find &\nproper way to get Michigan, an industrial\nstate - I suppose it is one of the most\ntwo or three highly industrial states in the\ncountry - to get it so that we can do as well\non the payroll in Michigan as we have on the\nretail.\nSparks:\nI think we can.\nH.M.Jr:\nI mean, let's concentrate on Michigan and\nfind out. You concentrated on Michigan and\nyou worked out a beautiful plan on retail\nstores. Let's take Michigan and say, we have\ngot to get way, that if there are so many\nmillion employees working in the factories,\nthat we will work a way out to get those\npeople 80 that a high percentage of them are\nsetting aside their savings. The thing will\njust be taken out of my hands. I don't want\nto do it the forced way, the Fascist way.\nI want to do it the democratic way, but if\nI am going to do it the democratic way, we have\ngot to do it.\nSparks:\nI think we can make a demonstration in Michi-\ngan.\nH.M.Jr:\nLet's make a demonstration in Michigan and we\nwill get these people in factories. I have\nsaid again and again - I have asked that the\nlist of factories in Michigan under Social\nSecurity, do we have a copy of it in Washing-\nton? I will make a bet we haven't got it.\nSparks:\nWe haven't got the list, no.\nH.M.Jr:\nI have asked for it for over a month, that\nthat list, a copy of it, be here in Washing-\nton, that we get a copy of the list of the\nemployees in Michigan, 80 that we can watch\nit and check it off.\n329\n- 41 -\nSparks:\nSocial Security lists show that there are\nfourteen million four hundred sixty-five\nthousand employees employed in companies\nemploying eight or more employees.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhere?\nSparks:\nIn the United States.\nH.M.Jr:\nGet the Michigan list and get it here and let's\ncheck it off. Let's put on a compaign in\nMichigan on the payroll thing. What I am say-\ning here 18 in the room. It mustn't get out.\nI must be able to talk to you people frankly.\nWhen somebody does a good job, I am delighted.\nIf you are not doing something, we have just\ngot to do better. Just get me a Social\nSecurity list of employees in Michigan and\nlet's have it here and watch it and work out\nsome way for the State of Michigan that we\nwill get these men to saving money. Then\nafter we solve it in Michigan, we can use it\nin other places. If you don't do it, take\nmy word, they will pass some legislation\nwhereby they will do this thing through a\nforced method. I don't want to do it that\nway. That is why I am so insistent that we\ndo it some other way. Now, forty-three\nthousand people on the committee sounds lovely,\nbut we have got to do this payroll thing, and\nthe way to do it is to send enough people into\nthe field to work with the unions. When I\nfirst talked about it, they were trying to\nsettle the Ford question. They settled the\nFord question. And then something else. They\nwill have plenty to do. But they always have\nplenty to do. How about it, Harold?\nGraves:\nI think your last comment is absolutely right,\nthat our proper approach to this thing has\nbeen through the unions and that--\n330\n- 42 -\nH.M.Jr:\nWhere is what's-his-name? I haven't seen\nhim for five weeks?\nGraves:\nHe has gone back to Chicago. He has Mr.\nHyatt who is working on this particular job\nin collaboration with Mr. Sparks' people.\nH.M.Jr:\nI want a section set up under somebody here\nthat I can talk to, myself, who is going to\nbe r esponsible for the payroll deduction\nplan. I want a Mr. Smith or Mr. Brown. I\nwant somebody.\nGraves:\nYou have that.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, who is it?\nGraves:\nMr. Touchstone.\nH.M.Jr:\nWhere is he.\nGraves:\nHe is in the field.\nSparks:\nIn the field right now working on salary\nallotments.\nH.M.Jr:\nDammit, let's have somebody so every time\nI ask for him he isn't out of Washington.\nGraves:\nThat is & job that has pretty nearly got to\nbe done out of Washington, this job of\nTouchstone's.\nH.M.Jr:\nWell, I would like to talk to some fellow who\nis going to do the State of Michigan for me.\nI would like to talk to him myself.\nGraves:\nAll right.\nH.M.Jr:\nThen let's say that whoever the man is, that is\nhis responsibility. Who is the man--\n331\n- 43 -\nGraves:\nHyatt, I believe.\nH.M.Jr:\nNo, Houghteling. Either this is Houghteling's\njob or it isn't, but I haven't seen Houghteling\nin six weeks. He hasn't been here for six\nweeks. I don't know what he was doing.\nGraves:\nHe works. He was here last week.\nH.M.Jr:\nHe is not here when I am here. All right,\nHarold?\nGraves:\nAll right.\nWe will restudy that whole thing.\nH.M.Jr:\nGive me something next week and have some-\nbody here in the middle of the week to say,\n\"Now this is what we are going to do in\nMichigan.\"\nGraves:\nFine. Does that cover your statement, Mr.\nSparks?\nSparks:\nYes, that does.\nGraves:\nI think that is all, Mr. Morgenthau, unless\nyou have something.\nH.M.Jr:\nNow, we have got the retail thing. That is\ngoing beautifully. Now let's get the payroll\nthing, and get our state organizations by the\nfirst of October; and, as I say, our publicity\nthing is running way ahead of the rest of the\nstuff. Let's build that up now. We have got\nthe eighty thousand employees in the Treasury.\nYou can have all of them if you want to work\non this thing.\nSparks:\nThat does not include the governmental employees?\nH.M.Jr:\nJust the Treasury alone, there are eighty\n332\n- 44 -\nthousand employees.\nGraves:\nWell, if you mean that in relation to this\npayroll allotment plan, I think that some-\nthing like eighty-five percent of the Treasury\nemployees are--\nH.M.Jr:\nNo, I meant to put & program across. I don't\nknow how many employees we have got in Michigan,\nbut I mean I am willing to throw the whole\nTreasury back of this thing to get this thing\ngoing.\nSparks:\nI think we can put on a very effective demon-\nstration, one that will spread very rapidly\nthrough all the red states, and we will\nkeep changing the colors as rapidly as pos-\nsible on that so that they will all be red.\nI think the Secretary appreciates that, even\nthough it is e small percentage of the total\nnumber, that the volunteer workers in the\nred states are responsible for most of that\nproduction.\nH.M.Jr:\nI am an old hand at this business, and I know\nwhen a thing is going well and when it isn't,\nand this particular part of the thing isn't\ngoing well enough, and I think it has got to\ngo better, that is all there is to it. I am\nsure it can.\nGraves:\nWell, as I said, I think there is a worse\naspect which has been developed here. Mr.\nSparks gave you a figure of a million four\nhundred thousand people.\nSparks:\nThat is right.\nGraves:\nEmployed by the concerns which have the plan\nin operation, but the number actually par-\nticipating is some small percentage of that\ntotal.\n333\n- 45 -\nH.M.Jr:\nYou can't move a step in any office or\nbusiness or street or town anywhere in\nCanada that you don't trip over one of\ntheir posters. I mean, you can't move anywhere\nand here in our own post office, when I go\ninto the Hyde Park post office, they haven't\neven got a poster. Right in Hyde Park there\nisn't even a poster. So we just haven't\nscratched the surface. The President's own\npost office, there isn't a single poster.\nThere was one in the back room. If you\nscrew your neck up you can see it.\nGraves:\nMaybe they need 8. new postmaster up there.\nIt certainly is not our fault that they\nhaven't got a poster in that post office.\nH.M.Jr:\nHarold, if I had the time to go around and\ntravel - and maybe I am going to have to make\nthe time - to go around and - I would just\nlike every place I move to see one of our\nposters. We have got to raise a hell of 8.\nlot of money, and We have got to mop up this\nextra payroll. What is the objective? They\nare spending all of this money, a billion\ndollars for defense, and it is up to the\nTreasury Department to mop this money up and\nsave it so that it doesn't all go into non-\ndefense and just make these prices go up and\nup and up through the scarcity if there isn't\nenough stuff being manufactured for the\npeople to buy it. Our job is to mop up these\nsavings and to keep inflation from going\nthrough the ceiling and that is what I am\nexcited about. Now, don't let's lose sight of\nthe fact that each person has a little job,\nand we have got this ten or twelve billion\ndollars one way or the other to raise. If\nwe don't, we have just got to go to the banks\nand we just aggravate the whole situation,\nand it is this whole question of inflation.\nNow, the people have got the money, they are\n334\n- 46 -\ngetting it, and the roll is beginning to\ngo in their pockets. We have got to go and\nget a goodly share of their earnings either\nfirst through taxes and second through their\nsavings, and this thing, and we have been at\nthis thing five months. We have just gotto\ndo a better job. I know this organization\ncan do it under Harold Graves. He has never\nfailed me yet, and he isn't going to fail me\nnow. All right.\n335\nReport From Mail Order Division\nSeptember 5, 1941\nThis report is based on a. complete picture of what has\nbeen accomplished in the Mail Order Division of the Defense\nSavings Staff since its inception last spring.\nThe chart of activities includes:\n(1) Regular Purchasers - those who, as the result of pre-\nvious solicitation, are buying at regular intervals. To\nthis list (approximately 100,000 at the present time), we\nare starting this month to send a special letter and three\norder forms, asking their cooperation in bringing the bonds\nto the attention of others.\n(2) Customers - all those who have bought but who haven't\nagreed to buy regularly. To this list (approximately 2,000,000\nas of July 31st), we are sending a letter urging adoption of\nthe Regular Purchase Plan, a colorful folder and a Regular\nPurchase order form. These start going out this Friday,\nSeptember 5th.\n(3) Prospects - large investors - taken from the Customer\nand I. R. files. To this list (375,000 corporations, partner-\nships, associations, etc.), we have just sent a special mailing\nconsisting of a letter, order form and folder featuring F and\nG bonds.\n(4) Prospects - smaller investors. These are the I. R.\nnames (approximately 4,874,000 as of July 31st) that we are\ntesting - in a variety of different ways - in order to find\nthe formula that will produce maximum results.\nBefore we discuss the results of our testing to date, let me\nraise one point that seems to me to be vitally important. In\none sense, this mail order campaign - including all of our mail\nselling efforts - is different from practically all others. In\nany commercial mail order business, the product is available\nonly by mail and results are measured in but two ways - the\nmail orders that come baok and the repeat business that follows.\nIn this mail order campaign of ours, results should be determined\nby:\nRegraded Unclassified\n336\n(1) The number of people who are induced to\nsend their orders direct.\n(2) The amount of money received in relation\nto the cost of getting it,\n(3) The amount of potential repeat business\nthat becomes available at a very low\nselling cost.\n(4) Equally important - the educational work\ndone on the entire list.\nThus, from Test Series No. 1 for instance, which went out\nJune 21st, it should be remembered that in addition to\ngetting 300 people to buy over $140,000 worth of bonds at\nE. cost of 85/100th of 1 percent, the mailing called on\n94,256 other people - told them the entire Savings Bond\nstory, and provided one more link in the chain of publicity\nand advertising being used to raise money for national defense.\nFrom Series One, relative returns mean more than total orders\nor dollars received. We put these ten tests in the mail, with\nexisting material, to find out things and from that standpoint,\nthey accomplished their purpose.\nWe learned, for instance, that it WELB safe for us to circularize\non Defense Savings Staff stationery; that a mailing on E bonds\nWES as good, if not slightly better, than B. mailing on all three\nbonds; that there WHS an extremely small demand for F bonds. We\nalso learned that if our best test had been sent to the entire\nlist, the selling cost would have been down to 73 cents for each\n$100 worth of bonds sold.\nThat should represent a naximum selling cost for future mailings,\nsince none of the assemblies in Series No. 1 contained specifically\nprepared mail order material, and had the further disadvantage of\nbeing sent out during one of the poorest mail selling seasons of\nthe entire year.\nFrom Series Two, which went into the mails July 19th, we are like-\nwise getting some useful information. While returns are incomplete,\nit soems safe to conclude that the best toot, both from the stand-\nRegraded Unclassified\na\n337\npoint of orders and dollars received, will be an E mailing -\nthus confirming what we discovered in Series No. 1. We have\nalso learned that with all other factors being equal, our\nnew folder \"How To Buy A Share In America\" is outpulling the\nblue and white Defense folder used in the first tests; that\nthe State of Massachusetts produces twice as many orders as\nthe State of Michigan; that a combination of letter, folder\nand order form is more productive than a card, folder and\norder form.\nFrom Series No. Throe, which went into the mail last Saturday,\nAugust 30th, we will get G. comparison between the pulling\npower of I. R. names with incomes over $5,000, incomes under\n$5,000 and a. mixture of the two. This list check-up is being\nmade in California, Georgia and Maryland. Also being tested\nare several new letters; an advertising message on the envelope\nversus e plain window envelope; and, 58 another confirmation,\nthe pulling power of E bonds versus all three.\nThis third series is going out at B. very favorable time. In\na comperatively short while it should give us an indication\nof the returns that can be expected from the approximately\n2,000,000 new over $5,000 names that have just been put on\nplates, as compared with the greater number of under $5,000\nnames that are available if it is found desirable to circularize\nthem.\nRegraded Unclassified\n-\n1\n(\n-\ne\n-\nPW\ni\nN\n1\n//\n1\nR\n-\n1\nCLEARTYPE\nPRIMPAL MAP\n- THE\nUNITED STATES\nRegraded Unclassified\n339\nSeptember 3, 1941\n4:50 p.m.\nHMJr:\nI'm all right, Breck.\nBreckenbridge\nLong:\nWell, Henry, I thought maybe you could take\nan interest in this over in your depart-\nment and see if you couldn't - let me present\nthe thing to you briefly.\nWe're troubled in this country by a lot of\nGerman propaganda films.\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nL:\nThey're some of the very bad things floating\naround here.\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nL:\nThere's one, \"The War On The Western Front\"\nHMJr:\nYeah, I know about it.\nL:\nAnd there are three or four more. The tendancy\nwas just to scare our people\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nL:\nand subdue them\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nL:\nand we've been trying every way to\nget some action to either take these filme\nor to intercept, and\nHMJr:\nWell, let me interrupt you, Breck, because\nI know all about this.\nL:\nWell\nHMJr:\nAny that come in - have been coming in now\nfor some time - we don't let them get out\nany more.\nL:\nYeah.\nRegraded Unclassified\n340\n- 2 -\nHMJr:\nBut those which are out, we can't do 8.\nthing about it.\nL:\nWell, I wondered if you couldn't by a\nstretch of interpretation - you do, now,\nhold those from coming in by taking their\nbills of lading.\nHMJr:\nYeah. Well, we.....\nL:\nYou freeze the bills of lading, in other\nwords.\nHMJr:\nWell, I don't know how we do it; but those\nthat come in now, they just never get on the\nmarket.\nL:\nThat's right.\nHMJr:\nBut those which are out - I've been all\nthrough that, and there ien't a thing that\nwe can do unless the Attorney General can\nthink up something.\nL:\nUh huh. It just occurred to me - we had a\nmeeting here about it this afternoon\nHMJr:\nYeah.\nL:\n.....\nthat this UFA thing, they come to UFA -\nU - F - A - and UFA is simply a wholly-owned\nsubsidiary of this German parent company\nHMJr:\nUh huh.\nL:\nWhich, in itself, 18 fostered and subsidized\nby the German government.\nHMJr:\nI'm a hundred percent with you, and if anybody . -\nif the Attorney General can tell me how to do\nit - I'd love to do it.\nL:\nUh huh.\nHMJr:\nI can promise you that for over a month now\nthere have been no more coming in.\n341\n- 3 -\nL:\nYes.\nHMJr:\nThe last time we showed one we had the\nAttorney General here. It was a picture\ncalled, \"Bismarck\".\nL:\nUh huh.\nHMJr:\nAnd we all voted on it and the amusing thing,\nMrs. Biddle said, \"Don't let it come in,\"\nand Biddle said, \"Let it come in,\" to be\ndifferent.\nL:\n(Laughs)\nHMJr:\nWe out-voted him.\nL:\nYeah.\nHMJr:\nBut we haven't let any come in. It's a month\nor six weeks, now.\nL:\nYes, I knew that. But these other old things\nare still marching around.\nHMJr:\nWe can't do a damn thing about it.\nL:\nUh huh. Well, I just thought that maybe you -\nit hadn't come to your personal attention.\nHMJr:\nNo, I happen to know all about it, but.....\nL:\nWell, then I won't bother you with it or take\nany more of your time.\nHMJr:\nbut I can promise you that no more will\ncome in.\nL:\nYeah. Yeah. Well, we're. - have been very\nmuch interested and have been wrestling with\nit for a month or six weeks here, and I just\nthought that it hadn't come to your personal\nattention; but you've had it, why that's all\nI got to say.\nHMJr:\nThank you, but call me any time.\nL:\nAll right, Henry, thank you.\n342\nTHE WHITE HOUSE\nWASHINGTON\nSeptember 3, 1941\nMy dear Mr. Secretary:\nMy friend Mr. Guthrie W&E not among those\nmentioned in the newspaper clipping that you sent me yesterday.\nI have made inquiry B.S to the basis of the news-\npaper report, and I find that it is in reference to an attempt\nto get some order out of the chaos that has prevailed in the\nArmy trading posts. It appears that there is no uniformity of\nprices even for standard products. I have been told that in\nsome instances the prices charged for nationally-advertised\nproducts at Army posts are higher than those charged in private\ndowntown shops. Mr. Guthrie has been seeking to get some\neystem of centralized buying 80 that variations in prices from\npost to post may be eliminated. Even cigarette prices vary\nfrom post to post.\nThe new setup, as I understand it, will make it\npossible for each trading post to buy any place it wishes on\ncondition that the wholesale prices it must pay to local jobbers\nare no higher than the prices quoted to the central buying\noffice in New York. At the same time, & definite mark-up is\nto be provided. In this way, there will be a top limit to\nthe prices that can be charged to soldiers at the Army posts.\nMoveover, in the case of some nationally-advertised brands,\nthe proposed procedure will make it possible to sell certain\ncommodities at prices below those which prevail in private\nstores.\nCordially,\nIsador Lubin\nIsador Lubin\nThe Honorable\nThe Secretary of the Treasury\nWashington, D. C.\nRegraded Unclassified\n343\nSeptember 2, 1941\nDear Mr. Lubin:\nWhat about this story? Is it\na reflection on your friend about whom\nyou spoke to me?\nSincerely yours,\nH.m.g.\nHonorable Isador Lubin,\nThe White House,\nWashington, D.C.\nBy Memenger Stringth 4:05 pm\nRegraded Unclassified\n344\nARMY EXCHANGES\nCENTRALIZE BUYING\nViar Dept. to Set Up Off\nHere After Report Additional\nObjections' Hit Program\nPLAN PRICE AGREEMENTS\nEach Post Unit Will True\nFrom Manufacture B\nof These Quotations\nThe War Department\nrentral purchasine\nVonday for Army port\nAL 111 Eighth\nlearned yesterday\nThis action injury\npublished in Tab\nTIMES last Sumber\nthat \"arbitrary 0bjective\npart of high-ranhing\nvisis were threaterms\nthe centralized administration\ngreat exchanges.\nThe purchasing\nwhich will be under\nScionel Frank\n\"\ne price agreements\nwith manufacturers\n>Ands of articles shirt\nchanges.\nmanges then will\nque basis of such 11\nAccounting permits\ninstructrative\nArmy's post exchange\nremain in Washington\nposted that the\ndi an annual business\n£ 10,000,000 и year\nColonel Mansficial\nM by Captain Juide IF\nFurmerly connected F\nKresge Company and\nRobert E. Coupon\nMontgomery Want\nGrocery interes's -\nresterday by the Am Tro\nund men had Decreased\nwhat they descriptions -\nary delay in entime 11,00 heat -\nchange program operating THE\nhad complained that Mailing\nofficials had\ntions advanced ley humber\nwho had gone to Washington\nspecifically to help Lot getting the\npost exchange processor organized\nand operating\n345\nSeptember 8. 1941\nDear Mr. Mackensie:\nIn the last fev crowded years I have not many,\nand become quite intimate with some, spleadid personalities\nrepresenting your government. There were few, however,\nwhom I case to like more. whose talents and services in\nthe cause of Britain I estimated higher, and whose loss\nI could feel more desply, than that of Arthur Purvis.\nThough you and I have never not, we have in\ncommon the bond of the loss of one whose both of us called\nour friend. I wish you to know how profoundly I appreciated\nyour thoughtfulness in writing to mo.\nTours sincerely,\n(Signed) 4. Morgenthan, 35.\nMr. Noir Mackensie\n21 Tothill Street\nLondon, S.V.1\n20:0h\nin Clipper\nchannely\nRegraded Unclassified\n346\nFEDERATION OF BRITISH INDUSTRIES\nTELEGRAME.\nPOSUSTRY, PARL LONDON\nTELEPHONES\nWHITEHALL 8711\n110 Limit\nDIRECTOR\nGUY LOCOCK. C.M.S.\nform FBI\n21, TOTHILL STREET,\n- SECRETARY.\nLONDON, S.W.1.\nD. L. WALKER.\nBUTAL CHARTER\nYour REF.\n18th August, 1941.\nOUR REF.\nHenry Morgenthau, Esq..\nSecretary of the Treasury,\nTashington, D.C.,\nU.S.A.\nDear lun. Morgenthan\nTe have never met, but 1 feel compelled to write to\nyou to express my deep and real sympathy with you at the\npassing of your friend Arthur Purvis. 1 can well believe\nthat his death, and in such tragic circumstances, must have\nbeen 1 terrible blow to you.\n1 think you will be glad\nto know that when he lunched with me just = couple of days\nafter his arrival here he spoke of you in glowing and\ngroteful terms for your consistently wise council and help.\nFrom a National point of view his many friendships\nin both countries, and his immense understanding of our\nnutusl problems. would seem to render him irreplacable.\nAs one who held him in deep regard may 1 venture to say\nthat I share with you your sorrow et the death of our friend.\nlours faithfully\nluoir luacnerryie.\nRegraded Unclassified\n347\nWillard Hotel,\nWashington, D.C.,\n3rd September, 1941.\nDear Mr. Secretary,\nI have your letter of September 2nd\nstating that you have designated Dr. H.D. White\nto be the Treasury's liaison officer for all\nmatters of lend-lease arrangements and of the\nBritish dollar position.\nI shall be glad to arrange for all\ncommunications and enquiries on these subjects\nintended for Treasury consideration to be\nchanneled through him in the future.\nBelieve me,\nDear Mr. Secretary,\nYours sincerely,\nHhillips\nThe Honourable\nHenry Morgenthau, Jr.,\nSecretary of the Treasury,\nWashington, D. C.\nRegraded Unclassified\n348\nSEP 2 1941\nn dear Bir Fredwrick:\nI have designated No. L D. White to be the\nTreasury's lisisen officer for all mathers of Lond-Loase\narrengrame and of the Britten dollar position. In\nfuture, therefore, I would aggirestate 18 if all committ-\nsations and a there subjects intended for\nI i des. I I I\nSincerely yours,\n(Signed) 1. Morgenthau, in\nBearetary of the Treasury.\nBir Frederisk Hillige,\ni I I r I\nI 1 Types 1 s WASH\nWillard Motal,\nWankington, D. c.\nFile to Mr. Thompson\nInv Serya office\nRegraded Unclassified\n349\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\nINTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE\nSeptember 3, 1941\nTO\nSecretary Morgenthau\nH. D. White\nFROM\nSubject: American airplanes in the United Kingdom\n1. Colonel Roy A. Dunn, one of General Arnold's men, has just\nreturned to the U.S., after making an intensive inquiry as to the\nnumber of unused American airplanes in Britain. He told Coe that:\na. He had himself counted 1,200 unused American planes,\n8 large number of which were still in crates.\nb. He knows the places where they are.\nC. Various explanations were given him as to why they\nwere not in use --lack of personnel, laok of proper\nequipment, absence of spare parts, and the desire to\nre-test on the spot the planes received.\nTwo additional reasons may be (1) the influence of vested air-\nplane contractors' intereste in England, and (2) the suspicion of\nhigh British air officials of certain kinds of American equipment.\n2. Stacy May, of O.P.M., also made some inquiries. The British\ngave him the following figures:\nTomahawke in R.A.F.\n456\nTomahawks \"arrived\" but \"not been delivered\" to\nR. A. F.\n283\nOther American planes \"arrived\" but \"not been\ndelivered\" to R. A. F\nAbout 500\nThere are other American planes in \"storage reserve\" and these\nmay make up the 1,200 Dunn spoke about. Mr. May 18 \"eatisfied he has\nthe full story and that, considering the value of P-40, the British\nare using it as well as they can\".\n3. Coe stated that because you omitted reference to the question\nof American airplanes in your recent cabled instructions to him, he is\nnot following up that subject. You may want to contact the two men\nfor the full story. (May is due back in the U.S. if he is not al-\nready hers).\n(Coe to Secretary, August 18)\nRegraded Unclassified\n350\nnn\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\nINTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE September 3, 1941\nTO\nSecretary Morgenthau\nFROM\nMr. Kamarck\nSubject: British Article on the Flying Fortress\nThe following are excerpts from an article in the London\nTimes' *Trade and Engineering\" periodical, August 1941 issue.\nThe Fortress 1\n\"The official British name for the B 17 0, known in the\nUnited States as the Flying Fortress, is to be the Fortress 1.\nThe original order of 20 machines has now been completed and\ndelivered, and as these giant bombers have proved to be every\nbit 88 good as their American manufacturers claimed, it is\nhoped that many more will be flown over soon. Further\ndeliveries have been promised under the Lease and Lend Act,\nand it 18 expected that these will be a later and improved\nversion, the B 17 E. If there is any criticism which could\nbe made of the Fortresses which have so far been sent over for\nthe use of the R.A.F. it 18 that, like almost every other\nAmerican machine, they are under-armed.\n\"The writer recently had the opportunity of inspecting\nthe last of the original deliveries at & Ministry of Aircraft\nProduction depot, where they were being overhauled before\nbeing sent on to an operational squadron of the R.A.F. Bomber\nCommand.\nThe Fortress's ceiling is put at 41,000 ft. when\ncarrying 39,000 lb., but even though it 1s known to be an\nexcellent performer at high altitude, this may be rather an\nover-atatement.\n\"Major Carl Brandt, senior tost pilot of Boeings, case\nover in one of the first machines delivered across the Atlantic\nto give the British authorities the benefit of his advice and\nto instruct teat pilote in flying them. The Fortress 16\nalready extremely popular with the R.A.F. crews, for, having\nbeen constructed originally for civil purposes, it is roomy\ndepot to an R.A.F. officer with 8. long experience of bomber\nand extremely comfortable.\nThe test pilot at this M.A.P.\naircraft -- told the writer that the Fortress was the best\naeroplane that he had ever flown. It was completely free from\nvices and, when once one had got accustomed to the instrument\npanels, it was quite easy to fly, in spite of its great also.\nRegraded Unclassified\n351\n- 2 -\nDivision of Monetary\nResearch\n\"An interesting development at this depot is the establish-\nment of special engine shops for handling the three main types\nof American motors -- the Allison, Pratt and Whitney, and\nWright Cyclone. One shop has been set aside exclusively for\nthe assembly, overhaul, and reassembly of Allison engines, which\nare now being used by the R.A.F. in great numbers in the\nTomahawk fighters which have given such a fine account of them-\nselves in the Middle East and elsewhere. This move should\ngreatly simplify the problem of the maintenance of American\naircraft and engines in this country, which, in the past, has\ngiven no small amount of trouble.\"\nRegraded Unclassified\n352\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\nINTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE September 3, 1941\n10\nSecretary Morgenthau\nFROM\nH. D. White\nSubject: Post-War Policy of Free Trade\nMany British officials are uncertain whether the United\nStates realizes the implications of its request that Britain\ngo along with B. post-war policy of free trade. They question\nwhether the U.S. Government 1e going to be willing to lower\nits tariffe, make the necessary internal economic adjustments,\nand grant the large credits necessary to enable the rest of\nthe world to abandon exchange and trade controle.\nSome British Treasury officials have said to Coe \"that\nthey would be all for free trade if after the war England, and\nother countries, have sufficient foreign exchange income to pay\nfor the goods they will need\". Many fear, however, that Eng-\nland will not be able to abandon exchange controls after the\nwar and that a return to \"free trade\" E9 it used to be concei-\nved 16 not going to take place.\nMr. Bexter's section of the Ministry of Post-War Planning\n18 tackling ae their first job the problem of freer trade, be-\ncause of the President's request for a statement of policy.\nThey are in a quandary; they do not wish to displease the Uni-\nted States, and yet they do not know that they will be able to\nabandon foreign exchange control.\nThe Times editoriel of August 18 on the Roosevelt-Churchill\nconversation (which Coe anclosed) manifeste 8. real doubt 8.8 to\nwhether what the United States seems to be seking can really be\nschieved. Coe suggests that the U.S. Treasury should earmark\nsome men for full time study of these problems.\n(Coe to Secretary, August 18)\nRegraded Unclassified\n353\nMURRAY HILL 2-1160\nmergency Committee for Zionist Affairs\n41 EAST sEnd STREET\nROOM 1121\nNEW YORK CITY\nSeptember 3, 1941\nHon. Henry Morgenthau\nSecretary of the Treasury\nU.S. Treasury Department\nWashington, D.C.\nMy dear Mr. Morgenthaus\nI an writing you following the conversation I had with\nyour secretary Mrs. Klots. Since it is uncertain whether you will\nbe able to see me tomorrow, Thursday, I am taking the liberty of\nenclosing copy of a memorandum which we have submitted to Under\nSecretary Welles, following several conversations which we had with\nhim. In the last interview he assured me of his readiness to ap=\nproach the British Government through Mr. Winant, in order to re-\nceive the desired assurance that nothing is being done or will be\ndone at this time to affect the status of Palestine.\nWe have had no word on the subject from Mr. Welles since\nthen. In the meantime, however, we have received from Dr. Weizmann\ncertain documents which confirm our supposition that negotiations are\nbeing carried on with the Araba which directly and indirectly affect\nPalestine. There are matters in this connection which I would prefer\nto discuss with you orally, and will be glad to have the opportunity\nof doing so the latter part of next week.\nWith deep appreciation of your helpful interest, I em\nEmannetherment Very sincerely yours,\nEmanuel Neumann\nEno.\nRegraded Unclassified\nC\nD\n354\n7\nI\nAugust 7, 1941\nMon. Summer Wellos\nUnder Secretary of State\nWashington, D. 0.\nDear Mr. Secretary:\nSupplementing the recent meeting which\nMr. Emanuel Neumann on behalf of the Emergency Committee\nfor Zionist Affairs had with you, I have the pleasure of\nsubmitting herewith the memorandus which he undertook to\nsubmit on our behalf. We hold ourselves in readiness for\na conference with you touching this problem, should you\nfind it necessary further to discuss the matter with us.\nI all, dear, dear Mr. Secretary, with most\nhearty greetings\nFaithfully yours,\nStephen S. Wine\nRegraded Unclassified\nMEMORANIUM SUBMITTED TO UNITER SECRETARY OF STATE\nTX CONORABLE SUMMER\n354.A\nBY THE EMERGENCY COMMITTEE FOR ZIONIST AFFAIRS\nb. It has been generally assumed that British policy with regard to Palestine would\nno important modification during the progress of the war, In Zionist circles it\nas hoped that no further steps would be taken toward implementing the White Paper of 1939\nind it was beliefed that there would certainly be no basic change in the status of Palestine\nT of the Palestine Mandate.\n2. 1 recent address delivered by the Secretary of State for Foreign Affaire, Mr.\nothony Eden, made specific reference to a coming change in the status of Syria and Lebanon\nand promised support by the British Government for a. scheme of federation in the Middle\nlast as yet undefined.\nDr. Stephen 8. Wise and Dr. Nahum Goldmann conferred with you shortly thereafter, and\nou were kind enough to state that in your view it was extremely improbably that the\nritish Government would take any steps involving the status of Palestine either by the\nclusion of Palestine in a federation or otherwise, without prior consultation with the\novernment of the United States;and furthermore, that if proposals affecting the status of\nalestine or of the Jewish National Nome were forthcoming, the American Government would\naccord the representatives of American Zionism adequate opportunity to present their views\nefore taking any position on such questions.\nWe take this accasion to express our profound appreciation of these statements made\ny you at the time to our representatives.\n3. Since the interview referred to took place, signs have been multiplying that the\nquestion of new political dispositions in the Middle East have been occupying the attention\nd' important British circles following the termination of the Syrian campaign. There is in\nFUE considered judgment reason to believe that the possibility of effecting 8. political\nreorganization in the Middle last is being considered in British official quarters. This\nas given rise to a certain apprehension leet under the pressure of war and of military\nivelopments in that region, stops may be taken or commitments made which involve the\nstatus of Palestine and of the Jewish National Home, in & manner and direction we can not\nforesse or judge at this distance. Such steps or commitments, if made either publicly or\nRegraded Unclassified\n- a -\n355\nrivately, may conceivable lead to the result that the Mandate for Palestine would be\naterially affected at a time when neither the League of Nations nor its permanent\nKandates Commission are in a position to function. A further consequence would be that\nruch international settlement as may be expected to take place at the end of the war my\ne prejudged by such commitments or by the creation of accomplished facts.\n4. No would therefore respectfully suggest that it would be most helpful if the\nimerican Government would elacit from the British Government authentic information OF este\nhis subject as well as an assurance that it does not intedd to carry on negotiations or make\ncommitments involving a change in the legal and political status of Palestine or a dero-\nration of the position of the Jewish National Home, whether by promoting a union between\nalestine and other territories, or otherwise; and that no steps will be taken without\nrevious consultation with the government of the United States.\nTo wish to record our gratitude to you for BO kindly offering to act promptly in\nthis matter, and to express the hope that we may be informed of the result in due course.\nRegraded Unclassified\n356\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\nINTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE September 3. 1941\nTO Secretary Morgenthan\nFROM Mr. Cochran\nThe following table presents 8 breakdown of our silver purchases by sources:\nSources of Silver Purchased Under\nthe Silver Purchase Act -- 1941\nCountry of Origin\nJan.-June\nJuly\nAugust\nJan.-August\n(In thousands of dollars)\nNew Production Silver\nArgentina\n$ 201\nW :\n$ 80\n$ 281\nCanada\n1,263\n420\n420\n2,103\nHonduras\n659\n79\n147\n885\nJava\n59\n180\n:\n239\nPeru\n2,014\n307\n280\n2,601\nNot Designated*\n3,428\n333\n538\n4,299\n(\nPotal New Prod.\n$7,624\n$1,319\n$1,465\n$10,408\nOther Silver\nChina\n$ 282\n--\n--\n$\n282\nJapan\n918\nI\ni\n918\nMexico\n175\n--\n:\n175\nnot Designated*\n280\n$ 210\n$ 201\n691\nTotal Other\n$1,655\n$ 210\n$ 201\n$ 2,066\nGrand Total\n$9,279\n$1,529\n$1,666\n$12,474\n*A large part of the \"Not Designated\" silver is believed to represent importe\nfrom Mexico. For comparison purposes, total silver imports into the U.S.\nfrom Mexico are given below, according to type of silver:\nJan.-June\nJuly\nAugust\nJan.-August\n(In thousands of dollars)\nNew Production\n$2,796\n$ 577\n$ 198\n$ 3.573\nOther (refined)\n9,875\n2,148\n2,005\n14,028\nTotal\n$12.673\n$2,725\n$2,203\n$17,601\nB.M.S.\nRegraded Unclassified\n357\nSeptember 3, 1941.\nDear Mr. Director:\nThis will acknowledge receipt of your letter\nof August 27, on the subject of measures for the\nprotection of places and facilities essential to the\nNational defense and asking that I name a responsible\nperson in the Treasury Department who may confer with\nBrigadier General Gasser, of your office, on the matter.\nI designate Herbert E. Gaston, Assistant Secre-\ntary of the Treasury, as my representative with respect\nto the matters of which you write. Mr. Gaston will\nshortly write you with respect to the questions raised\nin your letter.\nSincerely yours,\n(Signed) E. Morgenthau. Jr.\nSecretary of the Treasury.\nHonorable F. H. LaGuardia,\nU. S. Director Civilian Defense,\nWashington, D.C.\nFile to M.L. Daston\ncc- Minor Charmey\nRegraded Unclassified\n358\nRegraded Unclassified\nMINUTES OF THE BOOWONIC before BOARD SEPTEMBER J, 1961\nPresent at the mesting -\nAssistant Secretary of State Dear Achemes,\nAssistant of State Breakinridge\nLong, Under Secretary of War Robert P.\nPatterson, Assistant Secretary of the listy\nAdlai Sterenson, Mr. Marry White represented\nthe Secretary of the Treasury, Mr. be he\nWheeler represented the Secretary of Agriculture,\nand Mr. will Clayten represented the Secretary\nof Commres,\nMr. L. P. Nickell, Maritine Commission also\nattended.\nAssistant Secretary of State Long reported that the State\nDepartment and the inter-Departmental committee, had been studying\ncoffee. South American countries using soffee have progressivaly\nreised offer prices. It was reported by the Assistant Secretary\nof State that Columbia has not fiftern different prices en coffee\nrecently) each - price being higher than the last. Be stated that\nMr. Henderson, of Office of Production Management, has filed reces-\nnendations regarding seffee prices. Assistant Secretary of State\nAchesoa said that Mr. Paul Daniels has given mass study to coffee.\nThe Vice President asked Mr. Laurence Duggan, of the State Depart-\nment, and hr. L. A. Wheeler, of the Department of Agriculture, to\nconsult with Mr. Mano, of the Office of Production Management, and\nMr. Paul Damiels, and report back to the Defease Board.\nThe Vice President stated that hereafter any problems will\nbe handled is their preliminary stages outside of formal Board seet-\ntage, recomendations of the staff being processed to the Ressomia\nDefense Board. Se mid that the Reseonde Defense Board now has an\noffice at Kew Apartments, telephone Republie 5030, Extension 1000.\nMr. will Claytom stated that an exporter is compelled to \"\nthrough six different agencies before be Income whether be enti export\nenterials at this time. It was his opinion that in view of the\nPresident's policy that after the Supply Priorities and Allocations\nBoard has made a ruling, there should be no need for specific export\nlicenses. The Vice President said that he is informed by B.\nDonald Nelson, Executive Director of the Supply Prierities and\nAlloentions Board, that 10,000 export licenses have less prated,\nthat there are 20,000 export licenses pending, and several thousand\nhave been decied. There is a bottlemeek because of alowness is\ndeciding upon export licenses, is E. Helson's opinion. Mr. Selson\nmys that be will clear the shole situation up in one week's time. b.\nwill Clayton said that sany exports to South America are not subject\nto priority and that it should not be necessary for South American\ncountries to procure exports licenses for such commodities. The Vice\nPresident asked that Mr. Clayton discuss this watter with Mr. Donald\nHelson.\nUnder Secretary of War Patterson stated that Russia has min\nsuch large demands upon the United States for materials, that we will\nnot be able to help South American countries substantially. Mr.\nClaytom stated that one-third of our copper acess from South America\nand that we must return SOING copper and other miterials to South\nAmrior. The View President asked Mr. Clayton and Mr. Acheson to\ndiscuss this situation with Mr. Donald Nolson.\nThe Vice President asked Assistant Secretary of State Long\nfor a report on the final destination of oil which is being shipped\nfrom Port Arthair, Texas to Spain. Assistant Secretary of State Long\nstated that the report that much of this oil is going to Germany and\nItaly is probably incorrect, but that the State Department is not\nyet ready to file its report und recomendation.\nThe Vice President stated that his information is that little,\nIf any, goods are now being shipped to Japan. Assistant Secretary\nof State Acheson stated that soue goods are going from the Philippines\nto Japan. Mr. Earry white said that it may be advisable to adopt\nproclusive selling am well as preclusive buying. It was his receipt\nmendation that ne should learn exactly what goods are being sold by\nJapan to the Philippines and South America and that we should under\nsoll Japan on such materials. Mr. Will Clayton stated that Jupan 10\nbuying such less from South America now and 18 not selling any goods\nin South America due to the freesing of Incanese funds in the United\nStates and the failure of Japen to get raw materials. Mr. Clayton\nstated that Federal Loan Agency has & $8,000,000 fund for the purpose\nof de-Germanising Bouth American air lines. No said that quarts\ncrystals, platimum, and industrial diamonds and wisa are being service shipped\nfrom South America to Italy by airplane and that this air\nshould be stopped.\nRegraded Unclassified\nNATIONAL INSTRUCE PIPE LINE - SCUTHEASTERN PIPE LINE SYSTEM\n360\nBY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA\nA PROCLAMATION\nWHEREAS the not of Dongress entitled \"An act to facilitate\nthe construction, extension, or completion of interetate petroleum\npipe lines related to national defense, and to promote interstate\ncompree\", approved July 30, 1941 (Public Law 197 - 77th Congress),\nvests in the President certain powers rolating to the construction,\nextension, completion, operation, and mintenance of interetate\npipe lines related to national defense.\nNOW, THEREYORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the\nUnited States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vosted\nin me by sections 2 and 3 of said act of July 30, 1941, do horeby\nfind end proclaim (1) that 1t 12 necessary for national defense pur-\nposes that there be constructed and completed c. pipe line system for\nthe transportation and distribution of petroleum and petroloum products\nmoving in interstate commerce, the route for which 1a generally indicated\non e. map which 1e on file in the Office of the Petroleum Coordinator\nfor National Defense, detailed survey hape of which shall be of record\nin the setd office, commencing at Port St. Joe, Florida, and extending\nin & northerly direction through the States of Florida and Georgia,\nand into Tonnossee to B. point on the Tennossee River et or in the\nvisinity of Chattanooga, Termossoo, (2) that Southeastern Pipo Line\nCompany, a private corporation organized under the leve of the State\nof Delaware, has commenced the work necessary for the construction of\nsuch a pipo line system, and has partially constructed the same and\nroprosonte that It 10 prepared to complete said pipo line eyetem,\nand (3) that it 1s necessary for the purposos of construction, com-\nplotion, operation, and maintonance of said pipo line system that\nthe Southeastern Pipo Line Company have the right to acquire, by the\nexorcise of the right of eminent domaln ao provided in the eforomaid\nact, along the route and between the points hereinbofore identified,\n(a) much parcels of land or any interests therein, not in excess of\n100 acros in each separate parcel, for the location of its storage\ntanks, pumping stations, delivery facilities, and other [acilities\nin connection therewith, and (b) easemento end rights of way, not in\nexcess of 100 feet in width, for the construction. completion, opera-\ntion, maintenance end removal of the pipe lines, Including right of\nAccees thereto over adjoining lands: Provided, That such right of\neminent domain be exercised by the Southeastern Pipe Line Company for\nthe eferesaid purposes prior to June 30, 1943.\nThe pips line hereinbefore !dentified shall De constructed,\ncompleted, operated, and maintained subject to such terms and undi-\ntione as the President may hereafter from time to time prescribe se\nnecessary for national defense purposes.\nIN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have horounto net my hand and caused\nthe seal of the United States to be affixed.\nDONE at the of Weithington this third day of September\nin the year of our Lord nineteen\nhundred and forty-one, and of the\n(EEAL)\nIndopendence of the United States\nof America the care Included and\nuixty-wisth.\nFRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT\nBy the President:\nCORDELL HULL,\nSecretary of State.\nRegraded Unclassified\n361\nFOR THE PRESS\nIMMEDIATE RELEASE\nFOR THE PRESS\nSEPTEMBER 3, 1941\nAnnouncement. was made today of appointment by the\nPresident of the membership of the Mission to Russia 85 follows:\nChairman, W. AVERELL HARRIMAN, now serving as the President's\nSpecial Representative in London on Material Aid to the\nBritish Empire.\nMAJOR GENERAL JAMES li. BURNS, Executive Officer, Division of\nDefense Aid Reports associated with Marry L. Hopkins.\nGeneral Burns has served with distinction in the Ordnance\nDepartment of the Army.\nMAJOR GENERAL GEORGE H. BRETT, Chief of Air Corps, at present\non a special Mission to Great Britain and the Middle East\nin connection with deliveries of American aircraft.\nADMIRAL WILLIAM HARRISON STANDLEY, U. S. NAVY, former Chief\nof Naval Operations, 1933-37. Admiral Standley was a\nprovider of the Dilegation of the United States to the\nConcral Disariment Conference hold in London, 1934,\n1100 a delegate on the part of the United States to the\nLondon Navel Conference of 1935.\nVHAN'S L. EATT, Deputy Director, Production Division, Office\ndi Production Management. Chairman, Business Advisory\nCouncil for the Department of Connercu. Lr. Batt is\nPresident of S.K.F. Industrics, Inc., and Chairman of\nthe Board, American Management Association.\nThe Mission will join with E similarly constituted\nBritish Mission under the Chairmananip of Lord Beavorbrook\nfor & conference in Mosdow with the Ruscian Government regard-\ning the supplying to Russia by the United States and Creat\nBritain of munitions, raw materials, and other supplies needed\nby Russin for her defonse against German aggression.\nThe holding of this conference W&S agreed to between\nthe President and the prino Minister at their recent meeting\nat 808,\nRegraded Unclassified\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\n202\nINTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE September 3. 1941\nTO\nSecretary Morgenthau\nFROM\nMr. Cochran\nSTABILIZATION AGREEMENTS\nChina:\nOn July 14, 1937 the Treasury entered into an agreement with the\nCentral Bank of China to purchase yuan up to B total of $50,000.000 U.S. currency.\nThe agreement has been renewed each six months and now expires December 31, 1941.\nAt present we hold 65,000,000 yuan, whose book dollar value 1e $19,112,500. and\nagainst which $19,379,015.65 in gold is held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York\nDE collateral. The rate of interest is 1/2% above the current rediscount rate of\nthe Federal Reserve Bank of New York,\nBrazil:\nOn July 15, 1937, the Treasury entered into an agreement with the\nUnited States of Brezil, which expires on July 15, 1942. We agreed to purchase\nmilreis up to a total value of $60,000,000, with Brazil leaving on deposit in New\nYork gold collateral to guarantee the repurchase of the milreis by Brazil. The rute\nof interest is 1/2 of 1% above the current rediscount rate of the Federal Reserve\nBank of Sev York. There have been transactions under this arrangement, but et pres-\nC\nent we are holding no milreis. This agreement also provides for the sale of up to\nA mazimum amount of $60,000,000 in gold by the United States to be held under earmark\nin our vaulte for the account of Brazil. This agreement was modified on September 2.\n1938, to permit Brazil to ship gold from abroad to be held in this eermarked account.\nUp to August 30, 1941, $29,465,770.90 in gold had been sold by us to Brazil and\n111,532,765.19 had been shipped by Brazil to New York to be held under enrmark.\nArgentina:\nOn January 1, 1941, the Treasury entered into en agreement with the\nFanco Central de la Republica Argentina and the Government of Argentina, Under this\nagreement we undertake to purchase Ar entine pesos up to the equivalent of $50,000,000\n7.S, currency. No collateral is required. The interest rate is fixed at 1-1/2%.\nThe agreement comes into operation and effect upon ratification and confirmation by\nArgentina of the authority under its constitution and laws to enter into this agree-\nwent. Up to the present time the foregoing conditions have not been met and the\nagreement is inoperative. The agreement Web drafted to expire on June 30, 1941. An\noxtension of the agreement has also been drefted, but cannot be made effective until\nthe arreement itself becomes operative.\nIntional Cuinn: Government of the Republic of Chine and the Central Bank of China. This cells\nOn April 1. 1941, the Treasury entered into an agreement with the\nfor the purchase by the Treasury of Chinese yuan up to the equivalent of $50,000,000\nC.S. currency. No collateral is required. The agreement expires June 30. 1942.\nInterest at the rate of 1-1/2%. China has not yet called for the $50,000,000. The\nGhinese-Americnn-British Stabilisation Roard in China, on which Mr. à. Menuel Fox in\nthe American representative, did. however, begin to operate in the middle of August.\nTop Chinese Government banks have deposited with the Federal Reserve Bank of Sew York\ntheir contribution of $20,000,000 to the joint Stabilization Fund.\nRegraded Unclassified\n363\n2\nMexico:\nAn agreement with the Government of the Republic of Mexico and\nthe Banco de Mexico is practically ready for signature. This involves purchases\nof Mexican pesos by the United States up to the equivalent of $40,000,000 U.S.\ncurrency. There 1a no collateral. The rate of interest is at 1-1/2%. The\nrepurchase clause with Mexico gives that country 180 days' notice and then an\nadditional 180 days within which to repurchase. This 1e a generous departure\nfrom our usual 30 days' notice. The Department of State expects its related\nnegotiations with Nexico to be consummated in time for the signing of the\nStabilization agreement before September 16, The Treasury is also to agree to\npurchase up to 6,000,000 ounces of silver monthly from Mexico, under an arrange-\nment similar to that which we have with Canada.\nColombia:\nThe Ambassador of Colombia has recently returned from his country\nto which he went a few weeks ago with a draft Stabilization agreement with the\nStabilization Fund of the Government of Colombia, the Banco de la Republica,\nBogota, Colombia, and the Government of the Republic of Colombia. under which\nthe United States would buy Colombian pesoa up to the equivalent of $3,000,000\nU.S. currency. No collateral is involved. The interest rate would be 1-1/2%.\nWe should have further discussions with the Colombian Ambassador shortly.\nSouador:\nWhen the Ecuadorian Minister of Finance visited Washington in\nAugust he discussed with the Secretary, and subsequently with the Secretary's\nassistante, the question of a Stabilization agreement which might provide as\nmuch as $5,000,000 U.S. currency. It is not believed that more than perhaps\nhalf of such a sum could at all be justified. The Department of State has re-\nquested that we continue negotiations with the Ecundorian Ambassador,\nBolivia:\nWe have promised the State Department that we would consider a\nBolivian request for monetary assistance.\nB.M.S.\nRegraded Unclassified\nC\n36₫\no\nP\nY\nBRITISH EMBASSY,\nWASHINGTON, D. C.,\nSeptember 3rd, 1941.\nWith the Compliments of Mr. W.\nRitchie\nCopy of letter dated September\n3rd to Mr. Dean Acheson\nMr. Merle Cochran,\nU. S. Treasury Department,\nWashington, D.C.\nCopy:mew 9/4/41\nRegraded Unclassified\nC\n365\nF\nI\nBRITISH EMBASSY,\nSAFE HAND\nWASHINGTON, D.C.,\nSeptember 3rd, 1941.\nDear Mr. Acheson,\nThe following 18 the text of a statement made by Mr.\nIden in the House of Commons on August 6th:-\n\"The Honorable members will remember that about & week A/CO\nI announced certain freezing measures, which had been\ninstituted by the United States, the Net erlands and the\nBritish Empire against Japan AB a result of the Jenanese\nseizure of bases in French Indo-China. Those freezing\nmessures are not, as seemed to be thought by some\nHonourable members in the debate, framed so 8.0 to permit\ntransactions which are not expressly forbidden. On the\ncontrary the operation in the reverse. They automatically\nforbid all transactions except those which are expressly\npermitted. As the House will understand, I cannot now\ndieclose the details of the manner in which this policy\nis to be applied but there has been throughout closest\ncollaboration and frankest discussion between His Majesty's\nGovernment at home, in the Dominions, in India, Burma end\nin the Colonies, and the Governments of the United States\nand the Netherlands; and the two latter Governments have\nfurnished us with full particulare and with comprehensive\ninformation of their actions. The same collaboration is con-\ntinuing regarding the operation of these measures 88 WAS in\nevidence in former days. The House will understand that it\nis bound to take B. little time to exchange the views end\ninformation which are necessary for common understanding of\nsuch a far-reaching experiment as freezing orders will\npresent. But that work is now practically completed.\nThere is one assurance I would like to give the House; these\nsteps were not lightly taken. The Freezing order was\nseriously intended and it will be seriously executed.\"\nHr. Dean Acheson,\nAssistant Secretary of State,\nState Department,\nWashington, D. C.\nITEH:WR:TMI\nCC to Mr. Cochran\nRegraded Unclassified\n366\n- 2 -\nI am sorry you have not had this before, but I have\nonly just received it myself.\nI am sending a copy of this letter to Mr. Cochran\nfor his information.\nYours sincerely,\n(Sgd) Noel F. Hall\nCopy:mew 9/4/41\nC\no\n367\nP\nY\nDEPARTMENT OF STATE\nWASHINGTON\nSeptember 3. 1941\nIn reply refer to\nEA 840.51 Frozen Credits/3254\nThe Secretary of State presents his compliments\nto the Honorable the Secretary of the Treasury and\ntransmits a copy of despatch mailed August 13, 1941\nfrom the American Consulate General in Hong Kong con-\ncerning the reaction in Hong Kong to recent freezing\norders and the placing of the Colony of Hong Kong in\nthe sterling bloc.\nEnclosure:\nMentioned above.\n0\n0\nP\nY\n368\nVOLUNTARY\n(Supplementing radio message No. 293 of August 6, 4 p.m.)\nCONFIDENTIAL\nHONG KONG REACTION TO RECENT FREEZING ORDERS\nAND THE PLACING OF THE COLONY IN THE\nSTERLING BLOC\nFrom:\nJohn H. Bruine\nAmerican Consul\nHong Kong\nDate of Completion:\nAugust 11, 1941\nDate of Mailing:\nAugust 13, 1941\nApproved:\nAddison E. Southard\nAmerican Consul General\nRegraded Unclassified\n0\n0\nP\n369\nY\n1. Bank \"Runs\" of Short Duration:\nOn the two business days following the announcement\nof the freezing of Chinese assets. local Chinese with-\ndrew considerable suma in local currency from their local\nbank accounts. This small \"run\" soon stopped, and there\nwas nothing approaching a panic. Hong Kong banks were\nnot embarrassed by this withdrawal, as nearly all of than\nare overburdened with deposits which are difficult to\nloan out advantageously.\n2. British Control Orders Slow in Arriving:\nThe principal complaint of most bankers is the\nslowness in arrival of the official British orders re-\ngulating both the \"freesing\" and the entry of Hong Kong\ninto the sterling bloc. It is pointed out that such\nregulations have been in force in Singapore for many\nmonths, and that all the details should have been in-\nmediately available here. American banks in Hong Kong\nhave also received conflicting telegrame from their\nNew York headquarters, and the atmosphere of uncertainty\nprevails. This is regarded as an annoyance and ⑉ an\nadded business risk, which will probably be removed in\nthe course of B. week or two.\nRegraded Unclassified\n370\n- 2 -\n3. Uncertain Status of Bills Payable:\nThe principal difficulty is the status of bills\npayable. Most of these are in Chinese names. The pur-\nchase of such bills is an important part of banking\nbusiness here. Telegraphic inquiries to New York by\nthe local banks have brought equivocal replies. The\nNational City Bank continues to buy them. The Chase\nBank continues to handle them in small amounts. The\nAmerican Express Company has declined to handle them\nuntil the situation is clarified. The Chase Bank reports\nthat some such bills sent to New York early in July,\nlong before the present orders were issued, have been\nrefused payment. It has been requested by its New York\nheadquarters to supply a full report on the number and\namounts of such bills now in transit.\n4. Difficulties of Shanghai Arbitrage:\nLocal banks used to sell Shanghai dollars to in-\nporters, and covered by sending foreign currency equi-\nvalent to Shanghai. Under the now \"sterling bloc\"\nregulations, it is apparently impossible to send out\nsuch foreign currency remittances. Such transactions\noccur\n371\n- 3 -\noccur mainly in connection with textile imports from\nShanghai (at least such part of the business as has not\nfallen into Japanese hands), local importers thus re-\nquiring Shanghai dollars in payment. Before negotiating\nbusiness of this type, banks have satisfied themselves\nthat the business is being carried on by a bona fide\nChungking-sponsored firm. Some bankers are inclined to\nattribute the weakness in Shanghai currency in recent\ndays to the aforementioned lack of demand for it, at-\ntributable in turn to the inability of supplying cover.\nThe manager of the American Express Company stated con-\nfidentially to-day that he had just been authorized to\nsupply the sterling cover from their London office to\nShanghai. He explains this by the fact that every such\ntransaction requires exhibition of bills of lading and\nthus represents goods coming into the Colony and also\nby the fact that reimbursement comes to him in the form\nof Hong Kong dollars which are a controlled currency.\nThe above is another example of non-uniformity in prac-\ntice due to conflicting orders under which the banks\nare at present operating.\nUneven\nCopy:wec:9-3-41\n- 4 -\n372\n5. Uneven Spote in Administration:\nThere are numerous instances of inconvenience and\nannoyance. The manager of the Chase Bank mentioned two\ninstances. Last April his New York headquarters recom-\nmended the transfer of all U. S. dollar accounts in\nHong Kong to New York, in view of the uncertain situs-\ntion in the Far East. This was carried out. Many of\nthese accounts were in the names of Chinese persons.\nSome difficulty has been experienced in obtaining re-\nlease of money for their children's education in the\nUnited States, although it is understood provision has\nbeen made under a general license for such living 02-\npenses. The second is an instance of a Chinese person\nhaving a loan of about US$1,000,000 against about two\nmillion dollars worth of securities. The market having\nbeen favorable, securities to the value of about\n$1,000,000 were sold in New York to liquidate the loan,\nbut cannot now be transferred, and interest must still\nbe paid on the loan. It is also understood that quasi-\nChinese Government institutions such as the Postal Bank\nand the Central Trust of China have not been granted\ngeneral licenses.\n373\n- 5 -\n6. Americans Obligated to Report All Holdings:\nBritish subjects were formerly compelled to re-\ngister their holdings abroad. Recent Hong Kong regu-\nlations have extended this obligation to all nationali-\nties. Thus, American citizens now in Hong Kong are\nobligated to report to the British authorities all of\ntheir holdings, even in the United States, and to offer\nthem to the British authorities at the convenience of\nthe latter against payment in sterling or local currency.\nThus far, there has been no compulsion exercised in re-\ngard to holdings of local Americans in the United States.\nHowever, this matter has already caused one American\nmillionaire to leave the Colony suddenly, and has also\nmade impossible the operation of American brokerage\noffices here, dealing in American securities. There\nare two such vis: Levy Bros. and Swan, Culbertson &\nFrits.\n7. Colony Reconciled to Trade Curtailment:\nSpecial permits from the local currency control\nauthorities are required before any personal remittances\nabroad may be made. For example, nearly all men make\nconstant remittances to their wives who have been evacuated,\nand\n-\n374\n- 6 -\nand each such transaction now calls for a permit.\nThus far they have been freely issued. On the other\nhand, business remittances are closely scrutinized, and\nit appears inevitable that the inclusion of the Colony in\nthe \"sterling bloc\" will result in a serious curtailment\nof trade.\n800\nI\nRegraded Unclassified\n-7-\n375\n800\nJFB:bp\nDistribution:\nIn quintuplicate to the\nDepartment (by air mail);\nHectograph copy to the\nDepartment:\nCopy to Embassy. Chungking;\nCopy to Embassy, London;\nCopy to Consulate General,\nShanghai.\nRegraded Unclassified\n-8-\n376\nSources of Information:\nInterviews with Hong Kong\nbankers as noted in the\ntext;\nRecent Hong Kong Government\nFinancial Regulations;\nUnited States Executive\nOrder 8389 as emended by\nExecutive Orders No. 8785\nand No. 8832. Also gener-\nal licenses 54 to 69 issued\nunder these Executive Orders.\nRegraded Unclassified\n377\nC\no\nP\nY\nDepartment of State\nWashington\nSeptember 3. 1941.\nIn reply refer to\nRA\nThe Secretary of State presents his compliments to\nthe Honorable the Secretary of the Treasury and encloses\nfive copies of a paraphrase of telegram No. 444. dated\nSeptember 1, 1941, 5 p.m., from the American Consulate\nat Manila, Philippine Islands, transmitting a message\nfor the Secretary of the Treasury from Mr. A. Manuel Fox.\nEnclosure:\nFrom Consulate, Manila,\nNo. 4444. September 1,\n1941.\nCopy:mew 9/3/41\nRegraded Unclassified\nCOPY\n378\nPARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED\nFROM: American Consulate, Manila, Philippine Islands\nDATE: September 1, 1941, 5 p.m.\nNO.: 444\nSTRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL\nTHE FOLLOWING IS FOR THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY\nFROM FOX.\n\"Business as usual\" continues to be the attitude in\nShanghai, Every effort is being made by both the Board\nand myself to impress upon licensed banks that an emergency\nexists. The only bank that is cooperating is the Hong Kong\n& Shanghai Bank, A few others, such as American banks,\ngive lip service cooperating only for a day or two.\nDrastic action with respect to license No. 59 may be\nnecessary if the losses of the Board are to be kept within\nreasonable limits. As immediate action, it is suggested\nthat licensed banks be threatened and warned of the with-\ndrawal of its privileges under this license.\nAs an alternative, I could recommend to the Board the\nlowering of an official rate. However, from our many\ndiscussions of the subject, I am confident that this would\nhave a bad psychological effect in China where, in view\nof rumors of peace, they are especially sensitive at the\npresent time,\nWith respect\n379\n-2-\nRegraded Uncla\nWith respect to license No. 59. threat and warning\nwould have an effect, especially if it were done publicly,\nin Chungking. The suggested warning and possibly even more\ndrastic action would be an essential step before the lower-\ning of the official rate by the Board should it prove to\nbe necessary to make such a reduction,\nWith regard to telegram No. 206: The subject of\nimporte into China is covered in some detail in my memorandum,\nUnited States trade with China urgently needs to be closer\ncontrolled. I decidedly recommend either the revoking of\ngeneral licenses Nos. 58 and 64, except for trade via Rangoon,\nor the adopting of the system of export licenses lines of\nthe order of August 25 of the British Board of Trade. The\nDepartment is in the best position to make the final choice\nin this matter,\nI have just learned from Noble of the Export Control of\nthe Philippines that there has been a loosening of control\nof United States exports to Shanghai instead of a tightening\nas it appears that it is comparatively easy to get licenses\napproved in Shanghai. Taylor had already been instructed to\nprepare the material on the questions which were raised in\ntelegram No. 206. This information will be forwarded at\nthe earliest opportunity to the Department.\nIt is most desirable to have family remittances reach\nthe Board automatically. It is necessary that each important\narea\n380\n- 3 -\narea have & point of centralization. In the United States\nthe authorised channel could be the efficient Bank of China.\nAfter local consulations, I an suggesting that the Central\nBank of China be the point of centralisation in the Philippines.\n(It was recommended previously that the Philippine Bank of\nCommunications have this position.)\nShould the Central Bank of China, which already has\n& deposit account with the Philippine Bank of Communications,\nopen a deposit account with the China Banking Corporation\nin Manila, all remittances could funnel through the Central\nBank of China there. I am urging the Government of China\nto approve this procedure rather than that which was previously\nrecommended. I an also making arrangement through the office\nof the High Commissioner along these lines.\nWould it be possible for action to be taken when the\nremittances are centralised in the U.S. to provide that\nthese be made at the official rate of the Board? Should\nthis be so, parallel action in the Philippines could easily\nbe taken.\nThere is great opportunity at the present time for\neconomic survey and recommendations provided the Government\nof China is made aware of the definite interest and the\nsupport of Washington. There are many urgent questions on\nwhich there is a good chance of some remedial actions.\nIt is proposed that native talent be used; however,\ndirection and supervision is needed in such matters.\n381\nIt would be appreciated if Adler could be made available\nto ne for work in Hong Kong and China. At the present time\nAdler is in Manila. Since Adler has previously worked with\nFar Eastern problems and freesing, he would be of great help.\nThe relation of the Board to the Agency is important.\nA Frankenstein is created by the letters of April 25 in\nproviding for the agency to which all foreign exchange\nfrom remittances and exports may accrue, with parallel\npowers to the Board. There is convincing proof that an\nattempt is being made to take full advantage of the latitude\nof the provisions of April 25.\nAt the present time, the Agency is being set up as 8\nhighly political coplection. All members of the Board\nare greatly worried by the highly political complection\nof the Agency as it is now being set up. A clash between\nthe Agency and the Board will inevitably develop - leading\nto an ugly situation for the Department - if nothing is done.\nIt is therefore recommended strongly that the Depart-\nment consider this--preferably in collaboration with the\nBritish. Hall-Patch is quite disturbed. I know that he\nwould welcome such action which would advise the Board and\nthe Government of China that:\n(a) It is the opinion of the Treasury General Counsel\nthat the Board should be set up by Executive Yuan decree,\ndated August 12, especially as the Agency has been so set\nup and as no difficulty is experienced in China in predating\ndecrees.\n382\n-5-\n(b) It is the considered opinion of the Department\nthat the Agency should concentrate on policy matters and\nthat the exchange operations should be reserved to the\nBoard particularly because of its technical competency and\ncompactness. To save face for the Agency it could be sug-\ngested that it pass a resolution that the Board handle all\nof the exchange transactions.\nPlease stress the urgent need for action since the\nChinese members have already been requested to return to\nChungking to attend the initial meeting of the Agency but\nwere advised by me to await my return there.\nThis is the end of the message.\nHICKOK\nSATRE\nEA:PAX\nCopy:bj:9-3-41\n3\n383\nparaphrase OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED\nFROM: American Consulate, Saigon, French Indeching\nDATE: September 3, 1941, 0 2.\nNO.: 80\nA complaint has been made to this Consulate by the\nInspector General of the Bank of Indochina in regard to\nthe proceeds of a shipment of welfram which Amounts to\n$15,289.13. This vas credited to the blooked account\nof the French-American Banking Corporation on May 28,\n1941. The Inspector General also complained that the\nTreasury had refused to allow the transfer of the credit\nunder reference to \"special account A\". This notion, the\nInspector General claims, is in violation of the licensed\nwhich vas issued in accordance with Executive Order No.\n8389 on the seventh of Hareh.\nThis Consulate would be glad to learn if and (7 when)\ndisposition (1 is) 69 made) of the proceeds in question\nin order that this Consulate may use this information for\nits own guidance in future dealings with the Bank of\nIndochina.\nThis BOSSIER WAS sent to Cavite in order that it\nmight be repeated to the Department for its information.\nBROWNE\n(HOTE) A repetition of the garbled groups has been\nrequested. should the correction be other\nthan that interpreted, the proper persons\nwill be notified.)\nMAIPAX\n840.81 Prozen Credits/3341\nRegraded Unclassified\n384\nTREASURY DEPARTMENT\nFor Miss Chaune y\nINTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION\nDATE September 3, 1941\nTO Secretary Morgenthau\nFROM Mr. Cochran\nconfidential\nRegistered sterling transactions of the reporting banks were as follows:\nSold to commercial concerns\n1 79,000\nPurchased from commercial concerns L122,000\nOpen market sterling held steady at 4.03-1/2, and there were no reported\ntransactions.\nIn New York, closing quotations for the foreign currencies listed below were\nas followe:\nCanadian dollar\n10-9/16% discount\nArgentine peso (free)\n.2374\nBrazilian milrois (free)\n.0505\nColombian peso\n.5800\nMexican peso\n-2070\nVenezuelan bolivar\n.2750\nUruguayan peso (free)\n.4425\nCuban peso\n1/2% discount\nIn the unofficial exchange market in Shanghai, the yuan advanced 1/16 to\n4-13/16#. The sterling-dollar cross rate worked out to 4.04, off 1-3/84.\nThere were no gold transactions consummated by us today.\nThe Federal Reserve Bank of New York reported that the Bank of Canada\nshipped $2,759,000 in gold from Canada to the Federal for account of the\nGovernment of Canada, for sale to the New York Assay Office.\nWe were informed that the Bombay gold price on August 30 vas equivalent\nto $34.14, or 124 higher than the quotation for August 23. Silver was priced\nat the equivalent of 44.704. up 1/84.\nThe prices fixed in London for spot and forward silver remained unchanged\nat 23-1/2d and 23-7/16d respectively. The U.S. equivalents were 42.67# and\n42.55$.\nThe Treasury's purchase price for foreign silver was unchanged at 35#.\nHandy and Harman's settlement price for foreign silver was also unchanged at\n34-3/4#.\n385\nCONFIDENTIAL\n- 2 -\nWe made two purchases of new production silver smounting to 100,000 ounces\nunder the Silver Purchase Act. This silver, which was bought for forward\ndelivery, came from various foreign countries.\nThe report of August 27. received from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,\ngiving foreign exchange positions of banks and bankers in its district, revealed\nthat the total position of all countries was short the equivalent of 4,898,000,\nen increase of $127,000 in the short position since August 20. Net changes were as\nfollows:\nShort Position\nShort Position\nChange in\nCountry\nAugust 20\nAugust 27\nShort Position*\nEngland**\n$ 38,000 (Long)\n$ 166,000\n+ $204,000\nEurope\n2,769,000\n2,700,000\n- 69,000\nCanada\n154,000 (Long)\n100,000 (Long)\n+ 54,000\nLatin America\n112,000\n36,000 (Long)\n- 148,000\nJapan\n71,000\n116,000\n+ 45,000\nOther Asia\n2,019,000\n2,091,000\n+ 72,000\nAll others\n8,000 (Long)\n39,000 (Long)\n- 31,000\nTotal\n$4,771,000\n$4,898,000\n+ $127,000\n*Plus sign (+) indicates increase in short position, or decrease in long position.\nMinus sign(-) indicates decrease in short position, or increase in long position.\n**Combined position in registered and open market sterling.\nNMR\nRegraded Unclassified\n386\nBRITISH EMBASSY,\nWASHINGTON.\nSeptember 3rd, 1941.\nPERSONAL AND SECRET.\nDear Mr. Secretary,\nI enclose herein for your personal\nand secret information a copy of the latest\nreport received from London on the military\nsituation.\nBelieve we,\nDear Mr. Secretary,\nVery sincerely yours,\nR. I. Capbell\nThe Honourable\nHenry Morgenthau, Jr.,\nUnited States Treasury,\nWashington, D.C.\nRegraded Unclassified\n387\nTAL WORAM FROM LONDON DATED SEPTEMBER 1st, 1941,\nAngust 20th/Slat.\n\" I tome of high explosives and nearly\n1,000 incondiaries dropped Cherbourg. Many burste\nseen in dooks area.\nof\n31 Blenheims bombed industrial buildings\nLille, aerodreme in Britanny, and shipyards near Rowen.\nPortress from $6,000 ft. dropped bombs in the centre\nof Bromen. Fighters escorting Blenheims destroyed 1\nenemy fighter. He lost 2 fighters.\n8.\nNight of 31st/september let.\nearly 200 sircraft despatched; targets\nincluded Cologne and Seeen; 7 missing.\n4.\nNight of August 30th/51mt.\n9 Wellingtons attacked TripoliL.\nOne ship hit and set on fire.\n5.\nMalts. August 30th/31st.\nFive torpedo bombers attacked 1200 ton enemy\nmerchant vessel near Lampedusa. One hit scored left\nship listing heavily.\n6.\nGerman AIR Force. ANG. Slat/Sept. lat.\n93 aircraft operating of which 35 crossed\ncoast. One destroyed by night fighters. Main consentra-\ntion on Mull and neighbouring district. Some damage to\nhouse property and some casualties.\nRegraded Unclassified\n388\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IV SERVICE JOURNALS\nMILITARY INTELLIGENCE DIVISION\nTENTATIVE LESSONS BULLETIN\nWAR DEPARTMENT\nNo. 153\nWashington, September 3, 1941\nG-2/2657-235\nNOTICE\nThe information contained In this series of bulletine\nwill be restricted to items from official sources which are\nreasonably confirmed. The lessons necessarily are tentative\nand in no sense nature studies.\nThis document is being given an approved distribution,\nand no additional copies are available in the Military Intel-\nligence Division. For provisions governing its reproduction,\nsee Letter TAG 350.05 (9-19-40) M-B-M,\nTHROUGH SUN AND SANDSTORM TO SOLLUM\nSOURCE\nThis bulletin is based on E. translation of an article which was\nwritten by a Germen var correspondent. The article was published in\nApril in the Woelkischer Beobachter, a Berlin daily newspaper.\nIntended propagandistic effects should not be overlooked.\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 1 -\nRegraded Unclassified\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n389\nTHROUGH SUN AND SANDSTORM TO SOLLUM\nThe men of a reconnalesance detachment were the first German\nsoldiers to reach the Libyan-Egyptian frontier and to occupy the\nEgyptian frontier station of Sollum. They first set foot on African\nterritory in the middle of February, and scarcely eight weeks later\nthey were a full 1700 kilometers - reckoning only the distance on the\ncoast road - away from their starting point, Tripoli. And in those\nhundreds of kilometers were embraced the most difficult marches under\nthe greatest privation; days and nights of wakefulness end fighting,\nof defonse, of attack and reconneissance; sandatorms end the scorching\nheat of the sun - an accomplishment of men and materiel 80 incredible\nthat it 18 almost indescribable.\nWhen they reached Africa, the men knew nothing of the desert:\nthey knew the land only from books and stories. But they saw it with\ntheir own eyes, and they lived It on a march which took them from\nTripoli to Sirte in less than two days. That trok alone was en achieve-\nment for men and machines, and it showed what could be accomplished,\neven under completely unfamiliar circumstances, by will power and\nintelligent leadership: for even the commend of the German African\nCorps had not expected that the detachment could travel to Sirto in\nsuch an amazingly short time.\nJust behind Sirte lay the main battle line of the Italians,\nThe detachment took but one day's rest and then pushed forward again,\nacross the Italians' main battle line and on to Nofilia, 130 kilometers\nfrom Sirte.\nAt Nofilia the detachment was detailed to hold the enemy, to\nreconnoitre in his direction, and to throw him back If he should\nmake en sttempt to attack the German position. Many were the tasks\nthat had to be performed, tasks which were fitting for B. reconnais-\nsance detachment. All branches of service represented in the detnch-\nment were well supplied with work, The armored reconnaissance cars:\nthe infantrymen; the crews of accompanying gune: the pioneers; the\nentitank guns; the intelligence personnel; the motorcycle riflemen\ncompanies; the transport crew; the red cross personnel; all folt the\nload, Day and night everyone was prepared and on guard,\nThree weeks went by. Slowly the front was pushed farther\nforward into the region of Arco dei Fileni. Again and again\nreconnaissance troops approached the enemy in an effort to ascertain\nthe strength of opposing forces. Twice these reconnaissance troops\ncame in contact with the enemy. The first clash between German and\nEnglish troops in Africa took place on the morning of February 24, who 1941,\nsoutheast of Agedabia. The skirmish was costly for the English,\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 2 -\nRegraded Unclassified\n390\nR OPJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\nlost both men and materiel, While German troops thue faced the enemy,\nthey familiarized themselves with the desart, in which, as they well\nknew, they soon would have to fight 8. battle unlike any they had ever\nfought before.\nIn the gray of dawn on March 24, exactly 8 month to the day\nafter the first meeting of German and English strength, the attack\nrolled on 21 Agheila, which a wenk British force had occupied by\nsurprise. Frontally, and with B flanking movement, the Germans ad-\nVanced on El Agheila and took it, The well-mined terrain in front of\nthe position delayed, but did not stop the attack: and once again the\nreconnaissance detachment could rest, only to advance 1,000 kilometers\nless than two weeks afterwards,\nEl Brega was the next goal. After a stubborn resistance, it\nwas taken on the dawn of March 31, by sections of the reconnaissance\ndetachment in conjunction with tanks, Stukes, and machine gun units.\nFrom then on the advance against the enemy continued at A pace that had\nhitherto been thought impossible in desert country. After securing\nthe right flank of the German troops at El Brega, and then capturing\nAgedabia on April 2 and securing the left flank, the reconnaissance\ndetachment began its really great period with the advance on Bengasi.\nWould Bengasi be defended? Was it the strong position that\nthe English said it was? Would not the enemy do its utmost to hold\nthis port? Over the road to Bengasi the convoy rolled, and above it,\nlike great invisible question marks, hovered those thoughts. As al-\nways, the scout troops were in the van to guard against surprise.\nTo the side of the road, deserted refueling camps and ruined vehicles\ngave their little victures of the great war. Kilomater after kilometer\nground away under wheel, Ever searching, the men's eyes looked out\nacross the countryside and abeed and down the road, Over there-isn't\nthat an English tank behind that truck that's shot to pieces?\nCautiously the vanguard stalked closer. There was no movement; it\nlooked suspicious. The young lieutenant colonel, automatic Distol in\nhand, walked up to the scene; his eyes widened. In 8 tent, sleeping\nquietly and peacefully as if there were no Germans, were three Tommiee.\n\"Morning boys, the voice of the lieutenant colonel started the three\nup out of their sleep. One reached quickly for his Distol, but let it\nfall when he saw the threatening barrel of the automatic pistol in\nfront of him.\nThe flanking guard stretched far out into the desert on both\nsides of the road; Bengasi was approached on a broad front. Night\nturned to morning - Bengasi was in German hands. It could hardly be\nbelieved. The city, the possession of which meant so much, had fallen\ninto German hands without a struggle. And just as the Germans could\nscarcely believe it, the Italians were beside themselves with happinees\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 3 -\n391\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION III SERVICE JOURNALS\nand joy: they prepared a tremendous reception for their allies. All\nthe cares and anxisties, the privations and sacrifices that had been\nstored up. were changed in a flash to one great transport of Joy.\nThe march continued, and the position was made secure beyond\nBengasi, After that 170 kilometer jump from Agedabia to Bengasi,\nthere was a two-hour rest. The soldiers stretched out under palm\ntrees, ate and refreshed themselves, showed each other the first bite\nof booty, and scrubbed some of the dirt out of their sweet-covered\nfaces. And from there, too, the radio message went out that Bengasi\nhad fallen. Suddenly, out of a clear sky, came B. good luck omen,\nGeneral Rommel, who \"in always everywhere, and always in the front,\nB.B. one of the men once said, stood in the midst of the officers and\nmen of the reconnaissance detachment.\nA burning heat covered the land as the detachment turned to-\nward the east, eway from the coast road and into the desert, March,\nmarch, march, came the order: do not lose sight of the enemy again:\nstay right on his heels. The commander of the reconnaissance detach-\nment knew the deep significance of his mission, and he fulfilled that\nmission 60 well, that, at the victorious conclusion of this great\nadvance all the way to the Egyptian border, the Fuhrer and Commander\nin Chief bestowed upon him the Enight's Cross of the Order of the Iron\nCross for his brilliant leadership and personal bravery. Included in\nthis reward to Lieutenant Colonel Beron von Wechmar, of course, was\nrecognition of the splendid achievement and the exemplary fighting\nspirit of his detachment,\nNo longer vas the road smooth under the vehicles' wheels;\nsand and stones alone paved their way. Above, was only the sun and\nthick dust. Mouths grew dry and tongues too lazy to speak - even if\nthey could speak in that furnace of hell. But onward, ever onward,\npushed the detachment. Benina was reached and passed. Suddenly word\ncame from the van - machine gun nests and strong fortifications are\non the heights, and tanks are in the hollow. Already the enemy\nartillery was flashing; everything halted. In a trice the detachment\nvas broken up, the artillery WAS brought into position, and everything\nhumanly possible was done to meet the sudden fire. The decision was\nreached immediately - attack; tenks forward! A dense, raging curtain\nfire confronted the attacking tenits, but they paid no attention to it,\nnor to the nine fields that had to be crossed and the toll those mines\ndemanded. The tanks rolled toward the hill fortification and fought\ntheir way through it, but a broad antitenk trench brought then to a\nhalt, And they had to turn back. The enemy immediately began an in-\nfantry counterattack, but German motorcycle riflemen were ready, and\nthey threw themselves against the counterattackers. Pioneers were\nalready breaking paths through the thick mine fields, Artillery on\nboth sides thundered unceasingly. Step by step the men worked their\nБО ORJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n4\n392\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\nway toward the enemy position; the machine gun neste which had not al-\nready been disposed of by the tanks, were mopped up by the infentrymen.\nUnder cover of derkness, the men reached the antitank tranch; there\nthey held their position all night. Forgotten were duet and weariness;\nonly the law of war applied, and that permits but one thought - to\nfight.\nWhile the battle was raging, pioneers were working feverishly\nto repair explosion craters in the winding road that lead to Fort\nRegima; the vehicles had to have B. clear road during the planned attack.\nSlowly the din of fighting died down; alert and watchful, the Germans\nvaited. Only the cries of the wounded interrupted the still of the\nnight. At dawn Nazi troops came out of their cover and stalked closer\nto the fort. A terrific tension hung over the men, No shots fired?\nConfound it, why don't they fire? Cautiously the men felt their way\nforward; the top seemed an eternity away to them, but they finally\nreached it. The fort had been evecuated in the night, and only a part\nof the garrison was still there. That part surrendered, and numerous\nprisoners were taken.\nOnce egain the desert swallowed up the long column, now march-\ning in convoy, Through the sand it moved, across El Abier and then\nstraight toward El Mechili. No longer were there roads; the compase\nwas the only road sign, And the vehicle techometers the only kilometer\nstones.\nSuddenly one avening the venguard reported that some 40 enemy\ntanks were approaching in a frontal attack and that approximately the\nsame number were coming from the north. It looked bad, very bad.\nEighty tanks were not going to prove en easy foe, The only redeeming\nfeature was that they apparently had little heart for attack. At any\nrate they hesitated, Swiftly the column turned and made for a\ncommending height to the rear; then it formed a defense front against\nthe superior tank forces of the English. The detechment took up 8.\nhedgehog formation, so that it could instantly neet attacks from any\nside; but nothing happened.\nIn the early afternoon a reconnaissence patrol surprised and\ncaptured E 3ritish gasoline convoy on its way to the tanks with\nnecessary fuel. As it took little thought to realize that if the\nEnglish tanks had no more gasoline, they could not stey in battle very\nmuch longer, it was decided to break through the line of tanks. The\nmission had to be accomplished; no more time could be lost. At twi-\nlight the detachment started on its med night march through the\ndesolate wasteland of gorges, wedies, and send. It could only travel\nat en average of ten, or at most fifteen, kilomaters per hour; the\nvehicles had almost to feel their way forward, as they bounced from\nside to side on the rocky ground. In the morning the riddle was solved.\nNO ORJECTION TO PUBLICATION Ill SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 6 -\n393\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\nMany of the tanks were standing in the desert; some were still with\ncrews, some deserted, Their gasoline supply had run out, and they\nlay helpless at the mercy of the Germans, Without much delay the\nJourney was continued, until a mine field just in front of Mechili\nbarred the advance and made a rather long stop necessary.\nBut the desert had not shown all of her obstacles yet. &\nheavy sandstorm started up and the march became 8. torture. Despite\neverything, however, the detachment reached Mechili at the very\nmoment that other German units were taking the village, The catch\nmade there was wonderful. Not only were six generale and 2000 men\ntaken prisoner and 14 German prisoners set free, but immessurable\nmaterial booty was also captured. From tanks to golf clubs, from\nBerious weapons to the tools of the Englishman's sports, from whiskey\nto fruit preserves - everything was there. Think what that meant to\ntroops which had not had anything hot to eat for five days; for men\nwho had had to exist on a half liter of water per day and who had\nperhaps even poured that in the rediator of their conveyance simply\nbecause the motor needed it even more than did the thirsty men!\nIn spite of the tremendous exertions of the days gone by, no\nrest could be given the troops. The advance on Tobruk by the coast\nroad had begun. The attempt to veer around the enemy far to the south\nhad failed because of the insurmountable difficulties of the terrain.\nIn the meantime, units of the machine gun battalion had gained\npossession of a route over which Tobruk could be passed to the south.\nTo be sure, that meant marching more than 70 kilometers in the worst\npart of the desert, but that made no difference the main thing was\nthat it could be done at all. The second great desert trek began.\nThe way lead across Acroma, and soon English reconnaissance tanks\nbobbed up. But the antitank defense was alert, and two of them were\nput out of commission, The others retreated; but from B. distance they\ncould still direct the fire of a battery on the marching detachment,\nA bigger loop had to be made to the southwest to avoid that battery,\nEverything comes to an end sooner or later. At noonday the\ndetachment marched on past El Adem and then once more through the\nworst kind of sandy desert. & sigh of relief went up in the ranke\nwhen the wheels once more struck the senst road, The detachment was\nnow behind Tobruk's own defenses and could take up the task of advancing\npast Berdia to the Libyan-Egyptian frontier. Very ceutiously, on the\nnight of April 11, it set out along the coast road toward Bardia. To\nthe right and left of the road British reconnaissance cars and tanks\nwere still wandering about in the countryside. Just as the first\nGermen vehicles approached the city, the harbor road vas blown up and\nfire poured out of the magazines, signs that the English had just with-\ndrawn. Considerable booty in materiel and supplies fell into the hands\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 6 -\n394\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\nof the Germans, who quickly occupied Bardia and extended their defenses\nto the heights in back of the city. Then the giant hedgehog, with\nweapons bristling, stood watch, while reconnaissence troops scouted\nin the direction of Sollum, Unceasingly, British low flying planes\nand bombers raked the advancing detachment, but with little success.\nWhat German soldiers have once attained they do not give up, no matter\nhow hard the enemy may resist, On the evening of April 12, the message\ncame from the advance units: \"6:40; Libyan-Egyptian border crossed\nand Sollum occupied,\" - there was great joy.\nFor eight weeks this reconnaissance detachment hed been on\nAfrican soil. Always facing the enemy, never et rest: waking and\nfighting, attacking and defending itself; the desert had become its\nhome.\nRe alone who has felt the hot breath of the desert, who has\nendured to the end the torture of thirst without water, who has, in\nnear desperation, reached for the iron ration, can know what it means\nto fight in the desert. Only he who for hours and days in the Ghibli\nhas sat in a conveyance or stretched out in A tent with a handkerchief\nover mouth and nose, who, with a few comrades, has pushed in sheer\ndesperation, and to exhaustion, a vehicle stuck feet in the sand, who\nhas looked In vain on the smooth flat surface of the desert for cover\nfrom a lov flying plane, knows what African fighting is,\nNO OBJECTION TO PUBLICATION IN SERVICE JOURNALS\n- 7 -\nRegraded Unclassified\n395\nRESTRICTED\n0-2/2657-220; No. 483 M.I.D., W.D. 11:00 A.M., September 3, 1941\nSITUATION REPORT\nI.\nEastern Theater.\nGround: The German drive from Gomel southeastward made\nalight progress on August 31st. Another German Armored Division suc-\nceeded in reaching the Briansk-Kiev railroad to the northeast of\nVoromezh. To the south of Berezna, progress was also made. In this\nsector German infantry units are approaching the Desna River. The\nsix German bridgeheads east of the Dnepr River were not enlarged on\nAugust 31st.\nNo definite information has been received with re-\ngard to operations on the Yartsevo-Roslavl-Bryanak front, although\nRussian counterattacks appear to be continuing at various points along\nthis line.\nGerman advances continued in the Leningrad sector\non the 31st. A German column advancing northeastward from Toano reach-\ned the Neva River at Ivanoyskoye, a town to the northeast of Kolpino.\nFarther east a German combat group, advancing northeastward from Chud-\nowa down the Volchov, has reached the railroad station of Myslowe on\nthe Leningrad-Jaroalavl railroad.\nTo the southwest of Leningrad, German forces advan-\ncing from Kingisepp have captured the village of Bisguinzy. Unoffi-\ncial reports from Berlin state that the German advance has actually\nreached the area just south of Krasnoyeselo.\nAir: The Italian communiques reported German hombings of\nlarge forces of Russian aircraft concentrated on the Kiev-Gomel-\nSmolensk line.\nII. Western Theater.\nAir: British planes made night raids on Berlin, starting\nB. large number of fires,and also operated over northern central and\nsouthwestern Germany. German activity was reported over airports in\nthe Midlands and ports on the British east coast.\nIII. Middle Eastern Theater.\nGround: Little of importance.\nAir: British air activity has been strong recently against\nTripoli, Bengazi, Bardia and Gambut. Fleet Air Arm claims bombed air-\ncraft at the Italian bases of Gherbini and Comiso, Sicily. Malta was\nraided by Italian planes and British ground forces are reported by the\nItalians to have been machine-gunned in the Jarabub oasis.\nRESTRICTED\nRegraded Unclassified\nPerspkrease of Code Cablegrom\nCONFIDENTIA\nReserved n the Yes Department\nat 1102 - September \" 1941\n396\nLandon, fileds 4:37 Date, September 3, 1941.\n1.\na. Right of 49 tens of s, including - 4000\npremit - and 5800 incondisivies were dropped in Cologue. 10 teme\nof ME - also dropped - secondary targets.\nb. Day of September 2. A total of 401 fightere - employed\nM follows: 116 in the protection of shipping, 55 - interveption\npatrols, 196 - offensive nissions and 34 on special operations. orr\nStarranger, 3 Desufarte attacked , notor vessels, claiming hits w\nterpodes a - motor vessel of 7000 tena and an escart vassel. Both\nvessels - believed smk. These aircraft vere engaged w 3 German\nMo-109 3 direct bite - a 4000 ton noter vessel off the Belgian\nconst ware claimed in an attack w 3 with fighter occart.\n2 B-17's, with had been dispatched to Dulsborg and lianburg, was\ndaned their adssions Income of had waster. A third B-17 attached\nfrom from 30000 foor. to German aircraft apposed this attack.\nOne of the basks dropped - observed to buret in the custom of the\ncity.\ns. A total of 299 beniers - die-\npatched as fallows: 125 to Frankfert, 32 7 Halifax, 6\nstirlings and 4 to Barlin, 20 to Octend, and 15 en -\nmining off the Frisian Inlands. Although atmospherie conditions\nover the targets - good, there - widosprood fog over the\nBritish Inles and must airsraft will compelled to land my free\ntheir - Income.\n2. Owner Air Activity one Britain.\nCONFIDENTIA\nRegraded Unclassified\n397\na. 25 CONFIDENTIAL aircraft, 15\nLang range bashers and 3 fighters www used.\nb. s nine layers, 5 recommaisente\nstreraft and 25 long range beabers ware employed.\n6. Day of Neptember 2. Defensive fighter patrols were sain-\ntained in the area of Calais.\nd. Eight of September 2-3. Defensive night fighters patrelled\nin the area of Charbourg. Offensive might fighters operated ever\nEast Anglis and Lineolmshire. Long range banbers very active over\nst. Abb's Hoad and Whithy.\n3. Aircraft Leases Reparted.\n4. Britter Income. During the day of September 2, ne fighters\nwill lost. 1 terpodo earrying Beaufighter failed to return. 1\nBlankein will look by anti-aireraft fire off the Belgian coast, Box)-\n# leases during the night of September 2-3 were as fullows. Trub-\nfert raid, 4 last, 5 creshed in England, the crew of ene of which\nw killeds Berlin raid, 2 Hempdoms, 2 Halifax and 1 Manchaster lest,\nand ⑉ staing adesion, 2 lost.\nbe And leases. On September 2, British fighters shot, down 2\nNo-109's. Another Me-109 - destroyed in the engagement with -\nfighters.\n40 British Air Activity. Other Theaters.\na. Marth African Theater. 16 tens of ME were dropped on the\nhusber of Tripeli by 9 Wellingtons during the night of August 31-\nSeptember 1. 2 neter vessels were reported mak. Beughasi harber\nwas also attached this might. , Blenheims began this attack w\nbening a tasker and gesoline storage barge from an altitude of\nCONFIDENTIAL\nRegraded Unclassified\n398\nCONFIDENTIAL\n20 feet (1). at the - time the town was bombed w 2 Maryland\nbenders. 6 Wellingtons reasond the attack 2 hours later, drop-\nplag 5 teme of banks, During the day of September 1, direct hits\n- the power station at Tripeli were claimed in an attack by 7\nWellingtons. Adis shipping and the sund tions factory at Cretems\n(7) ware attacked - this day with good results W 7 Hlenhoims.\n5. Avia Air Activity, Other Theaters.\n4. Middle Eastern Theater. The Germans have based a equal-\nren equipped with 6 Feeks Wulfs at the Klousis airdress in Crete,\napparently intended for operations against shipping in the Red Sea,\naccording to a statement by the British Air Ministry.\nLEK\nI. B. 18, 3.00P, 9/3/41\nDistribution:\nChief of the Army Air Forces\nState Department (2)\nAccistant Chief of Staff, 0-2\nw Plane Division\nOffice of Havel Intelligence (2)\n0. 1. 8.\nRecord Section\nIntelligence Branch\nSecretary of Treasury\nA.C.W.A.\nSection File\nCollection Section\nB.B.\n0-3\nA.C.\nCE2B AM\nCONFIDENTIAL\nRegraded Unclassified"
}